Config(EC) EC
User Manual: EC
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 1281
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
ENGINE SECTION EC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM A EC C D E CONTENTS FOR CALIFORNIA THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description .........................................27 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement ..............27 BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 18 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .........18 Work Flow ............................................................... 18 Diagnostic Work Sheet ............................................ 21 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ....................22 BASIC INSPECTION ................................................. 22 BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement ........................................................................ 22 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT ........................................................ 25 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description ................................ 25 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement .... 25 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ................................27 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description .........27 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement ............................................................27 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR .......................................................................29 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description ................................................29 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement .....................29 FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS .............................. 31 VIN REGISTRATION ................................................. 26 VIN REGISTRATION : Description ......................... 26 VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement ........................................................................ 26 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING ................................................................ 27 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description ......................................... 27 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement .............. 27 System Diagram .....................................................31 System Description ..................................................32 Component Parts Location ....................................32 Component Description ...........................................36 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ....... 38 H I J K L M System Diagram .....................................................38 System Description ..................................................38 Component Parts Location ....................................41 Component Description ...........................................45 N ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ........................ 46 O System Diagram .....................................................46 System Description ..................................................46 Component Parts Location ....................................47 Component Description ...........................................51 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .............. 52 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING ............................................................................. 27 Revision: 2008 August G ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 31 IDLE SPEED .............................................................. 25 IDLE SPEED : Description ...................................... 25 IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement ........... 26 IGNITION TIMING ...................................................... 26 IGNITION TIMING : Description .............................. 26 IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement.... 26 F EC-1 System Diagram ......................................................52 System Description ..................................................52 Component Parts Location ....................................53 Component Description ...........................................57 2009 Rogue P AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) ............................................................... 58 System Diagram ..................................................... 58 System Description ................................................. 58 Component Parts Location ................................... 59 Component Description ......................................... 63 CAN COMMUNICATION ................................... 64 System Description ................................................. 64 COOLING FAN CONTROL ............................... 65 System Diagram ..................................................... 65 System Description ................................................. 65 Component Parts Location ................................... 67 Component Description .......................................... 71 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............... 72 System Diagram ..................................................... 72 System Description ................................................. 73 Component Parts Location ................................... 75 Component Description ......................................... 79 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ................. 80 System Diagram ..................................................... 80 System Description ................................................. 80 Component Parts Location ................................... 81 Component Description .......................................... 85 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL .......... 86 System Diagram ..................................................... 86 System Description ................................................. 86 Component Parts Location ................................... 87 Component Description .......................................... 91 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 92 Diagnosis Description ............................................. 92 CONSULT-III Function ..........................................105 Diagnosis Tool Function ......................................114 COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 116 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ............................................................. 116 Description .............................................................116 Component Function Check ..................................116 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................117 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 124 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................124 U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 128 Description .............................................................128 DTC Logic ..............................................................128 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................128 U0140 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 129 Description ............................................................ 130 DTC Logic ............................................................. 130 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130 P0011 IVT CONTROL ...................................... 131 DTC Logic ............................................................. 131 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 132 Component Inspection .......................................... 133 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER .......... 135 Description ............................................................ 135 DTC Logic ............................................................. 135 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 135 Component Inspection .......................................... 137 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ....................... 138 Description ............................................................ 138 DTC Logic ............................................................. 138 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 139 Component Inspection .......................................... 140 P0043, P0044 HO2S3 HEATER ....................... 141 Description ............................................................ 141 DTC Logic ............................................................. 141 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 142 Component Inspection .......................................... 143 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 144 Description ............................................................ 144 DTC Logic ............................................................. 144 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 144 Component Inspection .......................................... 145 P0101 MAF SENSOR ....................................... 147 Description ............................................................ 147 DTC Logic ............................................................. 147 Component Function Check ................................. 148 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 149 Component Inspection .......................................... 151 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 154 Description ............................................................ 154 DTC Logic ............................................................. 154 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 155 Component Inspection .......................................... 156 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 159 Description ............................................................ 159 DTC Logic ............................................................. 159 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 159 Component Inspection .......................................... 161 P0116 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 162 Description ............................................................ 162 DTC Logic ............................................................. 162 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 163 Component Inspection .......................................... 163 Description .............................................................129 DTC Logic ..............................................................129 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................129 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 164 U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 130 Description ............................................................ 164 DTC Logic ............................................................. 164 Revision: 2008 August EC-2 2009 Rogue Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 164 Component Inspection .......................................... 165 P0139 HO2S2 .................................................. 205 Description ............................................................. 205 DTC Logic .............................................................. 205 Component Function Check .................................. 206 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 207 Component Inspection ........................................... 208 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 167 Description ............................................................ 167 DTC Logic ............................................................. 167 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167 Component Inspection .......................................... 169 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 169 Description ............................................................. 211 DTC Logic .............................................................. 211 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 212 Component Inspection ........................................... 213 Description ............................................................. 216 DTC Logic .............................................................. 216 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 217 Component Inspection ........................................... 218 P0145 HO2S3 .................................................. 221 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 181 Description ............................................................ 181 DTC Logic ............................................................. 181 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 182 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 184 Description ............................................................ 184 DTC Logic ............................................................. 184 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 185 H Description ............................................................. 226 DTC Logic .............................................................. 226 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 227 Component Inspection ........................................... 228 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ................................................................ 231 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ................................................................ 235 DTC Logic .............................................................. 235 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 236 J K L P0181 FTT SENSOR ....................................... 239 Description ............................................................. 239 DTC Logic .............................................................. 239 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 240 Component Inspection ........................................... 241 M N P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .......................... 242 Description ............................................................. 242 DTC Logic .............................................................. 242 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242 Component Inspection ........................................... 243 O P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................ 245 P P0138 HO2S2 ................................................... 198 Description ............................................................ 198 DTC Logic ............................................................. 198 Component Function Check .................................. 199 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 200 Component Inspection .......................................... 203 Revision: 2008 August I DTC Logic .............................................................. 231 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 232 Description ............................................................ 187 DTC Logic ............................................................. 187 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 189 Description ............................................................ 192 DTC Logic ............................................................. 192 Component Function Check .................................. 193 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 194 Component Inspection .......................................... 195 F P0146 HO2S3 .................................................. 226 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 187 P0137 HO2S2 ................................................... 192 E G P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 177 Description ............................................................ 177 DTC Logic ............................................................. 177 Component Function Check .................................. 178 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 179 D Description ............................................................. 221 DTC Logic .............................................................. 221 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 222 Component Inspection ........................................... 223 P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION .................. 175 DTC Logic ............................................................. 175 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175 Component Inspection .......................................... 176 C P0144 HO2S3 .................................................. 216 P0127 IAT SENSOR ......................................... 173 Description ............................................................ 173 DTC Logic ............................................................. 173 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 174 Component Inspection .......................................... 174 EC P0143 HO2S3 .................................................. 211 P0125 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 170 Description ............................................................ 170 DTC Logic ............................................................. 170 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171 Component Inspection .......................................... 171 A EC-3 Description ............................................................. 245 DTC Logic .............................................................. 245 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 245 Component Inspection ........................................... 247 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 247 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE ................................................................. 248 DTC Logic ..............................................................248 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................249 DTC Logic ............................................................. 290 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 291 Component Inspection .......................................... 292 P0327, P0328 KS ............................................. 254 P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ................................................ 294 Description .............................................................254 DTC Logic ..............................................................254 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................254 Component Inspection ...........................................255 Description ............................................................ 294 DTC Logic ............................................................. 294 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 294 Component Inspection .......................................... 296 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 256 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ................................................ 297 Description .............................................................256 DTC Logic ..............................................................256 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................257 Component Inspection ...........................................259 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ...................... 260 Description .............................................................260 DTC Logic ..............................................................260 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................261 Component Inspection ...........................................262 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 264 DTC Logic ..............................................................264 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................265 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 268 DTC Logic ..............................................................268 Component Function Check ..................................269 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................270 P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 273 DTC Logic ..............................................................273 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................274 Component Inspection ...........................................278 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 279 Description .............................................................279 DTC Logic ..............................................................279 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................280 Component Inspection ...........................................282 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 283 Description .............................................................283 DTC Logic ..............................................................283 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................283 Component Inspection ...........................................285 Description ............................................................ 297 DTC Logic ............................................................. 297 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 298 Component Inspection .......................................... 300 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ................................................ 302 Description ............................................................ 302 DTC Logic ............................................................. 302 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 303 Component Inspection .......................................... 306 P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 308 DTC Logic ............................................................. 308 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 309 Component Inspection .......................................... 312 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 314 DTC Logic ............................................................. 314 Component Function Check ................................. 316 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 316 Component Inspection .......................................... 319 P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................... 321 Description ............................................................ 321 DTC Logic ............................................................. 321 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 321 P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................... 322 Description ............................................................ 322 DTC Logic ............................................................. 322 Component Function Check ................................. 322 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 323 P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............ 324 Description ............................................................ 324 DTC Logic ............................................................. 324 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 324 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ............................................................. 286 P0500 VSS ........................................................ 325 Description .............................................................286 DTC Logic ..............................................................286 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................286 Component Inspection ...........................................288 Description ............................................................ 325 DTC Logic ............................................................. 325 Component Function Check ................................. 326 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 326 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ............................................................. 290 P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 327 Description .............................................................290 Revision: 2008 August Description ............................................................ 327 DTC Logic ............................................................. 327 EC-4 2009 Rogue Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 327 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 353 Description ............................................................. 353 DTC Logic .............................................................. 353 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 353 Component Inspection ........................................... 355 P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 329 Description ............................................................ 329 DTC Logic ............................................................. 329 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 329 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................... 331 Description ............................................................. 356 DTC Logic .............................................................. 356 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 357 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ....... 359 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 360 P0605 ECM ....................................................... 333 E P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR) ........................................... 363 F Description ............................................................. 363 DTC Logic .............................................................. 363 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 363 Description ............................................................. 365 DTC Logic .............................................................. 365 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 365 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 366 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 342 Description ............................................................. 367 DTC Logic .............................................................. 367 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 368 Component Inspection ........................................... 371 Description ............................................................ 342 DTC Logic ............................................................. 342 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 342 P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR ................................................ 372 DTC Logic ............................................................. 341 K P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY .................................................... 375 M Description ............................................................. 375 DTC Logic .............................................................. 375 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 375 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ...................................................... 377 Description ............................................................ 349 DTC Logic ............................................................. 349 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 349 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 350 Description ............................................................. 377 DTC Logic .............................................................. 377 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 377 Component Inspection ........................................... 380 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 380 P1421 COLD START CONTROL ..................... 351 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 381 Description ............................................................ 351 DTC Logic ............................................................. 351 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 351 Description ............................................................. 381 DTC Logic .............................................................. 381 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 381 Component Inspection ........................................... 382 Revision: 2008 August J L P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 347 P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 349 I Description ............................................................. 372 DTC Logic .............................................................. 372 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 372 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 343 Description ............................................................ 347 DTC Logic ............................................................. 347 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 347 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 348 H P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE ............... 367 P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL .................. 341 DTC Logic ............................................................. 343 Component Function Check .................................. 343 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 344 G P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 365 P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 338 Description ............................................................ 338 DTC Logic ............................................................. 338 Component Function Check .................................. 339 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 339 D Description ............................................................. 361 DTC Logic .............................................................. 361 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 361 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 336 DTC Logic ............................................................. 336 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 336 C P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..... 361 P0607 ECM ....................................................... 335 Description ............................................................ 335 DTC Logic ............................................................. 335 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 335 EC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 356 Description ............................................................ 331 DTC Logic ............................................................. 331 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 331 Description ............................................................ 333 DTC Logic ............................................................. 333 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 334 A EC-5 2009 Rogue N O P Special Repair Requirement ..................................382 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR ..................................................... 383 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 412 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ......... 416 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) ......... 416 Description .............................................................383 DTC Logic ..............................................................383 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................383 Special Repair Requirement ..................................384 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................... 417 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .......................... 385 FUEL INJECTOR .............................................. 419 Description .............................................................385 DTC Logic ..............................................................385 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................385 Component Inspection ...........................................387 Special Repair Requirement ..................................387 Description ............................................................ 419 Component Function Check ................................. 419 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 419 Component Inspection .......................................... 420 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .......................... 388 Description .............................................................388 DTC Logic ..............................................................388 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................388 Component Inspection ...........................................390 Special Repair Requirement ..................................391 P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 392 Description .............................................................392 DTC Logic ..............................................................392 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................392 Component Inspection ...........................................394 Special Repair Requirement ..................................395 P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 396 Description .............................................................396 DTC Logic ..............................................................396 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................397 Component Inspection ...........................................399 Special Repair Requirement ..................................399 P2423 HC ADSORPTION CATALYST FUNCTION ................................................................. 400 DTC Logic ..............................................................400 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................401 P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 404 Description .............................................................404 DTC Logic ..............................................................404 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................405 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 408 Description .............................................................408 Component Function Check ..................................408 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................408 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) .......409 ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 410 Description .............................................................410 Component Function Check ..................................410 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................410 COOLING FAN ................................................ 411 Description .............................................................411 Component Function Check ..................................411 Revision: 2008 August Description ............................................................ 417 Component Function Check ................................. 417 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 417 FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 422 Description ............................................................ 422 Component Function Check ................................. 422 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 422 Component Inspection .......................................... 424 IGNITION SIGNAL ............................................ 425 Description ............................................................ 425 Component Function Check ................................. 425 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 425 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) ............................................................. 428 Component Inspection (Condenser-1) .................. 429 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ................ 430 Description ............................................................ 430 Component Function Check ................................. 430 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 430 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) ..................................................... 431 Description ............................................................ 431 Component Function Check ................................. 431 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 431 Component Inspection .......................................... 434 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 436 Description ............................................................ 436 Component Inspection .......................................... 436 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 437 Description ............................................................ 437 Component Function Check ................................. 437 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 437 ECU DIAGNOSIS ...................................... 439 ECM .................................................................. 439 Reference Value ................................................... 439 Wiring Diagram — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM — .......................................................................... 450 Fail safe ................................................................ 462 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 464 DTC Index ............................................................ 466 How to Set SRT Code ....................................... 469 Test Value and Test Limit .................................. 471 EC-6 2009 Rogue SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 478 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 478 Symptom Table ..................................................... 478 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 482 Description ............................................................ 482 PRECAUTION ............................................ 483 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 483 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ............................................................... 483 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 483 Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service ........... 483 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT ................................................................ 484 General Precautions ............................................. 484 PREPARATION ......................................... 487 PREPARATION ................................................ 487 Special Service Tools ............................................ 487 Commercial Service Tools .................................... 487 ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE .................. 489 FUEL PRESSURE ............................................ 489 Inspection .............................................................. 489 EVAP LEAK CHECK ........................................ 490 Inspection .............................................................. 490 ON-VEHICLE REPAIR ............................... 492 EVAP CANISTER ............................................. 492 Exploded View ...................................................... 492 Removal and Installation ....................................... 492 Inspection .............................................................. 493 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......................................................... 494 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................ 494 Idle Speed ............................................................. 494 Ignition Timing ....................................................... 494 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 494 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 494 FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement ....................................................................... 499 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT ...................................................... 502 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description ............................... 502 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement .... 502 IDLE SPEED ............................................................ 503 IDLE SPEED : Description .................................... 503 IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement ......... 503 IGNITION TIMING .................................................... 503 IGNITION TIMING : Description ............................ 503 IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement.. 503 VIN REGISTRATION ............................................... 503 VIN REGISTRATION : Description ........................ 503 VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement ....................................................................... 504 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING ............................................................... 504 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description ....................................... 504 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement ............ 504 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING ........................................................................... 504 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description ....................................... 504 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement ............ 504 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING .............................. 504 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description ....... 504 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement .......................................................... 505 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR ..................................................................... 506 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description .............................................. 506 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement ................... 506 System Diagram ................................................... 508 System Description ................................................ 509 Component Parts Location .................................. 509 Component Description ......................................... 513 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 495 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 495 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ..... 515 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................. 499 BASIC INSPECTION ............................................... 499 Revision: 2008 August EC C D E F G H I J K L M N FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ............................ 508 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 508 Work Flow ............................................................. 495 Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 498 A EC-7 System Diagram ................................................... 515 System Description ................................................ 515 Component Parts Location .................................. 518 Component Description ......................................... 522 2009 Rogue O P ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ....................... 523 U0140 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 600 System Diagram ...................................................523 System Description ................................................523 Component Parts Location ..................................524 Component Description .........................................528 Description ............................................................ 600 DTC Logic ............................................................. 600 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 600 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ............ 529 System Diagram ....................................................529 System Description ................................................529 Component Parts Location ..................................530 Component Description .........................................534 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) ............................................................. 535 System Diagram ....................................................535 System Description ................................................535 Component Parts Location ..................................536 Component Description ........................................540 CAN COMMUNICATION ................................. 541 System Description ................................................541 COOLING FAN CONTROL ............................. 542 System Diagram ....................................................542 System Description ................................................542 Component Parts Location ..................................544 Component Description .........................................548 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............. 549 System Diagram ....................................................549 System Description ................................................550 Component Parts Location ..................................552 Component Description ........................................556 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ............... 557 U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 601 Description ............................................................ 601 DTC Logic ............................................................. 601 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 601 P0011 IVT CONTROL ...................................... 602 DTC Logic ............................................................. 602 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 603 Component Inspection .......................................... 604 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER .......... 606 Description ............................................................ 606 DTC Logic ............................................................. 606 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 606 Component Inspection .......................................... 608 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ....................... 609 Description ............................................................ 609 DTC Logic ............................................................. 609 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 610 Component Inspection .......................................... 611 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 612 Description ............................................................ 612 DTC Logic ............................................................. 612 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 612 Component Inspection .......................................... 613 P0101 MAF SENSOR ....................................... 615 System Diagram ....................................................557 System Description ................................................557 Component Parts Location ..................................558 Component Description .........................................562 Description ............................................................ 615 DTC Logic ............................................................. 615 Component Function Check ................................. 616 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 617 Component Inspection .......................................... 619 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ... 563 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 622 Diagnosis Description ............................................563 CONSULT-III Function ..........................................576 Diagnosis Tool Function ......................................584 Description ............................................................ 622 DTC Logic ............................................................. 622 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 623 Component Inspection .......................................... 624 COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 587 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ............................................................. 587 Description .............................................................587 Component Function Check ..................................587 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................588 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 595 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................595 U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 599 Description .............................................................599 DTC Logic ..............................................................599 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................599 Revision: 2008 August P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 627 Description ............................................................ 627 DTC Logic ............................................................. 627 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 627 Component Inspection .......................................... 629 P0116 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 630 Description ............................................................ 630 DTC Logic ............................................................. 630 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 631 Component Inspection .......................................... 631 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 632 Description ............................................................ 632 DTC Logic ............................................................. 632 EC-8 2009 Rogue Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 632 Component Inspection .......................................... 633 P0139 HO2S2 .................................................. 673 Description ............................................................. 673 DTC Logic .............................................................. 673 Component Function Check .................................. 674 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 675 Component Inspection ........................................... 676 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 635 Description ............................................................ 635 DTC Logic ............................................................. 635 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 635 Component Inspection .......................................... 637 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 637 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ................................................................ 679 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ................................................................ 683 DTC Logic .............................................................. 683 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 684 P0127 IAT SENSOR ......................................... 641 Description ............................................................ 641 DTC Logic ............................................................. 641 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 642 Component Inspection .......................................... 642 Description ............................................................. 687 DTC Logic .............................................................. 687 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 688 Component Inspection ........................................... 689 Description ............................................................. 690 DTC Logic .............................................................. 690 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 690 Component Inspection ........................................... 691 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 652 Description ............................................................ 652 DTC Logic ............................................................. 652 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 653 Revision: 2008 August H J P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE ................................................................. 696 DTC Logic .............................................................. 696 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 697 K L P0327, P0328 KS ............................................ 701 Description ............................................................. 701 DTC Logic .............................................................. 701 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 701 Component Inspection ........................................... 702 M N P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 703 Description ............................................................. 703 DTC Logic .............................................................. 703 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 704 Component Inspection ........................................... 706 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 707 Description ............................................................. 707 DTC Logic .............................................................. 707 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 708 Component Inspection ........................................... 709 P0138 HO2S2 ................................................... 666 Description ............................................................ 666 DTC Logic ............................................................. 666 Component Function Check .................................. 667 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 668 Component Inspection .......................................... 671 G Description ............................................................. 693 DTC Logic .............................................................. 693 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 693 Component Inspection ........................................... 695 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 695 Description ............................................................ 655 DTC Logic ............................................................. 655 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 657 Description ............................................................ 660 DTC Logic ............................................................. 660 Component Function Check .................................. 661 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 662 Component Inspection .......................................... 663 F I P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 655 P0137 HO2S2 ................................................... 660 E P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................ 693 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 649 Description ............................................................ 649 DTC Logic ............................................................. 649 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 650 D P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .......................... 690 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 645 Description ............................................................ 645 DTC Logic ............................................................. 645 Component Function Check .................................. 646 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 647 C P0181 FTT SENSOR ....................................... 687 P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION .................. 643 DTC Logic ............................................................. 643 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 643 Component Inspection .......................................... 644 EC DTC Logic .............................................................. 679 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 680 P0125 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 638 Description ............................................................ 638 DTC Logic ............................................................. 638 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 639 Component Inspection .......................................... 639 A P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 711 EC-9 DTC Logic .............................................................. 711 2009 Rogue O P Component Function Check ..................................712 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................712 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 716 DTC Logic ..............................................................716 Component Function Check ..................................717 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................718 P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 721 DTC Logic ..............................................................721 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................722 Component Inspection ...........................................726 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 727 Description .............................................................727 DTC Logic ..............................................................727 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................728 Component Inspection ...........................................730 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 731 Description .............................................................731 DTC Logic ..............................................................731 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................731 Component Inspection ...........................................733 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ............................................................. 734 Description .............................................................734 DTC Logic ..............................................................734 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................734 Component Inspection ...........................................736 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ............................................................. 738 Component Inspection .......................................... 754 P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 755 DTC Logic ............................................................. 755 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 756 Component Inspection .......................................... 759 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 761 DTC Logic ............................................................. 761 Component Function Check ................................. 763 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 763 Component Inspection .......................................... 766 P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................... 768 Description ............................................................ 768 DTC Logic ............................................................. 768 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 768 P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................... 769 Description ............................................................ 769 DTC Logic ............................................................. 769 Component Function Check ................................. 769 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 770 P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............ 771 Description ............................................................ 771 DTC Logic ............................................................. 771 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 771 P0500 VSS ........................................................ 773 Description ............................................................ 773 DTC Logic ............................................................. 773 Component Function Check ................................. 774 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 774 P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 775 Description ............................................................ 775 DTC Logic ............................................................. 775 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 775 Description .............................................................738 DTC Logic ..............................................................738 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................739 Component Inspection ...........................................740 P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 777 P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ............................................... 742 Description ............................................................ 777 DTC Logic ............................................................. 777 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 777 Description .............................................................742 DTC Logic ..............................................................742 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................742 Component Inspection ...........................................744 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ............................................... 745 Description .............................................................745 DTC Logic ..............................................................745 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................746 Component Inspection ...........................................748 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ............................................... 750 Description .............................................................750 DTC Logic ..............................................................750 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................751 Revision: 2008 August P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................... 779 Description ............................................................ 779 DTC Logic ............................................................. 779 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 779 P0605 ECM ....................................................... 781 Description ............................................................ 781 DTC Logic ............................................................. 781 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 782 P0607 ECM ....................................................... 783 Description ............................................................ 783 DTC Logic ............................................................. 783 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 783 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .................. 784 DTC Logic ............................................................. 784 EC-10 2009 Rogue Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 784 P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 786 Description ............................................................ 786 DTC Logic ............................................................. 786 Component Function Check .................................. 787 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 787 P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL .................. 789 DTC Logic ............................................................. 789 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 790 Description ............................................................ 790 DTC Logic ............................................................. 790 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 790 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 813 Description ............................................................. 813 DTC Logic .............................................................. 813 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 813 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 814 Description ............................................................. 815 DTC Logic .............................................................. 815 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 815 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ...................................................... 817 DTC Logic ............................................................. 791 Component Function Check .................................. 791 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 792 P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 795 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 821 Description ............................................................ 795 DTC Logic ............................................................. 795 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 795 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 796 P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 797 Description ............................................................ 797 DTC Logic ............................................................. 797 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 797 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 798 P1421 COLD START CONTROL ..................... 799 Description ............................................................ 799 DTC Logic ............................................................. 799 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 799 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 801 Description ............................................................ 801 DTC Logic ............................................................. 801 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 801 Component Inspection .......................................... 803 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ....................... 804 Description ............................................................ 804 DTC Logic ............................................................. 804 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 805 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ....... 807 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 808 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...... 809 Description ............................................................ 809 DTC Logic ............................................................. 809 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 809 P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR) ............................................ 811 Description ............................................................ 811 DTC Logic ............................................................. 811 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 811 Revision: 2008 August EC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY .................................................... 815 Description ............................................................. 817 DTC Logic .............................................................. 817 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 817 Component Inspection ........................................... 820 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 820 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 791 A Description ............................................................. 821 DTC Logic .............................................................. 821 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 821 Component Inspection ........................................... 822 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 822 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR ..................................................... 823 Description ............................................................. 823 DTC Logic .............................................................. 823 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 823 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 824 C D E F G H I J P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 825 Description ............................................................. 825 DTC Logic .............................................................. 825 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 825 Component Inspection ........................................... 827 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 827 K L P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 828 Description ............................................................. 828 DTC Logic .............................................................. 828 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 828 Component Inspection ........................................... 830 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 831 M N P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 832 Description ............................................................. 832 DTC Logic .............................................................. 832 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 832 Component Inspection ........................................... 834 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 835 P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 836 Description ............................................................. 836 DTC Logic .............................................................. 836 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 836 Component Inspection ........................................... 839 EC-11 2009 Rogue O P Special Repair Requirement ..................................839 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 872 P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 840 Description ............................................................ 872 Component Inspection .......................................... 872 Description .............................................................840 DTC Logic ..............................................................840 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................841 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 844 Description .............................................................844 Component Function Check ..................................844 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................844 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) .......845 ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 846 Description .............................................................846 Component Function Check ..................................846 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................846 COOLING FAN ................................................ 847 Description .............................................................847 Component Function Check ..................................847 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................848 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ..........852 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) ..........852 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 853 Description .............................................................853 Component Function Check ..................................853 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................853 FUEL INJECTOR ............................................. 855 Description .............................................................855 Component Function Check ..................................855 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................855 Component Inspection ...........................................856 FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 858 Description .............................................................858 Component Function Check ..................................858 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................858 Component Inspection ...........................................860 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 873 Description ............................................................ 873 Component Function Check ................................. 873 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 873 ECU DIAGNOSIS ...................................... 875 ECM .................................................................. 875 Reference Value ................................................... 875 Wiring Diagram — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM — .......................................................................... 885 Fail Safe ............................................................... 897 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 899 DTC Index ............................................................ 900 How to Set SRT Code ....................................... 903 Test Value and Test Limit .................................. 905 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 912 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 912 Symptom Table ..................................................... 912 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 916 Description ............................................................ 916 PRECAUTION ........................................... 917 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 917 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ............................................................... 917 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover. 917 Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service ........... 917 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT ................................................................ 918 General Precautions ............................................. 918 PREPARATION ......................................... 921 IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 861 Description .............................................................861 Component Function Check ..................................861 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................861 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) .............................................................864 Component Inspection (Condenser-1) ..................865 PREPARATION ................................................ 921 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ............... 866 Inspection .............................................................. 923 Description .............................................................866 Component Function Check ..................................866 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................866 EVAP LEAK CHECK ........................................ 924 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) .................................................... 867 Description .............................................................867 Component Function Check ..................................867 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................867 Component Inspection ...........................................870 Revision: 2008 August Special Service Tools ........................................... 921 Commercial Service Tools .................................... 921 ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE ................. 923 FUEL PRESSURE ............................................ 923 Inspection .............................................................. 924 ON-VEHICLE REPAIR .............................. 926 EVAP CANISTER ............................................. 926 Exploded View ...................................................... 926 Removal and Installation ....................................... 926 Inspection .............................................................. 927 EC-12 2009 Rogue SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......................................................... 928 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement ................... 940 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................ 928 FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ............................ 941 Idle Speed ............................................................. 928 Ignition Timing ....................................................... 928 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 928 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 928 System Diagram ................................................... 941 System Description ................................................ 942 Component Parts Location .................................. 942 Component Description ......................................... 946 FOR MEXICO BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 929 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 929 Work Flow ............................................................. 929 Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 932 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................. 933 BASIC INSPECTION ............................................... 933 BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement ...................................................................... 933 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT ...................................................... 936 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description .............................. 936 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement .. 936 IDLE SPEED ............................................................ 936 IDLE SPEED : Description .................................... 936 IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement ......... 936 IGNITION TIMING .................................................... 937 IGNITION TIMING : Description ............................ 937 IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement.. 937 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING .............................................................. 937 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description ....................................... 937 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement ............ 937 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING ........................................................................... 937 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description ....................................... 938 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement ............ 938 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING .............................. 938 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description ....... 938 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement .......................................................... 938 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR ..................................................................... 940 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description ............................................. 940 Revision: 2008 August A ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 941 EC MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ..... 947 System Diagram ................................................... 947 System Description ................................................ 947 Component Parts Location .................................. 950 Component Description ......................................... 953 C D E ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ...................... 955 System Diagram ................................................... 955 System Description ................................................ 955 Component Parts Location .................................. 956 Component Description ......................................... 960 F G AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ............ 961 System Diagram .................................................... 961 System Description ................................................ 961 Component Parts Location .................................. 962 Component Description ......................................... 965 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) ............................................................ 966 H I System Diagram .................................................... 966 System Description ................................................ 966 Component Parts Location .................................. 967 Component Description ........................................ 971 J CAN COMMUNICATION ................................. 972 K System Description ................................................ 972 COOLING FAN CONTROL ............................. 973 System Diagram .................................................... 973 System Description ................................................ 973 Component Parts Location .................................. 975 Component Description ......................................... 978 L M EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............. 979 System Diagram .................................................... 979 System Description ................................................ 979 Component Parts Location .................................. 980 Component Description ........................................ 984 N O INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL .............. 985 System Diagram .................................................... 985 System Description ................................................ 985 Component Parts Location .................................. 986 Component Description ......................................... 989 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .. 990 Diagnosis Description ............................................ 990 CONSULT-III Function ........................................1003 Diagnosis Tool Function ....................................1010 EC-13 2009 Rogue P COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS .....................1012 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ..........................1052 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ............................................................1012 Description ...........................................................1052 DTC Logic ............................................................1052 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1052 Component Inspection .........................................1054 Description ...........................................................1012 Component Function Check ................................1012 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1013 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..1020 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1020 U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .........................1024 Description ...........................................................1024 DTC Logic ............................................................1024 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1024 U0140 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .........................1025 Description ...........................................................1025 DTC Logic ............................................................1025 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1025 U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .........................1026 Description ...........................................................1026 DTC Logic ............................................................1026 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1026 P0011 IVT CONTROL .....................................1027 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .........................1055 Description ...........................................................1055 DTC Logic ............................................................1055 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1055 Component Inspection .........................................1056 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................1058 Description ...........................................................1058 DTC Logic ............................................................1058 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1058 Component Inspection .........................................1060 Special Repair Requirement ................................1060 P0125 ECT SENSOR .....................................1061 Description ...........................................................1061 DTC Logic ............................................................1061 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1062 Component Inspection .........................................1062 P0127 IAT SENSOR .......................................1064 DTC Logic ............................................................1027 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1028 Component Inspection .........................................1029 Description ...........................................................1064 DTC Logic ............................................................1064 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1065 Component Inspection .........................................1065 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ........1031 P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................1066 Description ...........................................................1031 DTC Logic ............................................................1031 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1031 Component Inspection .........................................1033 P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER .....................1034 Description ...........................................................1034 DTC Logic ............................................................1034 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1035 Component Inspection .........................................1036 P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....1037 Description ...........................................................1037 DTC Logic ............................................................1037 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1037 Component Inspection .........................................1038 P0101 MAF SENSOR .....................................1040 Description ...........................................................1040 DTC Logic ............................................................1040 Component Function Check ................................1041 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1042 Component Inspection .........................................1044 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .........................1047 Description ...........................................................1047 DTC Logic ............................................................1047 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1048 Component Inspection .........................................1049 Revision: 2008 August DTC Logic ............................................................1066 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1066 Component Inspection .........................................1067 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................................1068 Description ...........................................................1068 DTC Logic ............................................................1068 Component Function Check ................................1069 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1070 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................................1072 Description ...........................................................1072 DTC Logic ............................................................1072 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1073 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................................1075 Description ...........................................................1075 DTC Logic ............................................................1075 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1076 P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................................1078 Description ...........................................................1078 DTC Logic ............................................................1078 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1080 P0137 HO2S2 .................................................1083 Description ...........................................................1083 DTC Logic ............................................................1083 Component Function Check ................................1084 EC-14 2009 Rogue Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1085 Component Inspection ........................................1086 P0138 HO2S2 .................................................1089 Description ..........................................................1089 DTC Logic ...........................................................1089 Component Function Check ................................1090 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1091 Component Inspection ........................................1094 P0139 HO2S2 .................................................1096 Description ..........................................................1096 DTC Logic ...........................................................1096 Component Function Check ................................1097 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1098 Component Inspection ........................................1099 P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ...............................................................1102 DTC Logic ...........................................................1102 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1103 P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ...............................................................1106 DTC Logic ...........................................................1106 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1107 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ...........................1110 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .....1133 Description ...........................................................1133 DTC Logic ............................................................1133 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1133 Component Inspection .........................................1135 Description ...........................................................1136 DTC Logic ............................................................1136 Component Function Check ................................1137 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1137 E P0507 ISC SYSTEM .......................................1140 F Description ...........................................................1140 DTC Logic ............................................................1140 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1140 Description ...........................................................1142 DTC Logic ............................................................1142 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1142 Description ...........................................................1144 DTC Logic ............................................................1144 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1145 P0607 ECM ....................................................1146 DTC Logic ............................................................1147 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1147 P0850 PNP SWITCH ......................................1149 Description ...........................................................1149 DTC Logic ............................................................1149 Component Function Check ................................1150 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1150 P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ...............1152 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .....................1124 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE .......1153 P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION 1128 DTC Logic ...........................................................1128 Component Function Check ................................1129 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1129 Revision: 2008 August H I J K P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...............1147 Description ..........................................................1120 DTC Logic ...........................................................1120 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1121 Component Inspection ........................................1123 Description ..........................................................1124 DTC Logic ...........................................................1124 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1125 Component Inspection ........................................1126 G P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................1142 Description ...........................................................1146 DTC Logic ............................................................1146 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1146 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ..........................1120 D Description ...........................................................1138 DTC Logic ............................................................1138 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1138 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE ................................................................1113 Description ..........................................................1118 DTC Logic ...........................................................1118 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1118 Component Inspection ........................................1119 C P0506 ISC SYSTEM .......................................1138 P0605 ECM ....................................................1144 P0327, P0328 KS ...........................................1118 EC P0500 VSS .....................................................1136 Description ..........................................................1110 DTC Logic ...........................................................1110 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1110 Component Inspection ........................................1112 Special Repair Requirement ...............................1112 DTC Logic ...........................................................1113 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1114 A DTC Logic ............................................................1152 DTC Logic ............................................................1153 Component Function Check ................................1153 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1154 P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................1157 Description ...........................................................1157 DTC Logic ............................................................1157 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1157 Special Repair Requirement ................................1158 EC-15 2009 Rogue L M N O P P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................1159 Description ...........................................................1159 DTC Logic ............................................................1159 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1159 Special Repair Requirement ................................1160 P1421 COLD START CONTROL ...................1161 Description ...........................................................1161 DTC Logic ............................................................1161 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1161 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................1163 Description ...........................................................1163 DTC Logic ............................................................1163 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1163 Component Inspection .........................................1165 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ......................1166 Description ...........................................................1166 DTC Logic ............................................................1166 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1167 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) .....1169 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ........1170 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .....1171 Description ...........................................................1171 DTC Logic ............................................................1171 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1171 P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR) ...........................................1173 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR ....................................................1185 Description ...........................................................1185 DTC Logic ............................................................1185 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1185 Special Repair Requirement ................................1186 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .........................1187 Description ...........................................................1187 DTC Logic ............................................................1187 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1187 Component Inspection .........................................1189 Special Repair Requirement ................................1189 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .........................1190 Description ...........................................................1190 DTC Logic ............................................................1190 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1190 Component Inspection .........................................1192 Special Repair Requirement ................................1193 P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................1194 Description ...........................................................1194 DTC Logic ............................................................1194 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1194 Component Inspection .........................................1196 Special Repair Requirement ................................1197 P2138 APP SENSOR .....................................1198 Description ...........................................................1173 DTC Logic ............................................................1173 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1173 Description ...........................................................1198 DTC Logic ............................................................1198 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1198 Component Inspection .........................................1200 Special Repair Requirement ................................1201 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .................................1175 P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................1202 Description ...........................................................1175 DTC Logic ............................................................1175 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1175 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ........1176 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY ....................................................1177 Description ...........................................................1177 DTC Logic ............................................................1177 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1177 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ......................................................1179 Description ...........................................................1179 DTC Logic ............................................................1179 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1179 Component Inspection .........................................1182 Special Repair Requirement ................................1182 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .........1183 Description ...........................................................1183 DTC Logic ............................................................1183 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1183 Component Inspection .........................................1184 Special Repair Requirement ................................1184 Revision: 2008 August Description ...........................................................1202 DTC Logic ............................................................1202 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1203 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................1206 Description ...........................................................1206 Component Function Check ................................1206 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1206 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ......1207 ASCD INDICATOR .........................................1208 Description ...........................................................1208 Component Function Check ................................1208 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1208 COOLING FAN ...............................................1209 Description ...........................................................1209 Component Function Check ................................1209 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1210 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ........1214 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) ........1214 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................1215 Description ...........................................................1215 Component Function Check ................................1215 EC-16 2009 Rogue Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1215 Test Value and Test Limit .................................1262 FUEL INJECTOR ...........................................1217 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ...........................1268 Description ..........................................................1217 Component Function Check ................................1217 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1217 Component Inspection ........................................1218 FUEL PUMP ...................................................1220 Description ..........................................................1220 Component Function Check ................................1220 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1220 Component Inspection ........................................1222 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ..1268 Symptom Table ...................................................1268 Description ...........................................................1272 PRECAUTIONS ..............................................1273 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP .............1228 PREPARATION ........................................1277 Description ..........................................................1228 Component Function Check ................................1228 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1228 PREPARATION ..............................................1277 Description ..........................................................1229 Component Inspection ........................................1229 Special Service Tools ..........................................1277 Commercial Service Tools ...................................1277 FUEL PRESSURE ..........................................1279 Inspection ............................................................1279 Description ..........................................................1230 Component Function Check ................................1230 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1230 EVAP CANISTER ...........................................1280 ECM ................................................................1232 Reference Value .................................................1232 Wiring Diagram — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM — .........................................................................1242 Fail Safe .............................................................1254 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ...........................1256 DTC Index ..........................................................1257 How to Set SRT Code ......................................1260 D E F G H ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE .................1279 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .........1230 ECU DIAGNOSIS ......................................1232 C PRECAUTION ...........................................1273 Description ..........................................................1223 Component Function Check ................................1223 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1223 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) ...........................................................1226 Component Inspection (Condenser-1) ................1227 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......1229 EC NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............1272 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .............................................................1273 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover1273 Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service .........1273 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT ..............................................................1274 General Precautions ............................................1274 IGNITION SIGNAL .........................................1223 A I J Inspection ............................................................1280 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .........................................................1281 K SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ..............................................................1281 L Idle Speed ...........................................................1281 Ignition Timing .....................................................1281 Calculated Load Value ........................................1281 Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1281 M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-17 2009 Rogue DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [FOR CALIFORNIA] < BASIC INSPECTION > BASIC INSPECTION DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW Work Flow INFOID:0000000004493280 OVERALL SEQUENCE JMBIA1416GB DETAILED FLOW Revision: 2008 August EC-18 2009 Rogue DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [FOR CALIFORNIA] < BASIC INSPECTION > 1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM A Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-21, "Diagnostic Work Sheet".) EC >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK DTC C 1. 2. - D Check DTC. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed. Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.) Erase DTC. (Refer to “” EC-92, "Diagnosis Description".) Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer. (Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-478, "Symptom Table".) 3. Check related service bulletins for information. Are any symptoms described and is any DTCs detected? Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5. 3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM E F G Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-482, "Description" and EC462, "Fail safe". Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. H I >> GO TO 5. 4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-482, "Description" and EC462, "Fail safe". Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. >> GO TO 6. J K L 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected again. If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-464, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble diagnosis order. NOTE: • Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected. • Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this check. If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". 6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION Perform EC-22, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Do you have CONSULT-III? Revision: 2008 August EC-19 2009 Rogue M N O P DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [FOR CALIFORNIA] < BASIC INSPECTION > YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 9. 7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE With CONSULT-III Check that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value using CONSULT-III in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-lll. Refer to EC-116, "Component Function Check". Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-117, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-478, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms. >> GO TO 10. 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. NOTE: The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to “Circuit Inspection” in GI44, "Circuit Inspection". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check the voltage of related ECM terminals using CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-439, "Reference Value". 11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. 3. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. (Refer to “” EC-92, "Diagnosis Description".) >> GO TO 12. 12.FINAL CHECK When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check again, and then check that the malfunction have been completely repaired. When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the symptom is not detected. Is DTC detected and does symptom remain? YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6. NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, check to always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to “” EC-92, "Diagnosis Description".) If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific DRIVING PATTERN in EC-469, "How to Set SRT Code". Revision: 2008 August EC-20 2009 Rogue DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [FOR CALIFORNIA] < BASIC INSPECTION > Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000004493281 A DESCRIPTION There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like WORK SHEET SAMPLE below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. Some conditions may cause the MIL illuminate or blink, and DTC to be detected. Examples: • Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. • Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. EC C D SEF907L E WORKSHEET SAMPLE F G H I J K L M N O P MTBL0017 Revision: 2008 August EC-21 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < BASIC INSPECTION > INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT BASIC INSPECTION BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493282 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. 3. 4. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for scheduled maintenance. Open engine hood and check the following: Harness connectors for improper connections Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections Hoses and ducts for leakage Air cleaner clogging Gasket Check that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. Headlamp switch is OFF. Air conditioner switch is OFF. Rear window defogger switch is OFF. SEF983U Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge. Check that engine stays below 1,000 rpm. SEF976U 5. Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load. 6. Check that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST. Are any DTCs detected? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. SEF977U 2.REPAIR OR REPLACE Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnosis Procedure. >> GO TO 3 3.CHECK IDLE SPEED 1. Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load. Revision: 2008 August EC-22 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT < BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for approximately 1 minute. 3. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-26, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-494, "Idle Speed". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 4. [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC C PBIA8513J 4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING 1. 2. D Stop engine. Perform EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 5. E F 5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Perform EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". G >> GO TO 6. 6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING H Perform EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. I 7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN J 1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-26, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-494, "Idle Speed". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 8. K L 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the Following. • Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-260, "DTC Logic". • Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-256, "DTC Logic". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4. M N 9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION 1. 2. O Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of incident, although this is rare.) Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-25, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 4. 10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING 1. 2. Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light. Revision: 2008 August EC-23 2009 Rogue P INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < BASIC INSPECTION > For procedure, refer to EC-26, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-494, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> GO TO 11. 11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING 1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 12. 12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Perform EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 13. 13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Perform EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. 14.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN 1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-26, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-494, "Idle Speed". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 17. 15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN 1. 2. Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light. For procedure, refer to EC-26, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-494, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> GO TO 16. 16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-70, "Removal and Installation". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4. 17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-260, "DTC Logic". • Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-256, "DTC Logic". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 18. NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4. 18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION Revision: 2008 August EC-24 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < BASIC INSPECTION > 1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of incident, although this is rare.) 2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-25, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". A EC >> GO TO 4. 19.INSPECTION END If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, go to EC-25, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". C D >> INSPECTION END ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT E ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description INFOID:0000000004493283 When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. F ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493284 1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NIVS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS Refer to SEC-9, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (With Intelligent key system), SEC-154, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (Without Intelligent key system). G H I >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION J Refer to EC-26, "VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement". K >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". L >> GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING M Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". N >> GO TO 5. 5.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING O Refer to EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> END P IDLE SPEED IDLE SPEED : Description INFOID:0000000004493285 This describes how to check the idle speed. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “BASIC INSPECTION”. Revision: 2008 August EC-25 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < BASIC INSPECTION > IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493286 1.CHECK IDLE SPEED With CONSULT-III Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. With GST Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST. >> INSPECTION END IGNITION TIMING IGNITION TIMING : Description INFOID:0000000004493287 This describes how to check the ignition timing. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “BASIC INSPECTION”. IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493288 1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING 1. - Attach timing light (A) to No. 1 ignition coil wire as shown. : Vehicle front JMBIA0928ZZ 2. - Check ignition timing. Timing indicator (1) >> INSPECTION END ALBIA0048ZZ VIN REGISTRATION VIN REGISTRATION : Description INFOID:0000000004493289 VIN Registration is an operation to register VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. NOTE: Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M). VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493290 1.CHECK VIN Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-22, "Information About Identification or Model Code". >> GO TO 2. Revision: 2008 August EC-26 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < BASIC INSPECTION > 2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION A With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON with engine stopped. 2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. 3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT-III display. EC >> END C ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000004493291 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493292 D E F 1.START 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G H >> END I THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000004493293 J Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected. K THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493294 L 1.START 1. 2. 3. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound. M N >> END IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description O INFOID:0000000004493295 Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed within the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions: • Each time the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced. • Idle speed or ignition timing is out of the specification. IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493296 1.PRECONDITIONING Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied. Revision: 2008 August EC-27 2009 Rogue P INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < BASIC INSPECTION > Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. • Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle) • Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F) • PNP switch: ON • Electric load switch: OFF (Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger) On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the headlamp will not illuminate. • Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) • Vehicle speed: Stopped • Transmission: Warmed-up - With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TENP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “CVT” system indicates less than 0.9V. - Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING With CONSULT-III Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. 5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds. Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 5. 1. 3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Without CONSULT-III NOTE: • It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. • It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. 1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking and turns ON. 8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turns ON. 9. Start engine and let it idle. Revision: 2008 August EC-28 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < BASIC INSPECTION > 10. Wait 20 seconds. A EC C SEC897C D >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING E Rev up the engine two or three times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. For procedure, refer to EC-494, "Idle Speed" and EC-494, "Ignition Timing". For specifications, refer to EC-494, "Idle Speed" and EC-494, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following • Check that throttle valve is fully closed. • Check PCV valve operation. • Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. F G H I 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident. It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-116, "Description". If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning again: • Engine stalls. • Incorrect idle. >> INSPECTION END L M MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description K INFOID:0000000004493297 N This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “Diagnosis Procedure”. MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement O INFOID:0000000004493298 1.START P With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”. With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 1. 2. 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-29 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT < BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST. check DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102. [FOR CALIFORNIA] >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-30 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS A ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM System Diagram INFOID:0000000004493299 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P JMBIA0933GB Revision: 2008 August EC-31 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > System Description INFOID:0000000004493300 ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control. Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004493301 JMBIA0932ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Tumble control valve actuator 15. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 16. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 17. Knock sensor 18. EVAP service port 19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Fuel injector solenoid valve Revision: 2008 August EC-32 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0917ZZ D 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front E F G JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. H Engine coolant temperature sensor I Vehicle front J K L JMBIA0919ZZ M 1. 4. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector N Vehicle front O P JMBIA0921ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-33 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front JMBIA0922ZZ 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0910GB JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-34 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0931ZZ D 1. Tumble control valve actuator 4. Heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector 2. Condenser 3. Heated oxygen sensor 3 E Vehicle front F G H JMBIA0923ZZ I 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister J Vehicle front K L M JMBIA0927ZZ N 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front O P JMBIA0924ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-35 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004493302 Component Reference A/F sensor 1 EC-177, "Description" A/F sensor 1 heater EC-135, "Description" Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-385, "Description" ASCD brake switch EC-356, "Description" ASCD steering switch EC-353, "Description" ASCD vehicle speed sensor EC-361, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-260, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-256, "Description" Cooling fan motor EC-65, "System Description" Electric throttle control actuator EC-383, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-164, "Description" EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-279, "Description" EVAP canister vent control valve EC-286, "Description" EVAP control system pressure sensor EC-294, "Description" Fuel injector EC-419, "Description" Fuel level sensor EC-321, "Description" Fuel pump EC-422, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-36 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Reference Fuel tank temperature sensor EC-239, "Description" Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-192, "Description" Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EC-138, "Description" Heated oxygen sensor 3 EC-211, "Description" Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater EC-141, "Description" Ignition signal EC-425, "Description" Intake air temperature sensor EC-159, "Description" Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-80, "System Description" Knock sensor EC-254, "Description" Mass air flow sensor EC-147, "Description" Park/neutral position switch EC-338, "Description" PCV valve EC-436, "Description" Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-437, "Description" Stop lamp switch EC-365, "Description" Throttle control motor EC-381, "Description" Throttle control motor relay EC-375, "Description" Throttle position sensor EC-167, "Description" Tumble control valve EC-367, "Description" Tumble control valve position sensor EC-372, "Description" A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-37 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM System Diagram INFOID:0000000004493303 JMBIA1014GB System Description INFOID:0000000004493304 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*3 Piston position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Battery Battery voltage*3 Knock sensor Heated oxygen sensor ECM function Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Actuator Fuel injector Engine knocking condition 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas EPS control unit Power steering operation*2 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ABS operation command*2 Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 BCM Air conditioner operation*2 *1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. Revision: 2008 August EC-38 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > *3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. A SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined EC by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor. C VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below. D• • • • • • During warm-up When starting the engine During acceleration Hot-engine operation When selector lever is changed from N to D High-load, high-speed operation E F • During deceleration • During high engine speed operation G MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL) H I J PBIB2793E The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to EC-177, "DTC Logic". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture). This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sensor 2. • Open Loop Control The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. - Deceleration and acceleration - High-load, high-speed operation - Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit - Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature - High engine coolant temperature - During warm-up - After shifting from N to D - When starting the engine MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally Revision: 2008 August EC-39 2009 Rogue K L M N O P MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between the two ratios. “Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim includes short-term fuel trim and long-term fuel trim. “Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean. “Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation of the short-term fuel trim from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment. FUEL INJECTION TIMING SEF337W Two types of systems are used. • Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is running. • Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM. The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. FUEL SHUT-OFF Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds. Revision: 2008 August EC-40 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004493305 A EC C D E F G H I JMBIA0932ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Tumble control valve actuator 15. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 16. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 17. Knock sensor 18. EVAP service port J K L M 19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Fuel injector solenoid valve N O P JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-41 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-42 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0922ZZ D 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve E F G H JMBIA0910GB I J K L JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector M N Vehicle front O P JMBIA0931ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-43 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Tumble control valve actuator 4. Heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector 2. Condenser 3. Heated oxygen sensor 3 Vehicle front JMBIA0923ZZ 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch Revision: 2008 August 2. ASCD brake switch EC-44 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0925ZZ D 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch E F G JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. H Fuel pressure regulator I Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004493306 Component J Reference A/F sensor 1 EC-177, "Description" Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-385, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-260, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-256, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-164, "Description" Fuel injector EC-419, "Description" Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-138, "Description" Intake air temperature sensor EC-159, "Description" Knock sensor EC-254, "Description" Mass air flow sensor EC-147, "Description" Park/neutral position switch EC-338, "Description" Throttle position sensor EC-167, "Description" K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-45 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM System Diagram INFOID:0000000004493307 JMBIA0174GB System Description INFOID:0000000004493308 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 Piston position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Battery Battery voltage*2 Knock sensor Engine knocking Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Combination meter Vehicle speed*1 ECM function Actuator Ignition timing control Ignition coil (with power transistor) *1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Ignition order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2 The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor. During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM. • At starting • During warm-up • At idle • At low battery voltage • During acceleration The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not Revision: 2008 August EC-46 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. Component Parts Location A INFOID:0000000004493309 EC C D E F G H I J JMBIA0932ZZ K 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Tumble control valve actuator 15. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 16. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 17. Knock sensor 18. EVAP service port L M N 19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Fuel injector solenoid valve O P JMBIA0917ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-47 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-48 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0922ZZ D 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve E F G H JMBIA0910GB I J K L JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector M N Vehicle front O P JMBIA0931ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-49 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Tumble control valve actuator 4. Heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector 2. Condenser 3. Heated oxygen sensor 3 Vehicle front JMBIA0923ZZ 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch Revision: 2008 August 2. ASCD brake switch EC-50 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0925ZZ D 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch E F G JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. H Fuel pressure regulator I Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004493310 Component J Reference Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-385, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-260, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-256, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-164, "Description" Ignition signal EC-425, "Description" Knock sensor EC-254, "Description" Mass air flow sensor EC-147, "Description" Park/neutral position switch EC-338, "Description" Throttle position sensor EC-167, "Description" K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-51 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL System Diagram INFOID:0000000004493311 JMBIA1015GB System Description INFOID:0000000004493312 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Input signal to ECM Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature voltage*2 Battery Battery Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure EPS control unit Power steering operation*1 Combination meter Vehicle speed*1 BCM Air conditioner ON signal*1 ECM function Air conditioner cut control Actuator IPDM E/R ↓ Air conditioner relay ↓ Compressor *1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. • When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. • When cranking the engine. • At high engine speeds. • When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. • When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. • When engine speed is excessively low. Revision: 2008 August EC-52 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. A Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004493313 EC C D E F G H I J JMBIA0932ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 K L 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Tumble control valve actuator 15. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 16. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 17. Knock sensor 18. EVAP service port M 19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Fuel injector solenoid valve N O P JMBIA0917ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-53 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-54 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0922ZZ D 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve E F G H JMBIA0910GB I J K L JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector M N Vehicle front O P JMBIA0931ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-55 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Tumble control valve actuator 4. Heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector 2. Condenser 3. Heated oxygen sensor 3 Vehicle front JMBIA0923ZZ 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch Revision: 2008 August 2. ASCD brake switch EC-56 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0925ZZ D 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch E F G JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. H Fuel pressure regulator I Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004493314 Component J Reference Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-385, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-260, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-256, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-164, "Description" Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-437, "Description" K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-57 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) System Diagram INFOID:0000000004493315 JMBIA0935GB System Description INFOID:0000000004493316 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Input signal to ECM ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Combination meter Vehicle speed* TCM Powertrain revolution* ECM function ASCD vehicle speed control Actuator Electric throttle control actuator *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line BASIC ASCD SYSTEM Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions. Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 38 km/ h (24 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH). ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed. Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE lamp and SET lamp on combination meter. If any malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control. NOTE: Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. SET OPERATION Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE lamp on combination meter illuminates.) When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 38 km/h (24 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET lamp on combination meter illuminates.) ACCELERATE OPERATION If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed. CANCEL OPERATION When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled. • CANCEL switch is pressed • More than 2 switches on ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared) • Brake pedal is depressed Revision: 2008 August EC-58 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R • Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed A • TCS system is operated When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform the driver by blinking indicator lamp. EC • Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may blink slowly. When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/ C ACCELERATE switch. • Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly. If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle D speed memory will be erased. COAST OPERATION When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed. E RESUME OPERATION When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after canceling operation other than pressing the MAIN switch, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet following conditions. • Brake pedal is released • Selector lever is in a position other than P and N • Vehicle speed is greater than 38 km/h (24 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH) Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004493317 F G H I J K L M N O P JMBIA0932ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Revision: 2008 August EC-59 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Tumble control valve actuator 15. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 16. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 17. Knock sensor 18. EVAP service port 19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-60 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0921ZZ D 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve E Vehicle front F G H JMBIA0922ZZ I 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve J K L M N JMBIA0910GB O P JMBIA0920ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-61 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0931ZZ 1. Tumble control valve actuator 4. Heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector 2. Condenser 3. Heated oxygen sensor 3 Vehicle front JMBIA0923ZZ 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-62 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0924ZZ D 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor E F G JMBIA0925ZZ H 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch I J K JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator M Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004493318 Component N Reference ASCD steering switch EC-353, "Description" ASCD clutch switch EC-356, "Description" ASCD brake switch EC-356, "Description" Stop lamp switch EC-365, "Description" Electric throttle control actuator EC-383, "Description" ASCD indicator EC-410, "Description" Revision: 2008 August L EC-63 O P 2009 Rogue CAN COMMUNICATION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > CAN COMMUNICATION System Description INFOID:0000000004493319 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. Refer to LAN-24, "CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN communication for detail.. Revision: 2008 August EC-64 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > COOLING FAN CONTROL A System Diagram INFOID:0000000004493320 EC C D E F JMBIA0177GB G System Description INFOID:0000000004493321 H INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Input signal to ECM Engine speed*1 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure Battery Battery voltage*1 Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 Air conditioner ON signal* Actuator I Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) BCM ECM function Cooling fan control IPDM E/R ↓ Cooling fan relay ↓ Cooling fan motor J K 2 *1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. L *2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-65 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Cooling Fan Operation JMBIA0936GB Cooling Fan Relay Operation The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line. Cooling fan speed Cooling fan relay 1 2 3 4 5 Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Low (LOW) OFF OFF OFF ON OFF High (HI) ON ON ON OFF ON Revision: 2008 August EC-66 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004493322 A EC C D E F G H I JMBIA0932ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Tumble control valve actuator 15. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 16. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 17. Knock sensor 18. EVAP service port J K L M 19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Fuel injector solenoid valve N O P JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-67 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-68 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0922ZZ D 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve E F G H JMBIA0910GB I J K L JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector M N Vehicle front O P JMBIA0931ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-69 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Tumble control valve actuator 4. Heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector 2. Condenser 3. Heated oxygen sensor 3 Vehicle front JMBIA0923ZZ 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch Revision: 2008 August 2. ASCD brake switch EC-70 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0925ZZ D 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch E F G JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. H Fuel pressure regulator I Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004493323 Component J Reference Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-260, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-256, "Description" Cooling fan motor EC-65, "System Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-164, "Description" Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-437, "Description" K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-71 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM System Diagram INFOID:0000000004493324 PBIB1631E EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING JMBIA0909ZZ 1. EVAP service port A. From next figure Revision: 2008 August 2. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-72 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L JMBIA0908ZZ 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 2. EVAP canister vent control valve A. To previous figure To/From B in this figure B. 3. M EVAP canister NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses. System Description N INFOID:0000000004493325 O INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART P Revision: 2008 August EC-73 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Sensor Input signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1 Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*1 Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank EVAP control system pressure sensor Pressure in purge line Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 ECM function Actuator EVAP canister purge flow control EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve *1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank. The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating. Revision: 2008 August EC-74 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004493326 A EC C D E F G H I JMBIA0932ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Tumble control valve actuator 15. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 16. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 17. Knock sensor 18. EVAP service port J K L M 19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Fuel injector solenoid valve N O P JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-75 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-76 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0922ZZ D 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve E F G H JMBIA0910GB I J K L JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector M N Vehicle front O P JMBIA0931ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-77 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Tumble control valve actuator 4. Heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector 2. Condenser 3. Heated oxygen sensor 3 Vehicle front JMBIA0923ZZ 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch Revision: 2008 August 2. ASCD brake switch EC-78 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0925ZZ D 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch E F G JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. H Fuel pressure regulator I Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004493327 Component J Reference A/F sensor 1 EC-177, "Description" Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-385, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-260, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-256, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-164, "Description" EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-279, "Description" EVAP control system pressure sensor EC-294, "Description" Fuel tank temperature sensor EC-239, "Description" Mass air flow sensor EC-147, "Description" Throttle position sensor EC-167, "Description" K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-79 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL System Diagram INFOID:0000000004493328 JMBIA0060GB System Description INFOID:0000000004493329 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator Engine speed and piston position Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Combination meter Vehicle speed* Intake valve timing control Intake valve timing control solenoid valve *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line SYSTEM DESCRIPTION This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range. Revision: 2008 August EC-80 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004493330 A EC C D E F G H I JMBIA0932ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Tumble control valve actuator 15. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 16. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 17. Knock sensor 18. EVAP service port J K L M 19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Fuel injector solenoid valve N O P JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-81 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-82 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0922ZZ D 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve E F G H JMBIA0910GB I J K L JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector M N Vehicle front O P JMBIA0931ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-83 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Tumble control valve actuator 4. Heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector 2. Condenser 3. Heated oxygen sensor 3 Vehicle front JMBIA0923ZZ 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch Revision: 2008 August 2. ASCD brake switch EC-84 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0925ZZ D 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch E F G JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. H Fuel pressure regulator I Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004493331 Component J Reference Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-260, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-256, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-164, "Description" Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-80, "System Description" K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-85 2009 Rogue TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL System Diagram INFOID:0000000004493332 JMBIA0162GB System Description INFOID:0000000004493333 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator Tumble control valve control Tumble control valve motor Engine speed* Battery Battery voltage* Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Tumble control valve position sensor Tumble control valve position *: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Tumble control valve has a valve portion in the intake passage of each cylinder. While idling and during low engine coolant temperature, the tumble control valve closes. Thus the velocity of the air in the intake passage increases, promoting the vaporization of the fuel and producing a tumble in the combustion chamber. Because of this operation, this system tends to increase the burning speed of the gas mixture, improve fuel consumption, and increase the stability in running conditions. Also, except when idling and during low engine coolant temperature, this system opens the tumble control valve. In this condition, this system tends to increase power by improving intake efficiency via reduction of intake flow resistance. The tumble control valve is operated by the ECM. Revision: 2008 August EC-86 2009 Rogue TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004493334 A EC C D E F G H I JMBIA0932ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Tumble control valve actuator 15. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 16. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 17. Knock sensor 18. EVAP service port J K L M 19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Fuel injector solenoid valve N O P JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-87 2009 Rogue TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-88 2009 Rogue TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0922ZZ D 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve E F G H JMBIA0910GB I J K L JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector M N Vehicle front O P JMBIA0931ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-89 2009 Rogue TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Tumble control valve actuator 4. Heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector 2. Condenser 3. Heated oxygen sensor 3 Vehicle front JMBIA0923ZZ 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch Revision: 2008 August 2. ASCD brake switch EC-90 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2009 Rogue TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0925ZZ D 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch E F G JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. H Fuel pressure regulator I Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004493335 Component J Reference Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-385, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-260, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-256, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-164, "Description" Tumble control valve EC-367, "Description" Tumble control valve position sensor EC-367, "Description" K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-91 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000004493336 INTRODUCTION The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic service Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of SAE J1979 Freeze Frame data Service $02 of SAE J1979 System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of SAE J1979 1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of SAE J1979 1st Trip Freeze Frame data Test values and Test limits Service $06 of SAE J1979 Calibration ID Service $09 of SAE J1979 The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below. ×: Applicable —: Not applicable DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data 1st trip Freeze Frame data SRT code SRT status Test value CONSULT-III × × × × × × — GST × × × — × × × ECM × ×* — — — × — *: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other. The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel illuminates when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-462, "Fail safe".) TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip> If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. ×: Applicable MIL Items DTC 1st trip 2nd trip —: Not applicable 1st trip DTC Blinking illuminate Blinking illuminate 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 P0304 is being detected × — — — — — × — Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 P0304 is being detected — — × — — × — — One trip detection diagnoses (Refer to EC-466, "DTC Index".) — × — — × — — — Except above — — — × — × × — DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA DTC and 1st Trip DTC Revision: 2008 August EC-92 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC A will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required EC driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminate when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd C trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or illuminate the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase D DTC and 1st Trip DTC. For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-466, "DTC Index". These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored E non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III. 1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illuminating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests. F When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-18, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is G duplicated, the item requires repair. Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short-term fuel trim, long-term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected. Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data. The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data. Priority 1 I J K Items Freeze frame data 2 3 H L Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304 Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172 Except the above items (Includes CVT related items) M 1st trip freeze frame data For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory. Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC”. How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC With CONSULT-III With GST CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc. These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012. Revision: 2008 August EC-93 2009 Rogue N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > (CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) No Tools The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc. These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN. • 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. • Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST and the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if available) is recommended. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0]. If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t]. How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC With CONSULT-III NOTE: • If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. • If the DTC is not for CVT related items (see EC-466, "DTC Index"), skip step 1. 1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-42, "Diagnosis Description". 2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. 3. Select “SELFDIAGNOSTIC RESULT”. 4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.) With GST NOTE: • If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Select Diagnostic Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool). No Tools NOTE: • If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results). • If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be cleared within 24 hours. • The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures. SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979. As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains “CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items. NOTE: Revision: 2008 August EC-94 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours. A If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the vehicle is returned to the customer untested. EC NOTE: If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection. C SRT Item The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. D SRT item (CONSULT-III indication) Performance Priority* CATALYST 2 EVAP SYSTEM HO2S Corresponding DTC No. Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Three way catalyst function P0420 HC adsorption catalyst function P2423 2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 1 EVAP control system P0442 2 EVAP control system P0456 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 3 P0143 Heated oxygen sensor 3 P0144 Heated oxygen sensor 3 P0145 E F G H I *: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE), one by one based on the priority for models with CONSULT-III. SRT Set Timing SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and is shown in the table below. Example Self-diagnosis result All OK Case 1 Case 2 Diagnosis ← ON → J K L Ignition cycle OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2) P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1) P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-95 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — — P0402 — — — — P1402 NG — NG NG (Consecutive NG) (1st trip) DTC 1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC DTC (= MIL ON) SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG. —: Self-diagnosis is not carried out. When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1) for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following reasons: • The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. • The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. • During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from the ECM after repair. • If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”. NOTE: SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”. SRT Service Procedure If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page. Revision: 2008 August EC-96 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L JMBIA1574GB How to Display SRT Status WITH CONSULT-III Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed. NOTE: Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item. WITH GST Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool) NO TOOLS A SRT code itself cannot be displayed, however SRT status can. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds. 2. SRT status is indicated as shown below. • When all SRT codes are set, MIL illuminates continuously. Revision: 2008 August EC-97 2009 Rogue M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will flash periodically for 10 seconds. [FOR CALIFORNIA] JMBIA1515GB MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) Description The MIL is located on the instrument panel. 1. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. If the MIL does not illuminate, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC430, "Component Function Check". 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. SEF217U On Board Diagnostic System Function The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions. Revision: 2008 August EC-98 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Diagnostic Test Mode KEY and ENG. Status Function Explanation of Function Mode I Ignition switch in ON position BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.). If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. A EC C Engine stopped D Engine running Mode II Ignition switch in ON position MALFUNCTION WARNING When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will illuminate to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected. The following malfunctions will illuminate or blink the MIL in the 1st trip. • Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) • One trip detection diagnoses SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS E F This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read. G H Engine stopped I Diagnostic Test Mode I — Bulb Check In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-430, "Component Function Check". J Diagnostic Test Mode I — Malfunction Warning MIL K Condition ON When the malfunction is detected. OFF No malfunction. L This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) Diagnostic Test Mode II — Self-diagnostic Results In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden- M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-99 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. JMBIA1140GB A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes as per the following. Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-seconds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF. In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-466, "DTC Index") How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode NOTE: • It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. • It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. • ECM always returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after the ignition switch is turned OFF. HOW TO SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) 1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts blinking. NOTE: Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-100 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 4. Fully release the accelerator pedal. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). NOTE: Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs. A EC C D PBIB0092E HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) 1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to “How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”. 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds. The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM. 3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. • If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours. • Do not erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses. E F G OBD System Operation Chart Relationship Between MIL, 1st Trip DTC, DTC and Detectable Items • When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. • When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. • The MIL will turn off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. A is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, the counter will reset. • The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. • The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip. Summary Chart Items MIL (turns off) DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 1st Trip DTC (clear) 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) I J K L Fuel Injection System Misfire Other 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B) For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”. For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”. *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip. Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire ”, “Fuel Injection System” Revision: 2008 August H EC-101 2009 Rogue M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA1417GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the 3 times (pattern B) without any malDTC and the freeze frame data will be functions. stored in ECM. *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip *4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for freeze frame data will be cleared at the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the will not be displayed any longer after the moment OK is detected. 1st trip freeze frame data will be vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) stored in ECM. without the same malfunction. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven once (pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM. Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire ”, “Fuel Injection System” Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as per the following: All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. Revision: 2008 August EC-102 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. • The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction. A • The MIL will turn off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”) Driving pattern C means opreating vehicle as per the following: EC The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time: Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ± 375 rpm Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) × (1 ± 0.1) [%] Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: C • When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F). • When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F). D Example: If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following: Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F) E To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions: Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C (158°F) • The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above. F • The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above are satisfied without the same malfunction. • The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. • The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is G stored in ECM. Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire ”, “Fuel Injection System” H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-103 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA1418GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. Revision: 2008 August *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the 3 times (pattern B) without any malDTC and the freeze frame data will be functions. stored in ECM. EC-104 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > *4: The DTC and the freeze frame data will not be displayed any longer after vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) without the same malfunction. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehithe first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction. stored in ECM. A EC *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. C Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire ”, “Fuel Injection System” D E F G H JMBIA1920GB • The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4). • The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. • The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40. Driving pattern B means opreating vehicle as per the following: All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. • The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. • The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions. • The MIL will turn off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART). CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000004493337 I J K L FUNCTION M Diagnostic test mode Function Work Support This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-III screen. Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.* Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. Active Test Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/results can be confirmed. O Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle requires periodic maintenance. ECU Part Number ECM part number can be read. *: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. • Diagnostic trouble codes • 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes • Freeze frame data Revision: 2008 August EC-105 N 2009 Rogue P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • 1st trip freeze frame data • System readiness test (SRT) codes • Test values ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE DTC & SRT Confirmation Self Diagnostic Result INPUT ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS Item Work Support Data Monitor Active Test SRT STATUS DTC WORK SUPPORT DTC*1 FREEZE FRAME DATA*2 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × × Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × × Mass air flow sensor × Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 × × × × Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × × × Heated oxygen sensor 3 × × × Vehicle speed signal × Accelerator pedal position sensor × Throttle position sensor × Fuel tank temperature sensor × × EVAP control system pressure sensor × × Intake air temperature sensor × Knock sensor × × × × × × × × × Closed throttle position switch (accelerator pedal position sensor signal) × Air conditioner switch × Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × Stop lamp switch × × Battery voltage × Load signal × Primary speed sensor × × Tumble control valve position sensor × × Fuel level sensor × × ASCD steering switch × × ASCD brake switch × × EC-106 × × Refrigerant pressure sensor Revision: 2008 August × 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE DTC & SRT Confirmation Self Diagnostic Result Item Work Support DTC*1 FREEZE FRAME DATA*2 × Fuel injector Throttle control motor relay × Throttle control motor × EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve × Active Test × × × × SRT STATUS DTC WORK SUPPORT × D × × E × × Fuel pump relay × × × Cooling fan relay × × Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater × × ×* Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × × ×*3 Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater × × ×*3 × × × Intake valve timing control solenoid valve × × × Tumble control valve motor × × × EVAP canister vent control valve × × Calculated load value EC C × Air conditioner relay OUTPUT ENGINE COTNROL COMPONENT PARTS Power transistor (Ignition timing) Data Monitor A F 3 G H I × X: Applicable *1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs. *2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-III screen in freeze frame data mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-92, "Diagnosis Description". *3: Always “CMPLT” is displayed. J K WORK SUPPORT MODE Work Item L WORK ITEM FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE IDLE AIR VOL LEARN SELF-LEARNING CONT CONDITION USAGE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING IDLING. CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS. When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM. When learning the idle air volume • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT. When clearing mixture ratio selflearning value M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-107 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS. • IGN SW ON • ENGINE NOT RUNNING • AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F). • NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM • FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F). • WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” • WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULTIII WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTION. NOTE: WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DISPLAY “BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”, EVEN WHEN USING A CHARGED BATTERY. When detecting EVAP vapor leak in the EVAP system VIN REGISTRATION • IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM. When registering VIN in ECM TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition timing *: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE Self Diagnostic Item Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-466, "DTC Index".) Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data Freeze frame data item* Description DIAG TROUBLE CODE [PXXXX] • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code that is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC-466, "DTC Index".) FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • One of the following mode is displayed. Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than short-term fuel trim. S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule. ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. Revision: 2008 August EC-108 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Freeze frame data item* INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] Description A • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. EC FUEL SYS-B2 L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] INT MANI PRES [kPa] C • There items are displayed but are not applicable to this model. COMBUST CONDITION D *: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data. E DATA MONITOR MODE Monitored Item Monitored item Unit Description F Remarks • Indicates the engine speed computed from the signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). • Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed drops below the idle rpm. • If the signal is interrupted while the engine is running, an abnormal value may be indicated. V • The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • When engine is running, specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. msec • “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on board correction. • When engine is running, specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. • The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • When engine is running, specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. • This data also includes the data for the air-fuel ratio learning control. °C or °F • The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. • When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed. A/F SEN1 (B1) V • The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed. HO2S2 (B1) V • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed. HO2S3 (B1) V • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 3 is displayed. ENG SPEED rpm MAS A/F SE-B1 B/FUEL SCHDL A/F ALPHA-B1 % COOLAN TEMP/S HO2S2 MNTR(B1) VHCL SPEED SE RICH/LEAN km/h or mph BATTERY VOLT Revision: 2008 August V • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small. LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large. H I J K L M N O • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from combination meter is displayed. • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed. EC-109 G 2009 Rogue P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Monitored item Unit Description Remarks V • The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is displayed. • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. V • The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed. • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. FUEL T/TMP SE °C or °F • The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is displayed. INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F • The intake air temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicated. EVAP SYS PRES V • The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed. FUEL LEVEL SE V • The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is displayed. START SIGNAL ON/OFF • Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. CLSD THL POS ON/OFF • Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal. AIR COND SIG ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal. P/N POSI SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal. PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF • [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system (determined by the signal sent from EPS control unit) is indicated. LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal. ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position. OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting switch are OFF. IGNITION SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch signal. HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch signal. BRAKE SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch signal. INJ PULSE-B1 msec • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals. • When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated. IGN TIMING BTDC • Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM according to the input signals. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. ACCEL SEN 1 ACCEL SEN 2 TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1 CAL/LD VALUE MASS AIRFLOW PURG VOL C/V Revision: 2008 August % • “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the current air flow divided by peak air flow. g·m/s • Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM according to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor. % • Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. • The opening becomes larger as the value increases. EC-110 • After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal. 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Monitored item INT/V TIM (B1) INT/V SOL(B1) Unit Description °CA • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance angle. % SWRL CONT S/V ON/OFF TMBL POS SEN V Remarks A • The control value of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. • The advance angle becomes larger as the value increases. EC • The control condition of the tumble control valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. ON: Closed OFF: Open C D • The tumble control valve position sensor signal voltage is displayed. E AIR COND RLY ON/OFF • The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF • Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to the input signals. ON/OFF • The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. ON: Closed OFF: Open ON/OFF • Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condition determined by the ECM according to the input signals. HI/LOW/OFF • Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (determined by ECM according to the input signals). HI: High speed operation LOW: Low speed operation OFF: Stop J • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to the input signals. K • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 3 heater determined by ECM according to the input signals. L VENT CONT/V THRTL RELAY COOLING FAN HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF HO2S3 HTR(B1) ON/OFF rpm • Indicates the engine speed computed from the turbine revolution sensor signal. km/h or mph • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed. YET/CMPLT • Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learning YET: Idle air volume learning has not been performed yet. CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already been performed successfully. I/P PULLY SPD VEHICLE SPEED IDL A/V LEARN TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile G H I M N O • Distance traveled while MIL is activated. A/F S1 HTR(B1) % • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value computed by ECM according to the input signals. • The current flow to the heater becomes larger as the value increases. AC PRESS SEN V • The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed. VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from combination meter is displayed. SET VHCL SPD km/h or mph • The preset vehicle speed is displayed. Revision: 2008 August F EC-111 P 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Monitored item Unit Description Remarks MAIN SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal. CANCEL SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal. RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCELERATE switch signal. SET SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST switch signal. BRAKE SW1 ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch signal. BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch signal. NON/CUT • Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off. NON/CUT • Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low, and ASCD operation is cut off. AT OD MONITOR ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D according to the input signal from the TCM. AT OD CANCEL ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D cancel request signal. CRUISE LAMP ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. SET LAMP ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. — • Indicates the correction of factor stored in ECM. The factor is calculated from the difference between the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air-fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 signal. VHCL SPD CUT LO SPEED CUT A/F ADJ-B1 NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. ACTIVE TEST MODE Test Item TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT FUEL INJECTION • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Fuel injector • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 IGNITION TIMING • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Timing light: Set • Retard the ignition timing using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. Revision: 2008 August EC-112 CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) POWER BALANCE • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine. • A/C switch OFF • Selector lever position: P or N • Cut off each fuel injector signal one at a time using CONSULT-III. Engine runs rough or dies. • • • • • • Harness and connectors Compression Fuel injector Power transistor Spark plug Ignition coil COOLING FAN* • Ignition switch: ON • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” and “OFF” using CONSULT-III. Cooling fan moves and stops. • Harness and connectors • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay) • Cooling fan motor ENG COOLANT TEMP • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Engine coolant temperature sensor • Fuel injector FUEL PUMP RELAY • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” using CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound. PURG VOL CONT/V • Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm. • Change the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve opening percent using CONSULT-III. Engine speed changes according to the opening percent. FUEL/T TEMP SEN • Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III. VENT CONTROL/V • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Turn solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” using CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Solenoid valve makes an operating sound. • Harness and connectors • Solenoid valve V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change intake valve timing using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE • Ignition switch: ON • Turn tumble control valve “ON” and “OFF” using CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. A EC C D E • Harness and connectors • Fuel pump relay F • Harness and connectors • Solenoid valve G H I J K Tumble control valve motor makes an operating sound. • Harness and connectors • Tumble control valve motor L *: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat. DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE M SRT STATUS Mode For details, refer to EC-92, "Diagnosis Description". N SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status. DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode O Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page P0442 EC-273 P0455 EC-308 EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456* P0456 EC-314 PURG VOL CN/V P1444 P0443 EC-279 PURG FLOW P0441 P0441 EC-268 A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-187 A/F SEN1(B1) P1276 P0130 EC-177 EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442* EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM A/F SEN1 Revision: 2008 August EC-113 2009 Rogue P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Test mode HO2S2 Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page HO2S2(B1) P1146 P0138 EC-198 HO2S2(B1) P1147 P0137 EC-192 HO2S2(B1) P0139 P0139 EC-205 *: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to S35 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens. Diagnosis Tool Function INFOID:0000000004493338 DESCRIPTION Generic Scan Tool (OBD II scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has several functions explained below. ISO 15765-4 is used as the protocol. The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service manual. SEF139P FUNCTION Diagnostic Service Function Service $01 READINESS TESTS This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value that were stored by ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-92, "Diagnosis Description". Service $03 DTCs This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored by ECM. Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes: • Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01) • Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03) • Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01) • Clear freeze frame data (Service $02) • Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01) • Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07) Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored. Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emissionrelated powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions. Service $08 Service $09 — (CALIBRATION ID) This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped). When this diagnostic service is performed, EVAP canister vent control valve can be closed. In the following conditions, this diagnostic service cannot function. • Low ambient temperature • Low battery voltage • Engine running • Ignition switch OFF • Low fuel temperature • Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs. INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-114 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 2. Connect “GST” to data link connector (1), which is located under LH dash panel. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC C JMBIA1073ZZ D 4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual. (*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are shown.) E F G SEF398S 5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service procedure. For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the tool maker. H I J SEF416S K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-115 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE Description INFOID:0000000004493339 The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or more malfunctions. The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate the MIL. The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: • B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction) • A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle) • MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493340 1.START Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied. • Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) • Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) • Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) • Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) • Engine speed: Idle • Transmission: Warmed-up - After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” (CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F). • Electrical load: Not applied - Rear window defogger switch and air conditioner switch lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight ahead. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE With CONSULT-III NOTE: Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display. 1. Perform EC-22, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that monitor items are within the SP value. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> END NO >> Go to EC-117, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: 2008 August EC-116 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493341 A OVERALL SEQUENCE EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P PBIB2318E Revision: 2008 August EC-117 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > PBIB3213E DETAILED PROCEDURE 1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-116, "Component Function Check". Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Revision: 2008 August EC-118 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is A out of the SP value even a little. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 17. EC NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2. NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3. 2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” C Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19. D 3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 6. NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25. F G 4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. 3. 4. Stop the engine. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 6. H I J 5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL 1. 2. Stop the engine. Change engine oil. NOTE: This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving conditions. K L M >> INSPECTION END 6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE N Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-489, "Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8. NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7. O 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8. 8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” Revision: 2008 August EC-119 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Start engine. 2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 9. 9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST 1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. 2. Check that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 10. 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following below. 1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-425, "Component Function Check".) 2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-419, "Component Function Check".) 3. Intake air leakage 4. Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-23, "Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace fuel injector and then GO TO 11. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11. 11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 12. 12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1. • For DTC P0130, refer to EC-177, "DTC Logic". • For DTC P0131, refer to EC-181, "DTC Logic". • For DTC P0132, refer to EC-184, "DTC Logic". • For DTC P0133, refer to EC-187, "DTC Logic". • For DTC P2A00, refer to EC-404, "DTC Logic". Are any DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 13. 13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE according to corresponding DTC. >> GO TO 14. 14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 15. 15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. Stop the engine. Revision: 2008 August EC-120 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. A >> GO TO 16. 16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” EC 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-478, "Symptom Table". 17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18. NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25. 18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. - C D E F G Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. Engine oil level is too high Engine oil viscosity Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive Noise from engine Noise from transmission, etc. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following. Valve clearance malfunction Intake valve timing control function malfunction Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc. H I J >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30. 19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM K Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20. L M 20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” N Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21. O 21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR P 1. 2. Stop the engine. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again. >> GO TO 22. Revision: 2008 August EC-121 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-147, "DTC Logic". Then GO TO 29. NO >> GO TO 23. 23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 24. NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29. 24.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Replace ECM. Go to EC-25, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 29. 25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element • Uneven dirt in air cleaner element • Improper specification in intake air system Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 27. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26. 26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27. 27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 28. NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30. 28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct • Looseness of oil filler cap • Disconnection of oil level gauge • Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve • Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve • Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket • Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts Revision: 2008 August EC-122 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc. A >> GO TO 30. 29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” EC Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-478, "Symptom Table". C 30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” D Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-478, "Symptom Table". E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-123 2009 Rogue POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493342 1.INSPECTION START Start engine. Is engine running? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal E16 93 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 64) • Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-I 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector F7 Terminal Continuity Ground Existed 12 16 107 E16 Ground 108 111 112 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. Revision: 2008 August EC-124 2009 Rogue POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors F121, E7 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ground EC >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II C 1. 2. 3. D Reconnect ECM harness connectors. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. IPDM E/R Connector Terminal E15 47 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage E Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Go to EC-425, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 8. F 8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. G Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. H ECM Connector E16 Terminal 105 Ground Voltage Ground After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop to approximately 0V. I Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO-1 >> Battery voltage does not exist: GO TO 9. NO-2 >> Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds: GO TO 11. J K 9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal F7 24 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage L M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 11. N 10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V O 1. 2. 3. P Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. ECM 4. IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 105 E15 48 Continuity Existed Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: 2008 August EC-125 2009 Rogue POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI 1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. ECM IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F7 24 E15 51 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness or connectors F121, E7 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK 20A FUSE 1. Disconnect 20A fuse (No. 62) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 20A fuse. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Replace 20A fuse. 14.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 15.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector F7 Terminal Continuity Ground Existed 12 16 107 E16 Ground 108 111 112 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. Revision: 2008 August EC-126 2009 Rogue POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 16. 16.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness or connectors F121, E7 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ground EC >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. C 17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-127 2009 Rogue U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT Description INFOID:0000000004503938 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004503939 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. U0101 Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with TCM DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more. • CAN communication line between TCM and ECM (CAN communication line is open or shorted) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> EC-128, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004503940 Go to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: 2008 August EC-128 2009 Rogue U0140 CAN COMM CIRCUIT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > U0140 CAN COMM CIRCUIT A Description INFOID:0000000004503935 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004503936 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC E DTC No. U0140 Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with BCM DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with BCM for 2 seconds or more. • CAN communication line between BCM and ECM (CAN communication line is open or shorted) F G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> EC-129, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure I INFOID:0000000004503937 J Go to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-129 2009 Rogue U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT Description INFOID:0000000004529350 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529163 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. U1001 Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication line DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal other than OBD (emission-related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> EC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529351 Go to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: 2008 August EC-130 2009 Rogue P0011 IVT CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0011 IVT CONTROL A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493346 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC NOTE: If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform the trouble diagnosis for EC-336, "DTC Logic". C Trouble diagnosis name DTC No. P0011 Intake valve timing control performance Detecting condition There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree. Possible cause • • • • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve control solenoid valve Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft • Timing chain installation • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control D E F DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at idle. G H I >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE 100 - 120 km/h (63 - 75 mph) ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F) B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.5 msec Selector lever D position M N O P 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II With CONSULT-III Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds. Revision: 2008 August K L CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. 4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-132, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> GO TO 3. 1. J EC-131 2009 Rogue P0011 IVT CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (221°F) Selector lever 1st or 2nd position Driving locationl Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.) CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-132, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493347 1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP 1. 2. Start engine. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illuminated. Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated? YES >> Go to LU-5, "Inspection". NO >> GO TO 2. PBIA8559J 2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-133, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. 3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). 4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). 5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) Check the following. Revision: 2008 August EC-132 2009 Rogue P0011 IVT CONTROL < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end • Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft. [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC C JMBIA0096ZZ 6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION D Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misalignment. Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misalignment? YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-70, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 7. E 7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT F Refer to EM-53, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Clean lubrication line. G 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". I >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493348 J 1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 1 and 2 7.0 - 7.5 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] 1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) K L M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. N 2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II 1. 2. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-133 O P JMBIA0097ZZ 2009 Rogue P0011 IVT CONTROL < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Revision: 2008 August EC-134 [FOR CALIFORNIA] 2009 Rogue P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER A Description INFOID:0000000004493349 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater C Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493350 D E DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0031 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 heater P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 heater F G H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than between 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-135, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END M N INFOID:0000000004493351 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION O 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August K L 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Diagnosis Procedure J EC-135 2009 Rogue P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F28 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage [FOR CALIFORNIA] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F28 3 F7 4 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-137, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-136 2009 Rogue P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493352 A 1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows. C Terminals Resistance 3 and 4 1.98 - 2.66 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 3 and 1, 2 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2 EC D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. E 2.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). F G H >> INSPECTION END I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-137 2009 Rogue P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER Description INFOID:0000000004493353 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air ECM function Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Actuator Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed, amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. OPERATION Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Above 3,600 rpm OFF Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. • Engine: After warming up • Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load ON DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493354 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0037 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st tip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-139, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-138 2009 Rogue P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493355 A 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. EC C 2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground. D E HO2S2 Connector Terminal F31 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. G 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • IPDM E/R connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse H I >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 K L ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 3 F7 13 Continuity Existed M 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER O Refer to EC-140, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. P 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. Revision: 2008 August EC-139 2009 Rogue P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493356 1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 2 and 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2, 3 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-140 2009 Rogue P0043, P0044 HO2S3 HEATER [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0043, P0044 HO2S3 HEATER A Description INFOID:0000000004493357 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC Sensor Input signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) ECM function Actuator C Engine speed Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater D The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 3 heater corresponding to the engine speed, amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. E OPERATION Engine speed F Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater Above 3,600 rpm OFF Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. • Engine: After warming up • Driving for 3 minutes at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more (Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising.) ON DTC Logic G INFOID:0000000004493358 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. H I Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0043 Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 3 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 3 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 3 heater circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater P0044 Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 3 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 3 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 3 heater circuit is shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater J K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at idle. M N O >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Revision: 2008 August EC-141 2009 Rogue P P0043, P0044 HO2S3 HEATER < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is 1st tip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-142, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR CALIFORNIA] Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493359 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK HO2S3 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 3 (HO2S3) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between HO2S3 harness connector and ground. HO2S3 Connector Terminal E50 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 3 and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S3 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S3 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S3 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 3 F7 17 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 3 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 HEATER Refer to EC-143, "Component Inspection". Revision: 2008 August EC-142 2009 Rogue P0043, P0044 HO2S3 HEATER [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. A 7.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 Replace heated oxygen sensor 3. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). EC C D >> INSPECTION END 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". F >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493360 G 1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 HEATER 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 3 (HO2S3) harness connector. Check resistance between HO2S3 terminals as follows. I Terminal Resistance 2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2, 3 H J Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. K 2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 L Replace heated oxygen sensor 3. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). M N >> INSPECTION END O P Revision: 2008 August EC-143 2009 Rogue P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description INFOID:0000000004493361 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow. The longer pulse width advances valve timing. The shorter pulse width retards valve timing. When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position. JMBIA0098GB DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493362 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0075 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through intake valve timing control solenoid valve. • Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-144, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493363 1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Connector Terminal F45 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. Revision: 2008 August EC-144 2009 Rogue P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R EC >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN C AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector. D E Intake valve timing control solenoid valve ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F45 1 F8 78 F Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G H 4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-145, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. I 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". K >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004507196 L 1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 1 and 2 7.0 - 7.5 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] 1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) M N O Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. P 2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II 1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Revision: 2008 August EC-145 2009 Rogue P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Revision: 2008 August EC-146 [FOR CALIFORNIA] JMBIA0097ZZ 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0101 MAF SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493365 The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. EC C D PBIA9559J DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493366 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P0101 E A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving condition. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Mass air flow sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air leaks • Mass air flow sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Intake air temperature sensor Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance B) Possible cause G H I J K DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead of running engine at idle speed. L M >> GO TO 2. N 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-149, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5. O P 3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR FUNCTION 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. If engine cannot be started, go to EC-149, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: 2008 August EC-147 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”. 5. Increases engine speed to approximately 4,000 rpm. 6. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed increases. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-149, "Diagnosis Procedure". [FOR CALIFORNIA] PBIB3457E 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B 1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm THRTL SEN 1-B1 More than 1.5V THRTL SEN 2-B1 More than 1.5V Selector lever Suitable position Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-149, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B Perform component function check. Refer to EC-148, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-149, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493367 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B 1. 2. With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select Service $01 with GST. Revision: 2008 August EC-148 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01. 4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in response to increases to approximately 4,000 rpm in engine speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-149, "Diagnosis Procedure". [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC C SEF534P D Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493368 1.INSPECTION START E Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-147, "DTC Logic". Which malfunction is detected? A >> GO TO 3. B >> GO TO 2. F 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM G Check the following for connection. • Air duct • Vacuum hoses • Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Reconnect the parts. H I 3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. J K 4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. L Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground. M MAF sensor Connector Terminal E18 5 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. O 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P Check the following. • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-149 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 4 F7 56 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 3 F8 58 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 10.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-161, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). 11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 12.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-151, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. 13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Revision: 2008 August EC-150 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". A >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493369 EC 1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. C With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition E MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 D Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2V F 1.4 - 1.8V 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* G *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. 1. 2. 3. 4. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. H I ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition J Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Voltage Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* K L *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. M 2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR N 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Crushed air ducts Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element Uneven dirt of air cleaner element Improper specification of intake air system parts Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. O P 3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Revision: 2008 August EC-151 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. 4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Without CONSULT-III 1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition Voltage Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. Revision: 2008 August EC-152 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition EC Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Voltage Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm C 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* D *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-153 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004493370 The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. PBIA9559J DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493371 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air leaks • Mass air flow sensor P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Mass air flow sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Which DTC is detected? P0102 >> GO TO 2. P0103 >> GO TO 3. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II 1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-154 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493372 A 1.INSPECTION START Confirm the detected DTC. Which DTC is detected? P0102 >> GO TO 2. P0103 >> GO TO 3. EC C 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check the following for connection. • Air duct • Vacuum hoses • Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Reconnect the parts. D E 3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION F 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. G H 4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground. MAF sensor Connector Terminal E18 5 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage I J K Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. L 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R M >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N 6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor O P ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 4 F8 56 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. Revision: 2008 August EC-155 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 3 F8 58 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-156, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493373 1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Revision: 2008 August EC-156 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. 2. 3. 4. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. A EC ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition Voltage Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) C Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* D E *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. F 2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR G 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Crushed air ducts Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element Uneven dirt of air cleaner element Improper specification of intake air system parts Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. H I J 3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition L MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 K M Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm N 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. 1. 2. 3. O Without CONSULT-III Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. Revision: 2008 August EC-157 P 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition Voltage Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Voltage Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-158 2009 Rogue P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493374 The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature. EC C D PBIA9559J E F Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 G *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 50 (Intake air temperature sensor) and 58 (Sensor ground). H SEF012P I DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493375 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. J Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0112 Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0113 Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air temperature sensor K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M N >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-159, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure P INFOID:0000000004493376 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Revision: 2008 August EC-159 2009 Rogue P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground. MAF sensor Connector Terminal E18 2 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 1 F8 56 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-161, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-160 2009 Rogue P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493377 A 1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] EC C Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-161 2009 Rogue P0116 ECT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0116 ECT SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004507132 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. SEF594K Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 52 (Sensor ground). DTC Logic SEF012P INFOID:0000000004507124 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0116 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117, P0118. Refer to EC-164, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P0116 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit range/ performance Engine coolant temperature signal from engine coolant temperature sensor does not fluctuate, even when some time has passed after starting the engine with pre-warming up condition. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (High or low resistance in the circuit) • Engine coolant temperature sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC confirmation procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm for more than 10 minutes. Move the vehicle to a cool place, then stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 1 and 2. Soak the vehicle until the resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 1 and 2 becomes 0.5 kΩ higher than the value measured before soaking. CAUTION: Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking. Revision: 2008 August EC-162 2009 Rogue P0116 ECT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Soak time changes depending on ambient air temperature. It may take several hours. A 6. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? EC YES >> EC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004507125 C 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION D 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E9. Refer to GROUND INSPECTION in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. E 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR F Refer to EC-163, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. G 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END I Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004507134 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR J 1. 2. 3. 4. K Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. L Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance 20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 Ω 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 Ω 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 Ω Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. M N JMBIA0080ZZ O P Revision: 2008 August EC-163 2009 Rogue P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004493378 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. SEF594K Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 52 (Sensor ground). DTC Logic SEF012P INFOID:0000000004493379 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition P0117 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Engine coolant temperature sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-164, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493380 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-164 2009 Rogue P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. EC Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground. ECT sensor Connector Terminal F80 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V A C D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E 3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. ECT sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F80 2 F8 52 G H Continuity Existed I 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-165, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. K L 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". M >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493381 N 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. P Revision: 2008 August EC-165 2009 Rogue P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance 20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 Ω 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 Ω 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 Ω Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Revision: 2008 August [FOR CALIFORNIA] EC-166 JMBIA0080ZZ 2009 Rogue P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493382 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. EC C D PBIB0145E DTC Logic E INFOID:0000000004493383 DTC DETECTION LOGIC F NOTE: If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-336, "DTC Logic". G DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0122 Throttle position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. P0123 Throttle position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2) H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING J If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. K L >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-167, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M N INFOID:0000000004493384 O 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August EC-167 2009 Rogue P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal F29 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 4 F8 36 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 3 F8 38 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-169, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-169, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-168 2009 Rogue P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493385 A 1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to the D position. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. ECM − F8 Terminal 37 (TP sensor 1 signal) 38 (TP sensor 2 signal) C D + Connector EC Connector F8 Condition Voltage Terminal 36 (Sensor ground) Accelerator pedal Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V E F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. G 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR H 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-169, "Special Repair Requirement". I >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493386 J 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. K L 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" M >> END N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-169 2009 Rogue P0125 ECT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0125 ECT SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004507181 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. SEF594K Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 52 (Sensor ground). DTC Logic SEF012P INFOID:0000000004493388 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118. Refer to EC-164, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P0125 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Insufficient engine coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control • Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not practical, even when some time has passed after starting the engine. • Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for closed loop fuel control. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (High resistance in the circuit) • Engine coolant temperature sensor • Thermostat DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is above 5°C (41°F). With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is the temperature above 5°C (41°F)? 1. 2. 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-170 2009 Rogue P0125 ECT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. A 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III EC 1. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. 2. Check 1st tip DTC. If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication increases to more than 5°C (41°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine C because the test result will be OK. CAUTION: Never overheat engine. With GST D Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> EC-171, "Diagnosis Procedure" E NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493389 F 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. G H 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-171, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. I J 3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm that the engine coolant does not flow. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-25, "Removal and Installation". K L 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END N Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004507182 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR O 1. 2. 3. P Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-171 2009 Rogue P0125 ECT SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance 20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 Ω 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 Ω 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 Ω Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Revision: 2008 August [FOR CALIFORNIA] EC-172 JMBIA0080ZZ 2009 Rogue P0127 IAT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0127 IAT SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493391 The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature. EC C D PBIA9559J E F Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 G *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 50 (Intake air temperature sensor) and 58 (Sensor ground). H SEF012P I DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493392 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0127 J Trouble diagnosis name Intake air temperature too high DTC detecting condition Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal from engine coolant temperature sensor. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Intake air temperature sensor K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. >> GO TO 2. With CONSULT-III Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F) Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the engine coolant temperature. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down engine. NOTE: Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F). 1. - EC-173 N O 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Revision: 2008 August M 2009 Rogue P P0127 IAT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Start engine. 3. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-174, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493393 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-174, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493394 1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Revision: 2008 August EC-174 2009 Rogue P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493395 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC NOTE: If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC PP0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 or P0304, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304. Refer to EC-248, "DTC Logic". Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long enough. This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck being open. DTC No. P0128 Trouble diagnosis name Thermostat function DTC detecting condition The engine coolant temperature does not reach to specified temperature even though the engine has run long enough. C D Possible cause • Thermostat • Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat • Engine coolant temperature sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E F 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher. • For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 56°C (133°F). • Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel. >> GO TO 2. G H I 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Turn A/C switch OFF. Turn blower fan switch OFF. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S” If it is below 56°C (133°F), go to next step. If it is above 56°C (133°F), cool down the engine to less than 56°C (133°F). Then go to next steps. 6. Start engine drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. VHCL SPEED SE More than 56 km/h (35 MPH) INFOID:0000000004493396 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-176, "Component Inspection". Revision: 2008 August EC-175 K L M CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 75°C (160°F) within 10 minutes, turn ignition switch OFF because the test result will be OK. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure J 2009 Rogue N O P P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. [FOR CALIFORNIA] 2.CHECK THERMOSTAT Refer to CO-25, "Removal and Installation". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace thermostat. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493397 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance 20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 Ω 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 Ω 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 Ω Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-176 JMBIA0080ZZ 2009 Rogue P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 A Description INFOID:0000000004493398 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D JMBIA0112GB E F G H PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493399 I DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control. DTC No. P0130 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit DTC detecting condition A) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other than approx. 2.2V. B) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2V. Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J K L M 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. N O >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A P 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Let it idle for 2 minutes. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7. Revision: 2008 August EC-177 2009 Rogue P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION 1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure". 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I 1. 2. 3. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START”. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 11.5 msec Selector lever D position If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3. 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-II Release accelerator pedal fully. NOTE: Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. Which does “TESTING” change to? COMPLETED>>GO TO 6. OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4. 6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-III Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT” Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure". 7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-178, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493400 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK 1. 2. 3. With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position. Shift the selector lever to the D position, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH). CAUTION: Revision: 2008 August EC-178 2009 Rogue P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. 5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine. 7. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. 8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. 9. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR CALIFORNIA] Diagnosis Procedure A EC C D INFOID:0000000004493401 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION E 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. F G 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. H I A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F28 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage J Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. K 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse L M >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 4. ECM Terminal 1 2 Connector F8 Terminal 45 49 P Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-179 2009 Rogue P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 ECM Terminal 1 2 Connector Terminal F8 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace. 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-180 2009 Rogue P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 A Description INFOID:0000000004493402 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D JMBIA0112GB E F G H PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493403 I DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low. DTC No. P0131 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit low voltage DTC detecting condition Possible Cause • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0V. • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 J K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING M If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. N O >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is the indication constantly approx. 0V? YES >> Go to EC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure". P 1. 2. 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-181 2009 Rogue P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 3. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds. 1. 2. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec Selector lever Suitable position NOTE: • Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. • If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step 1. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493404 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F28 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-182 2009 Rogue P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. A/F sensor 1 Connector ECM Terminal 1 F28 4. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. 2 Connector Terminal 45 F8 49 EC Continuity C Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 ECM Terminal 1 2 Connector Terminal F8 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed D E F 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace. I 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). J K L >> INSPECTION END M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-183 2009 Rogue P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 Description INFOID:0000000004493405 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). JMBIA0112GB PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493406 DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high. DTC No. P0132 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit high voltage • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5V. • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V? YES >> Go to EC-185, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-184 2009 Rogue P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 3. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds. 1. 2. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec Selector lever Suitable position EC C D E NOTE: • Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. • If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step 1. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-185, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure F G H INFOID:0000000004493407 I 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. J K 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. L M A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F28 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. O 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse P >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-185 2009 Rogue P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal 1 F28 4. ECM 2 Connector Terminal 45 F8 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 ECM Terminal 1 2 Connector Terminal F8 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace. 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-186 2009 Rogue P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 A Description INFOID:0000000004493408 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D JMBIA0112GB E F G H PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493409 I DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not. DTC No. P0133 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit slow response DTC detecting condition Possible Cause • The response of the A/F signal computed by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than the specified time. • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 • A/F sensor 1 heater • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks • Exhaust gas leaks • PCV • Mass air flow sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J K L M N O 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. Revision: 2008 August EC-187 2009 Rogue P P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 6. Touch “START”. Is “COMPLETED” displayed on COUSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 3 NO >> GO TO 4. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure". 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for approximately 10 seconds. If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-116, "Component Function Check". 2. Wait for approximately 20 seconds idle at under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. 3. Check that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-116, "Component Function Check". 4. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure". 5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select Service $01 with GST. 3. Calculate the total value of “Short-term fuel trim” and “Long-term fuel trim” indications. Is the total percentage within ±15%? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Intake air leaks • Exhaust gas leaks • Incorrect fuel pressure • Lack of fuel • Fuel injector • Incorrect PCV hose connection • PCV valve • Mass air flow sensor >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. Revision: 2008 August EC-188 2009 Rogue P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 4. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds. A 5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for approximately 1 minute. 6. Check 1st trip DTC detected?. Is 1st trip DTC detected? EC YES >> Go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493410 C 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION D 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. E 2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 F Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation". G >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). H I J K JMBIA0163GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 4. L 4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK M Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 5. N 5.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. 2. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-29, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-231, "DTC Logic" or EC-235, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-189 2009 Rogue O P P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F28 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage [FOR CALIFORNIA] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal Connector 1 F28 4. ECM 45 F8 2 Terminal 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 ECM Terminal Connector 1 2 F8 Terminal 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-137, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 13. 10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-151, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. 11.CHECK PCV VALVE Revision: 2008 August EC-190 2009 Rogue P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to EC-436, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. A 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or replace. C 13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 D Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-191 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0137 HO2S2 Description INFOID:0000000004493411 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. SEF327R DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493412 DTC DETECTION LOGIC The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. JMBIA1669GB DTC No. P0137 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit low voltage DTC detecting condition The maximum voltage from the sensor does not reach the specified voltage. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Revision: 2008 August EC-192 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. A 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. EC 6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F). 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. C 9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. D 10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END E NG >> Go to EC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure". CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN 1. 2. F Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. G >> GO TO 3. 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-193, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) L M Condition Voltage N Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. O Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. P 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August J K Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. ECM I INFOID:0000000004493413 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. H EC-193 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493414 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-29, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-231, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 1 F8 35 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-194 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > HO2S2 2. A ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Continuity Existed EC Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed C D 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 F Refer to EC-195, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. G 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). H I J >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". L >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493415 1.INSPECTION START M Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. N 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 O 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Revision: 2008 August EC-195 2009 Rogue P P0137 HO2S2 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. [FOR CALIFORNIA] JMBIA1670GB “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes Voltage The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August EC-196 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. EC C Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. D 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). E F G >> INSPECTION END H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-197 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0138 HO2S2 Description INFOID:0000000004493416 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. SEF327R DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493417 DTC DETECTION LOGIC The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. MALFUNCTION A To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. PBIB1848E MALFUNCTION B To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. PBIB2376E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit high voltage B) Possible cause An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Revision: 2008 August EC-198 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1.PRECONDITIONING A If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B NOTE: For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F). 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. 10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure". CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALUNCTION B AGAIN 1. 2. C D E F G H I J K L Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. M >> GO TO 3. 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B N Perform component function check. Refer to EC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493418 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I 1. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Revision: 2008 August EC-199 2009 Rogue O P P0138 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493419 1.INSPECTION START Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-198, "DTC Logic". Which malfunction is detected? A >> GO TO 2. B >> GO TO 9. 2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-200 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 1 F8 35 Continuity EC Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C D 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 2. ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 A E Continuity F Existed Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. G HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed H 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I 5.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER J Check connectors for water. K Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. L 6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 M Refer to EC-203, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. N 7.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Revision: 2008 August EC-201 2009 Rogue O P P0138 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 10.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-29, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-235, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 11. 11.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 1 F8 35 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 12.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 2. ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-203, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. Revision: 2008 August EC-202 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 14. 14.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 A Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: EC • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. C >> INSPECTION END 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". E >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493420 F 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. G H 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. 7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. I J K L M JMBIA1670GB N “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. O 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I P 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August EC-203 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes Voltage The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-204 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0139 HO2S2 A Description INFOID:0000000004493421 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. EC C D SEF327R DTC Logic E INFOID:0000000004493422 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (mamifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. G H I SEF302U J DTC No. P0139 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit slow response DTC detecting condition It takes more time for the sensor to respond between rich and lean than the specified time. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. N 2.PRECONDITIONING O If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Revision: 2008 August EC-205 2009 Rogue P P0139 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Open engine hood. 7. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 8. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. 9. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 4. CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM THE RESULT OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. >> GO TO 3. 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-206, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493423 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times A change of voltage should be more than 0.80 V for 1 second during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Revision: 2008 August Condition Voltage Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes A change of voltage should be more than 0.80 V for 1 second during this procedure. EC-206 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. A 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III EC Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage C Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position A change of voltage should be more than 0.80 V for 1 second during this procedure. D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure". E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493424 F 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. G H 2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-29, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-231, "DTC Logic" or EC-235, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. I J K L M HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 1 F8 35 Continuity N Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P 1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Revision: 2008 August Continuity Existed EC-207 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-208, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493425 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Revision: 2008 August EC-208 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC C JMBIA1670GB “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. D E 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. F G H ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage I Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. J Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. K 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II L Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 M + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes Voltage N The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. O Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. P 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August EC-209 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-210 2009 Rogue P0143 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0143 HO2S3 A Description INFOID:0000000004493426 The heated oxygen sensor 3, after HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 3 is not used for engine control operation. EC C D SEF327R DTC Logic E INFOID:0000000004493427 DTC DETECTION LOGIC F The heated oxygen sensor 3 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 3, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. G H I PBIB2376E DTC No. P0143 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 3 circuit high voltage DTC detecting condition The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 3 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J K L 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Repeat the following procedure 3 times. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. NOTE: • Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. • Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm in this step. Release accelerator pedal fully and stop vehicle with engine running. NOTE: Never turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st tip DTC detected? Revision: 2008 August EC-211 2009 Rogue O P P0143 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Go to EC-212, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493428 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-29, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK HO2S3 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S3 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S3 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 1 F8 35 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 3 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HO2S3 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between HO2S3 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S3 2. ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 4 F8 34 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between HO2S3 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. HO2S3 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 4 F8 34 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-212 2009 Rogue P0143 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. A 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 3 and ECM EC C >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 D Refer to EC-213, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. E 8.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 Replace heated oxygen sensor 3. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). F G H >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END J Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493429 1.INSPECTION START K Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. L 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 M With CONSULT-III CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start the engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. 5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S3 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Revision: 2008 August EC-213 2009 Rogue N O P P0143 HO2S3 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 6. Check “HO2S3 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. [FOR CALIFORNIA] JMBIA1670GB “HO2S3 (B1)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S3 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3-I Without CONSULT-III CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start the engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. ECM Connector Terminal F8 34 (HO2S3 signal) ECM Connector Terminal F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3-II 1. 2. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector Terminal F8 34 (HO2S3 signal) ECM Connector Terminal F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August EC-214 2009 Rogue P0143 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector Terminal F8 34 (HO2S3 signal) A ECM Connector Terminal F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. C 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 D Replace heated oxygen sensor 3. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). E F G >> INSPECTION END H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-215 2009 Rogue P0144 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0144 HO2S3 Description INFOID:0000000004493430 The heated oxygen sensor 3, after HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 3 is not used for engine control operation. SEF327R DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493431 DTC DETECTION LOGIC The heated oxygen sensor 3 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 3, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. JMBIA1669GB DTC No. P0144 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 3 circuit low voltage DTC detecting condition The maximum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 3 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Repeat the following procedure 3 times. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. NOTE: • Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. • Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm in this step. Release accelerator pedal fully and stop vehicle with engine running. NOTE: Revision: 2008 August EC-216 2009 Rogue P0144 HO2S3 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Never turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st tip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR CALIFORNIA] Diagnosis Procedure A EC INFOID:0000000004493432 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION C 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. D E 2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-29, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-231, "DTC Logic" or EC-235, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 3. F G 3.CHECK HO2S3 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H 1. 2. 3. 4. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S3 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S3 J ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 1 F8 35 Continuity Existed K 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. L 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 3 and ECM N >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HO2S3 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. HO2S3 P ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 4 F8 34 2. O Check the continuity between HO2S3 harness connector and ECM harness connector. Continuity Existed Check the continuity between HO2S3 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-217 2009 Rogue P0144 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > HO2S3 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 4 F8 34 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 3 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 Refer to EC-218, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. 8.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 Replace heated oxygen sensor 3. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493433 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 With CONSULT-III CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start the engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Revision: 2008 August EC-218 2009 Rogue P0144 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. 5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S3 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. 6. Check “HO2S3 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. A EC C D JMBIA1670GB “HO2S3 (B1)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S3 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. E F 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3-I Without CONSULT-III CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start the engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. G H I J ECM Connector Terminal F8 34 (HO2S3 signal) ECM Connector Terminal F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. K L M 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3-II 1. 2. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector Terminal F8 34 (HO2S3 signal) ECM Connector Terminal F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage O Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3-III Revision: 2008 August N EC-219 2009 Rogue P0144 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector Terminal F8 34 (HO2S3 signal) ECM Connector Terminal F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 Replace heated oxygen sensor 3. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-220 2009 Rogue P0145 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0145 HO2S3 A Description INFOID:0000000004493434 The heated oxygen sensor 3, after HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 3 is not used for engine control operation. EC C D SEF327R DTC Logic E INFOID:0000000004493435 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC The heated oxygen sensor 3 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 3, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. G H I SEF302U J DTC No. P0145 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 3 circuit slow response DTC detecting condition It takes more time for the sensor to respond between rich and lean than the specified time. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 3 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. N >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Repeat the following procedure 3 times. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. NOTE: • Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. • Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm in this step. Release accelerator pedal fully and stop vehicle with engine running. NOTE: Revision: 2008 August EC-221 2009 Rogue P P0145 HO2S3 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Never turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st tip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR CALIFORNIA] Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493436 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-29, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-231, "DTC Logic" or EC-235, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK HO2S3 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S3 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S3 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 1 F8 35 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 3 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HO2S3 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between HO2S3 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S3 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 4 F8 34 2. Continuity Existed Check the continuity between HO2S3 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-222 2009 Rogue P0145 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > HO2S3 A ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 4 F8 34 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed EC 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. C 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 3 and ECM E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 F Refer to EC-223, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. G 8.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 Replace heated oxygen sensor 3. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). H I J >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". L >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493437 M 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. N O 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 With CONSULT-III CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start the engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Revision: 2008 August EC-223 2009 Rogue P P0145 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. 5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S3 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. 6. Check “HO2S3 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. JMBIA1670GB “HO2S3 (B1)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S3 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3-I Without CONSULT-III CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start the engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. ECM Connector Terminal F8 34 (HO2S3 signal) ECM Connector Terminal F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3-II 1. 2. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector Terminal F8 34 (HO2S3 signal) ECM Connector Terminal F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3-III Revision: 2008 August EC-224 2009 Rogue P0145 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. A ECM Connector F8 Terminal 34 (HO2S3 signal) ECM Connector F8 Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Terminal 35 (Sensor ground) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. EC C D 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 Replace heated oxygen sensor 3. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). E F G >> INSPECTION END H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-225 2009 Rogue P0146 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0146 HO2S3 Description INFOID:0000000004493438 The heated oxygen sensor 3, after HC adsorption catalyst (Under floor), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 3 is not used for engine control operation. SEF327R DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493439 DTC DETECTION LOGIC The heated oxygen sensor 3 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 3, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. PBIB1848E DTC No. P0146 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 3 circuit no activity detected DTC detecting condition Possible cause An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 3 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Repeat the following procedure 3 times. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. NOTE: • Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. • Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm in this step. Release accelerator pedal fully and stop vehicle with engine running. NOTE: Never turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st tip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-227, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-226 2009 Rogue P0146 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493440 A 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. EC C 2.CHECK HO2S3 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 3 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S3 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S3 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 1 F8 35 D E Continuity F Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. G H 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 3 and ECM I >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 4.CHECK HO2S3 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between HO2S3 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S3 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 4 F8 34 2. K Continuity L Existed Check the continuity between HO2S3 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. M HO2S3 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E50 4 F8 34 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed N 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. O 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 3 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-227 2009 Rogue P0146 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 6.CHECK HO2S3 CONNECTOR FOR WATER Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 Refer to EC-228, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. 8.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 Replace heated oxygen sensor 3. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493441 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 With CONSULT-III CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start the engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. 5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S3 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Revision: 2008 August EC-228 2009 Rogue P0146 HO2S3 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 6. Check “HO2S3 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC C JMBIA1670GB “HO2S3 (B1)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S3 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. D E 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3-I Without CONSULT-III CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start the engine and drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. F G H I ECM Connector Terminal 34 (HO2S3 signal) F8 ECM Connector 35 (Sensor ground) F8 Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Terminal J Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. K L 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3-II 1. 2. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector Terminal F8 34 (HO2S3 signal) ECM Connector Terminal F8 35 (Sensor ground) N Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. O P 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August M EC-229 2009 Rogue P0146 HO2S3 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector Terminal F8 34 (HO2S3 signal) ECM Connector Terminal F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70 V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 3 Replace heated oxygen sensor 3. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-230 2009 Rogue P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493442 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic). Sensor Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) A/F sensor 1 DTC No. P0171 Input signal to ECM Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injection system too lean ECM function Fuel injection control DTC detecting condition • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) D Actuator Fuel injector E Possible cause • • • • • • • • C Intake air leaks A/F sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Lack of fuel Mass air flow sensor Incorrect PCV hose connection F G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING I If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I K 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-29, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Start engine. Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4. 3.RESTART ENGINE If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. Does engine start? YES >> Go to EC-232, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-232, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 5. Revision: 2008 August EC-231 2009 Rogue L M N O P P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-232, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493443 1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). JMBIA0163GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. 2. Check PCV hose connection. Intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 5. Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector F8 Terminal 45 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-232 2009 Rogue P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 Terminal 1 2 A ECM Connector F8 Terminal 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed EC 6. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE D 1. Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-489, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. E 5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. NO >> Repair or replace G 6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR H With CONSULT-III 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-494, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. For specification, refer to EC-494, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or grounds. Refer to EC-147, "DTC Logic". J K L 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. I With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. M N Without CONSULT-III 1. Let engine idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. O Clicking noise should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-419, "Component Function Check". P PBIB3332E Revision: 2008 August EC-233 2009 Rogue P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch OFF. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds. Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. PBIA9666J 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-234 2009 Rogue P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493444 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic). Sensor A/F sensor 1 DTC No. P0172 Input signal to ECM Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injection system too rich ECM function Fuel injection control DTC detecting condition • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) D Actuator Fuel injector E Possible cause • • • • • C A/F sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Mass air flow sensor F G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I J 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-29, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Start engine. Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4. K L 3.RESTART ENGINE If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. Does engine start? YES >> Go to EC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc. M N O 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II P 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 5. 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-235 2009 Rogue P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Start engine. 3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE [FOR CALIFORNIA] 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493445 1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). JMBIA0163GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 5. Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector 45 F8 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 6. Terminal Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector F8 Terminal 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed Also check harness for short to power. Revision: 2008 August EC-236 2009 Rogue P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE A EC 1. Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-489, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. C 5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. NO >> Repair or replace E 6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-494, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST. For specification, refer to EC-494, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or grounds. Refer to EC-147, "DTC Logic". F 1. 2. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR H I J With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. 1. 2. G K Without CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. L M Clicking noise should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-419, "Component Function Check". N O PBIB3332E 8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. P Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-237 2009 Rogue P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check that fuel does not drip from fuel injector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-238 2009 Rogue P0181 FTT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0181 FTT SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493446 The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. EC C D Fluid temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 SEF012P *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and 104 (Sensor ground). DTC Logic P0181 F INFOID:0000000004493447 G DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit range/performance Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor. H Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Fuel tank temperature sensor I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I L 1. Turn ignition switch and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-240, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. M N 3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE With CONSULT-III Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication less than 60°C (140°F)? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 1. 2. O P 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. With CONSULT-III Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is less than 60°C (140°F). Revision: 2008 August EC-239 2009 Rogue P0181 FTT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-240, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493448 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Connector Terminal B40 2 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M11, B1 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ECM harness connector. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B40 1 E16 104 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 Revision: 2008 August EC-240 2009 Rogue P0181 FTT SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] A >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR EC Refer to EC-241, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. C 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END E Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493449 1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR F 1. 2. 3. 4. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. H Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 I Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. J JMBIA0167ZZ K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-241 2009 Rogue P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004493450 The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. Fluid temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 SEF012P *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and 104 (Sensor ground). DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493451 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0182 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Fuel tank temperature sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529900 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August EC-242 2009 Rogue P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground. A Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Connector Terminal B40 2 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. C 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors M11, B1 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ECM harness connector. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B40 1 E16 104 F G H Continuity Existed I 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. J 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM K L >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR M Refer to EC-241, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. N 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". P >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493453 1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Revision: 2008 August EC-243 2009 Rogue P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] [FOR CALIFORNIA] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. JMBIA0167ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-244 2009 Rogue P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493454 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. EC C D PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493455 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0222 Throttle position sensor 1 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. P0223 Throttle position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1) G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING I If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. J K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M INFOID:0000000004493456 N 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. O P 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-245 2009 Rogue P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal F29 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 4 F8 36 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 2 F8 37 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-247, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-247, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-246 2009 Rogue P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493457 A 1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to the D position. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. ECM − F8 Terminal 37 (TP sensor 1 signal) 38 (TP sensor 2 signal) C D + Connector EC Connector F8 Condition Voltage Terminal 36 (Sensor ground) Accelerator pedal Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V E F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. G 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR H 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-247, "Special Repair Requirement". I >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493458 J 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. K L 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" M >> END N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-247 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493459 DTC DETECTION LOGIC When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring. Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input signal to ECM ECM function Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. 1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink. When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again. 2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0300 Multiple cylinder misfires detected Multiple cylinder misfire. P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires. P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires. P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. Possible cause • • • • • • • • • • • Improper spark plug Insufficient compression Incorrect fuel pressure The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted Fuel injector Intake air leak The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted Lack of fuel Signal plate A/F sensor 1 Incorrect PCV hose connection DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Restart engine and let it idle for approximately 15 minutes. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-249, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-248 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain time. Refer to the table below. A Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at the same time. EC CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving. C Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH) Base fuel schedule Base fuel schedule in freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1) Engine coolant temperature (T) condition D When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F), T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F). E When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F), T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F). Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data. Engine speed F Time G Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes H 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-249, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure I INFOID:0000000004493460 J 1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE 1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. 2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. 3. Check PCV hose connection. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 2. K L 2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING M Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. N 3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST O With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 4. P 4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR 1. Start engine and let engine idle. Revision: 2008 August EC-249 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Listen to each fuel injector operation. Clicking noise should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-420, "Component Inspection". PBIB3332E 5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 JMBIA0066GB cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20kV or more. • It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-425, "Component Function Check". Revision: 2008 August EC-250 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7.CHECK SPARK PLUG A Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-18, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8. EC C D SEF156I 8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. E F Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-18, "Removal and Installation". G 9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE H Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-23, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets. I 10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE J 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-489, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11. K L 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. NO >> Repair or replace. M 12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING N Check the following items. Refer to EC-22, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". O Items Specifications idle speed 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing 15 ± 5°BTDC (in P or N position) P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Follow the EC-22, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". 13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-251 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector Connector 1 F28 5. Terminal ECM Terminal 45 F8 2 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 Terminal ECM Connector 1 2 F8 Terminal 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 6. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-137, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace A/F sensor 1. 15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-494, "Idle Speed". With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. For specification, refer to EC-494, "Idle Speed". Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-147, "DTC Logic". 1. 2. 16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-478, "Symptom Table". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or replace. 17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set. Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-92, "Diagnosis Description". >> GO TO 18. 18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Revision: 2008 August EC-252 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-253 2009 Rogue P0327, P0328 KS [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0327, P0328 KS Description INFOID:0000000004493461 The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493462 DTC DETECTION LOGIC Trouble diagnosis name DTC detected condition P0327 Knock sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0328 Knock sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC No. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Knock sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-254, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493463 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector and disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. Knock sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F16 2 F8 67 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-254 2009 Rogue P0327, P0328 KS [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. A Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. Knock sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F16 1 F8 61 EC Continuity Existed C 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D 4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR E Refer to EC-255, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace knock sensor. F 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". G >> INSPECTION END H Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493464 1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR 1. 2. 3. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ. Terminals Resistance 1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] J K CAUTION: Never use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace knock sensor. L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-255 2009 Rogue P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) Description INFOID:0000000004493465 The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. JMBIA0062ZZ JMBIA0714GB DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493466 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0335 Trouble diagnosis name Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit DTC detecting condition Possible cause • The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of engine cranking. • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running. • The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. • Harness or connectors [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted.] (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • Accelerator pedal position sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Tumble control valve position sensor • Signal plate DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON. >> GO TO 2. Revision: 2008 August EC-256 2009 Rogue P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-257, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END EC C Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493467 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION D 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. E 2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I F 1. 2. 3. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground. CKP sensor (POS) Connector Terminal F20 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V G H Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 3. I 3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II J 1. 2. 3. K Turn ignition switch ON. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector. CKP sensor (POS) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F20 1 F8 76 L Continuity Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit. M 4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. O ECM Connector F8 E16 Sensor Terminal Connector Terminal Tumble control valve position sensor F41 1 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 72 Name P Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-257 2009 Rogue P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [FOR CALIFORNIA] 5.CHECK COMPONENTS Check the following. • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure".) • EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection".) • Tumble control valve position sensor (Refer to EC-368, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace malfunctioning components. 6.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-399, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 8.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector. CKP sensor (POS) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F20 2 F8 60 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector. CKP sensor (POS) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F20 3 F8 65 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 10.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Revision: 2008 August EC-258 2009 Rogue P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 11.CHECK GEAR TOOTH A Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace the signal plate. EC 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END D Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493468 1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I E 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. 3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. 4. Remove the sensor. 5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). F G H I JMBIA0063ZZ 2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II J Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows. Terminals (Polarity) K Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ L 2 (+) - 3 (-) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-259 2009 Rogue P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) Description INFOID:0000000004493469 The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. JMBIA0064ZZ JMBIA0714GB DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493470 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-336, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P0340 Trouble diagnosis name Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit DTC detecting condition • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during engine cranking. • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM during engine running. • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) • Camshaft (INT) • Starter motor (Refer to STR-5, "System Diagram".) • Starting system circuit (Refer to STR-5, "System Diagram".) • Dead (Weak) battery DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-260 2009 Rogue P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure C D INFOID:0000000004493471 E 1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM Turn ignition switch to START position. Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check starting system. F G 2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. H I 3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground. CMP sensor (PHASE) Connector Terminal F26 1 J K Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V L Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M 4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F26 2 F8 64 O Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. Revision: 2008 August N EC-261 2009 Rogue P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F26 3 F8 69 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). 7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT) Check the following. • Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end • Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft. JMBIA0096ZZ 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493472 1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. 3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector. 4. Remove the sensor. 5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). JMBIA0065ZZ 2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows. Revision: 2008 August EC-262 2009 Rogue P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Terminals (Polarity) A Resistance 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] EC 2 (+) - 3 (-) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-263 2009 Rogue P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493473 DTC DETECTION LOGIC The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2. A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching frequency will increase. When the frequency ratio of A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed. SEF484YB DTC No. P0420 Trouble diagnosis name Catalyst system efficiency below threshold DTC detecting condition • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly. • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage capacity. Possible cause • • • • • • • Three way catalyst (manifold) Exhaust tube Intake air leaks Fuel injector Fuel injector leaks Spark plug Improper ignition timing DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Do not maintain engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Repeat the following procedure 3 times. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. Stop vehicle with engine running. NOTE: Never turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” NOTE: • Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. • It will take at most 3 minutes until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT”. 5. Check 1 st trip DTC. With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Repeat the following procedure 3 times. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. Revision: 2008 August EC-264 2009 Rogue P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. Stop vehicle with engine running. NOTE: Never turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Check 1 st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-265, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC C INFOID:0000000004493474 D 1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace. E 2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. F Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold). G H I JMBIA0163GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 3. J K 3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 4. L M 4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING Check the following items. Refer to EC-22, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". N Items Specifications idle speed 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) O Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Follow the EC-22, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". P 5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-265 2009 Rogue P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector Terminal Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 29 F7 30 31 32 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Perform EC-419, "Diagnosis Procedure". 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 JMBIA0066GB cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20kV or more. • It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. Revision: 2008 August EC-266 2009 Rogue P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-425, "Diagnosis Procedure". 8.CHECK SPARK PLUG A Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-18, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9. EC C D SEF156I 9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. E Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for approximately three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. F Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-18, "Removal and Installation". G H 10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Does fuel drip from fuel injector? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. I J K 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the trouble fixed? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-267 2009 Rogue P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493475 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform trouble diagnosis for other DTC. In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions. Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum. Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined. PBIB1026E DTC No. P0441 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system incorrect purge flow DTC detecting condition Possible cause EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has a leak between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor. • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed • EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit • Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube • Blocked rubber tube • Cracked EVAP canister • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Blocked purge port • EVAP canister vent control valve DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 6. 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Revision: 2008 August EC-268 2009 Rogue P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. [FOR CALIFORNIA] A >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I EC With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Touch “START”. Is COMPLETED displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. C D E 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.) Selector lever Suitable position VHCL SPEED SE 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 mph) ENG SPEED 500 - 3,800 rpm B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 10.0 msec COOLAN TEMP/S More than 0°C (32°F) F G H CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. If “TESTING” does not change for a long time, retry from step 2. Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 3. I J 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III K Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-270, "Diagnosis Procedure". L 6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK M Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-269, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-270, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check P Without CONSULT-III Lift up drive wheels. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals. Revision: 2008 August O INFOID:0000000004493476 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. N EC-269 2009 Rogue P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM 6. 7. ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 86 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) E16 96 (Sensor ground) Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute. Air conditioner switch ON Headlamp switch ON Rear window defogger switch ON Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm Selector lever Any position other than P, N or R 8. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-270, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493477 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check EVAP canister for cracks. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO >> Replace EVAP canister. 2.CHECK PURGE FLOW With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". 2. Start engine and let it idle. 3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm. 5. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL C/V” opening and check vacuum existence. 1. PURG VOL C/V Vacuum 100% Existed 0% Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 4. 3.CHECK PURGE FLOW 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Revision: 2008 August EC-270 2009 Rogue P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-72, "System Dia- A gram". 4. Start engine and let it idle. Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. EC 5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds pass after starting engine. Vacuum should not exist. 6. C Rev engine up to 2,000rpm after 100 seconds pass after starting engine. Vacuum should exist. D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 4. E 4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair EVAP purge line. F G 5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT 1. 2. H Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C. I J K SEF367U 3. Check that air flows freely. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 6. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port. L M N SEF368U 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 1. 2. Revision: 2008 August EC-271 2009 Rogue O P P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION Refer to EC-297, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0452, EC-302, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0453. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-288, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. 12.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks. Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Replace it. 13.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. >> GO TO 14. 14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-272 2009 Rogue P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493478 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC NOTE: If DTC P0442 is displayed with DTC P0456, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456. Refer to EC-314, "DTC Logic". This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum. If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions. The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed. C D E F G H I PBIB1026E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause • • • • • • P0442 EVAP control system small leak detected (negative pressure) EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control system does not operate properly. • • • • • • • • • • • • • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged EVAP canister is saturated with water EVAP control system pressure sensor Fuel level sensor and the circuit Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. Revision: 2008 August EC-273 J 2009 Rogue K L M N O P P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. [FOR CALIFORNIA] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. • Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). NOTE: Check that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the following conditions are met. COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F) 5. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instructions displayed. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-22, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. 4. 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK With GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of DRIVING PATTERN in EC-469, "How to Set SRT Code" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to DRIVING PATTERN. 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 5. Select Service $07 with GST. Is 1st trip DTC displayed? YES-1 >> P0441: Go to EC-270, "Diagnosis Procedure". YES-2 >> P0442: Go to EC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493479 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-274 2009 Rogue P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC C SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION D Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Then retighten until ratcheting sound is heard. 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. E F G H 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE Refer to EC-278, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. I 5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK J Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". Is there any leak in EVAP line? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 6. K 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE L Check the following. • EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-492, "Exploded View". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-288, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. M N 7.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. O Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. P Revision: 2008 August EC-275 2009 Rogue P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 8. NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11. PBIB1213E 8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose from EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL C/V” opening to 100%. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12. 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose from EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12. 12.CHECK VACUUM HOSE Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-276 2009 Rogue P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. A 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. EC C 14.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-241, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. D 15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR E Refer to EC-294, "DTC Logic". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. F 16.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE G Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 17.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE H I Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. J >> GO TO 18. 18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE K Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-431, "Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. L 19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE M Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and improper connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 20. NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube. N 20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE O Refer to EC-434, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. P 21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-10, "2WD : Inspection" (2WD), FL-14, "AWD : Inspection" (AWD). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 22. Revision: 2008 August EC-277 2009 Rogue P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493480 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel filler cap. Wipe clean valve housing. SEF445Y 4. 5. Install fuel filler cap adapter (commercial service tool) to fuel filler cap. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 2.90 psi) Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. SEF943S 2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP Replace fuel filler cap. CAUTION: Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-278 2009 Rogue P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description A INFOID:0000000004493481 The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. EC C D JMBIA0069ZZ DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493482 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0443 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve DTC detecting condition Possible cause The canister purge flow is detected during the specified driving conditions, even when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed. • EVAP control system pressure sensor • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (The valve is stuck open.) • EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP canister • Hoses (Hoses are connected incorrectly or clogged.) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G H I J 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. Do you have CONSULT-III YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Touch “START”. 6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-III changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 10 seconds.) If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. 7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-280, "Diagnosis Procedure". 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE EC-279 K L M 1. 2. 3. 4. Revision: 2008 August E 2009 Rogue N O P P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC displayed? YES >> Go to EC-280, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493483 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Connector Terminal F32 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F32 2 F7 25 Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. Revision: 2008 August EC-280 2009 Rogue P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. [FOR CALIFORNIA] A 5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR EC Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 6. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. C 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE D With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 1. 2. 3. 4. 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. E F G H I 8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. J K 9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-288, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. L M 10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 13. N O P PBIB1213E 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Revision: 2008 August EC-281 2009 Rogue P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493484 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition (PURG VOL C/V value) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) 100% Existed 0% Not existed JMBIA0068ZZ 1. 2. 3. 4. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Revision: 2008 August EC-282 2009 Rogue P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description INFOID:0000000004493485 The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. A EC C D E JMBIA0069ZZ DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493486 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit open An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve • Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit shorted An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve • Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve G H I J DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.CONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END N O INFOID:0000000004493487 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August L M 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Diagnosis Procedure K EC-283 2009 Rogue P P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Connector Terminal F32 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F32 2 F7 25 Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 4. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION With CONSULT-III Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 1. 2. 3. 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-285, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-284 2009 Rogue P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493488 A 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition (PURG VOL C/V value) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) 100% Existed 0% Not existed EC C D E F JMBIA0068ZZ G Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. 3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. H I Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) J Existed Not existed K Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-285 2009 Rogue P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Description INFOID:0000000004493489 The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP Control System” diagnosis. PBIB1263E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493490 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0447 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister vent control valve circuit open DTC detecting condition An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through EVAP canister vent control valve. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The valve circuit is open or shorted.) • EVAP canister vent control valve DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-286, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493491 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen. Check for operating sound of the valve. Revision: 2008 August EC-286 2009 Rogue P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Clicking sound should be heard. A Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 3. EC 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ground. EVAP canister vent control valve Connector Terminal B48 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage C D E Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. F 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • Harness connectors M11, B1 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R H >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ECM harness connector. I J K EVAP canister vent control valve ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B48 2 E16 109 Continuity L Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. M 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • Harness connectors M11, B1 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM O >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. Revision: 2008 August EC-287 2009 Rogue P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-288, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493492 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. 3. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust. Is it rusted? YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve NO >> GO TO 2. JMBIA0168ZZ 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition (VENT CONT/V) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) ON Not existed OFF Existed Operation takes less than 1 second. Without CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2) OFF JMBIA0169ZZ Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Not existed Existed Operation takes less than 1 second. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III Revision: 2008 August EC-288 2009 Rogue P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition (VENT CONT/V) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) ON Not existed OFF Existed A EC C Operation takes less than 1 second. Without CONSULT-III 1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. 2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. D JMBIA0169ZZ E F Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) 12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2) OFF Not existed G Existed Operation takes less than 1 second. H Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-289 2009 Rogue P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Description INFOID:0000000004493493 The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP Control System” diagnosis. DTC Logic PBIB1263E INFOID:0000000004493494 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0448 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister vent control valve close DTC detecting condition EVAP canister vent control valve remains closed under specified driving conditions. Possible cause • EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit • Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP canister is saturated with water DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. - Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute. Repeat next procedures three times. Increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 and 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 minutes. Do not exceed 3 minutes. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for approximately 5 seconds. 5. Repeat next procedure 20 times. Quickly increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 to 4,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 25 to 30 seconds. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds. JMBIA1516GB Revision: 2008 August EC-290 2009 Rogue P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-291, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493495 1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE C 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 3. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower. D E 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-292, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. F G 3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister. Does water drain from EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 6. H I J K PBIB1213E 4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER L Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. M 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection O >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. P 6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-291 2009 Rogue P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. [FOR CALIFORNIA] 7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493496 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. 3. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust. Is it rusted? YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve NO >> GO TO 2. JMBIA0168ZZ 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition (VENT CONT/V) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) ON Not existed OFF Existed Operation takes less than 1 second. Without CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2) OFF JMBIA0169ZZ Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Not existed Existed Operation takes less than 1 second. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-292 2009 Rogue P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III A With CONSULT-III 1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. 2. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. 3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition (VENT CONT/V) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) ON Not existed OFF Existed EC C D Operation takes less than 1 second. Without CONSULT-III 1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. 2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition E JMBIA0169ZZ F Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) 12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2) OFF G Not existed Existed H Operation takes less than 1 second. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-293 2009 Rogue P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004493497 The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. PBIB3370E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493498 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0451 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP control system pressure sensor • Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor • Tumble control valve position sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds. NOTE: Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-294, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493499 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-294 2009 Rogue P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER 1. 2. A EC Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check sensor harness connector for water. C Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. D 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground. F EVAP control system pressure sensor Connector Terminal B47 3 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V G Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 4. H 4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector F8 E10 Sensor Terminal J Name Connector Terminal Tumble control valve position sensor F41 1 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 72 K L Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M 5.CHECK COMPONENT N Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure".) • Tumble control valve position sensor (Refer to EC-368, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. O P 6.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-399, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 7. Revision: 2008 August EC-295 2009 Rogue P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493500 1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. ECM Connector E16 + − Terminal Terminal 86 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) 96 (Sensor ground) Condition [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)] Voltage Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V -26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, 14.69 psi). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor Revision: 2008 August EC-296 2009 Rogue P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Description A INFOID:0000000004493501 The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. EC C D PBIB3370E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493502 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0452 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor low input E DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.) (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor • Tumble control valve position sensor G H I J K DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING L If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. M N >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). 6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector and ground as follows. Revision: 2008 August EC-297 P 2009 Rogue P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) E16 104 (Sensor ground) 3. Check that the voltage is less than 4.2V. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-298, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493503 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check sensor harness connector for water. Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground. EVAP control system pressure sensor Connector Terminal B47 3 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B47 3 E16 91 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. Revision: 2008 August EC-298 2009 Rogue P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM EC C >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector Sensor Terminal Name Connector Terminal Tumble control valve position sensor F41 1 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 72 F8 E10 E F G Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H 7.CHECK COMPONENT Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure".) • Tumble control valve position sensor (Refer to EC-368, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. I J K 8.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-399, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. L M 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 10.CHECK N O EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-299 2009 Rogue P P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B47 1 E16 96 Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11. 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B47 2 E16 86 Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 13. 13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors B10, E29 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-300, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493504 1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-300 2009 Rogue P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Always replace O-ring with a new one. 3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. A EC ECM Connector E16 + − Terminal Terminal 86 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) 96 (Sensor ground) Condition [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)] Voltage Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V -26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value C D CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, 14.69 psi). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-301 2009 Rogue P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004493505 The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. PBIB3370E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493506 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0453 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor high input DTC detecting condition Possible cause An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor • Tumble control valve position sensor • EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP canister • Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent control valve to vehicle frame DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Revision: 2008 August EC-302 2009 Rogue P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector and ground as follows. ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] A ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) E16 104 (Sensor ground) EC C 3. Check that the voltage is less than 4.2V. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-303, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure D E INFOID:0000000004493507 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION F 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. G H 2.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check sensor harness connector for water. I Water should not exist. J Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. K 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground. EVAP control system pressure sensor Connector Terminal B47 3 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V L M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 4. N 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II O 1. 2. 3. P Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B47 3 E16 91 Revision: 2008 August Existed EC-303 2009 Rogue P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector Sensor Terminal 72 F8 E10 Name Connector Terminal Tumble control valve position sensor F41 1 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK COMPONENT Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure".) • Tumble control valve position sensor (Refer to EC-368, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. 8.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-399, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 10.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-304 2009 Rogue P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > EVAP control system pressure sensor A ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B47 1 E16 96 EC Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11. C 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F 12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. G H EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B47 2 E16 86 I Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 13. J 13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM L M >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK RUBBER TUBE 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube. N O 15.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE P Refer to EC-288, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. 16.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection". Revision: 2008 August EC-305 2009 Rogue P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 17.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister. Does water drain from EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 18. NO >> GO TO 20. PBIB1213E 18.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 20. NO >> GO TO 19. 19.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 20.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493508 1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. ECM + − Terminal Terminal 86 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) 96 (Sensor ground) Connector E16 Condition [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)] Voltage Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V -26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value CAUTION: Revision: 2008 August EC-306 2009 Rogue P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, A 14.69 psi). Is the inspection result normal? EC YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-307 2009 Rogue P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493509 DTC DETECTION LOGIC This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. PBIB1026E DTC No. P0455 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system gross leak detected DTC detecting condition Possible cause EVAP control system has a very large leak such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control system does not operate properly. • Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve • Incorrect fuel filler cap used • Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. • Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. • Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. • EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks • EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks • EVAP purge line rubber tube bent. • Loose or disconnected rubber tube • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit • Fuel tank temperature sensor • O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged. • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve • ORVR system leaks CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING CAUTION: Revision: 2008 August EC-308 2009 Rogue P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and A wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. NOTE: Check that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly. EC TESTING CONDITION: • Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. • Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures. C Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. D NO >> GO TO 4. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the following conditions are met. COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F) 6. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instructions displayed. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-22, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. E F G H I 3.CHECK DTC J Check DTC. Which DTC is detected? P0455 >> Go to EC-309, "Diagnosis Procedure". P0442 >> Go to EC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure". K 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L With GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of DIRVING PATTERN in EC-469, "How to Set SRT Code" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to DRIVING PATTERN. 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES-1 >> P0455: Go to EC-309, "Diagnosis Procedure". YES-2 >> P0442: Go to EC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure". YES-3 >> P0441: Go to EC-270, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493510 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-309 2009 Rogue M N O P P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. [FOR CALIFORNIA] SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Then retighten until ratcheting sound is heard. 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE Refer to EC-312, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. 5.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 6.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Check the following. • EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-492, "Exploded View". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-288, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. 8.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". Is there any leak in EVAP line? Revision: 2008 August EC-310 2009 Rogue P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Repair or replace. NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 9. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. A 9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION With CONSULT-III 1. Disconnect vacuum hose from EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. 2. Start engine. 3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. 4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL C/V” opening to 100%. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. EC C D Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11. E 10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Stop engine. 3. Disconnect vacuum hose from EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. F G H Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 11. I 11.CHECK VACUUM HOSE J Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 12. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. K 12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE L With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 13. 1. 2. 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE P 14.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-241, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. EC-311 N O Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Revision: 2008 August M 2009 Rogue P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 16.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-431, "Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 17.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and improper connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 18. NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube. 18.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-434, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. 19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529902 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel filler cap. Wipe clean valve housing. SEF445Y 4. Install fuel filler cap adapter (commercial service tool) to fuel filler cap. Revision: 2008 August EC-312 2009 Rogue P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 5. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. A Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 2.90 psi) Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi) EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. C SEF943S 2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP D Replace fuel filler cap. CAUTION: Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. E F >> INSPECTION END G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-313 2009 Rogue P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493512 DTC DETECTION LOGIC This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak diagnosis. If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected. If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected. If ECM judges that there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK. PBIB1026E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause • • • • • • P0456 Evaporative emission control system very small leak (negative pressure check) • EVAP system has a very small leak. • EVAP system does not operate properly. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged EVAP canister is saturated with water EVAP control system pressure sensor Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks Fuel level sensor and the circuit Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. Revision: 2008 August EC-314 2009 Rogue P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 4. EC 2.PRECONDITIONING C If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. NOTE: • If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456. • After repair, check that the hoses and clips are installed properly. • Check that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly. TESTING CONDITION: • Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure. • If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE, leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. - Fuel filler cap is removed. - Fuel is refilled or drained. - EVAP component part/parts is/are removed. • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. D E F G H >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Check that the following conditions are met. FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4V COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F) FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F) INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F) If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle), or refill/drain fuel until the output voltage the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instructions displayed. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-22, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-316, "Diagnosis Procedure". I J K L M N O 4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-316, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-316, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: 2008 August EC-315 2009 Rogue P P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493513 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK With GST CAUTION: • Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system. • Never start engine. • Never exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi). 1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) securely to the EVAP service port. 2. Set the pressure pump and a hose. 3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Connect GST and select Service $08. 6. Using Service $08 control the EVAP canister vent control valve (close). 7. Apply pressure and check that the following conditions are satisfied. Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (0.028 kg/cm2, 0.39 psi) Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and SEF462UI the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (0.004 kg/cm2, 0.06 psi). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-316, "Diagnosis Procedure". 2.RELEASE PRESSURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Disconnect GST. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF. NOTE: For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual. >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493514 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-316 2009 Rogue P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Then retighten until ratcheting sound is heard. A 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION EC Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. C 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE D Refer to EC-319, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. E 5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". Is there any leak in EVAP line? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 6. F G 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Check the following. • EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-492, "Exploded View". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-288, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. H I J 7.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister. Does water drain from EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 8. NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11. K L M N PBIB1213E 8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER O Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. Revision: 2008 August EC-317 2009 Rogue P P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve from EVAP service port. 2. Start engine. 3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. 4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL C/V” opening to 100%. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. 1. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12. 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve from EVAP service port. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. 1. 2. 3. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 12. 12.CHECK VACUUM HOSE Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-280, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 14.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-241, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-318 2009 Rogue P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 16.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE A Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 17.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE EC C Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. D >> GO TO 18. 18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-431, "Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and improper connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 20. NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube. 20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE E F G H I Refer to EC-434, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. J 21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR K Refer to FL-10, "2WD : Inspection" (2WD), FL-14, "AWD : Inspection" (AWD). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. L 22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END N Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529911 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP 1. 2. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel filler cap. P Revision: 2008 August EC-319 2009 Rogue P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Wipe clean valve housing. SEF445Y 4. 5. Install fuel filler cap adapter (commercial service tool) to fuel filler cap. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 2.90 psi) Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. SEF943S 2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP Replace fuel filler cap. CAUTION: Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-320 2009 Rogue P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493516 The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. EC The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through the CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltC age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493517 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-335, "DTC Logic". When the vehicle is parked, the fuel level in the fuel tank is naturally stable. It means that output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected. DTC No. P0460 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel level sensor circuit noise E F G DTC detecting condition Possible cause Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to ECM. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING J If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L 1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-321, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M INFOID:0000000004493518 N 1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION O Refer to MWI-43, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to MWI-43, "Diagnosis Procedure". P 2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-321 2009 Rogue P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004529912 The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through the CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493520 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-335, "DTC Logic". Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level. This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has been driven. DTC No. P0461 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change within the specified range even though the vehicle has been driven a long distance. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-322, "Component Function Check". Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-323, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493521 1.PRECONDITIONING WARNING: When performing the following procedure, always observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-7, "2WD : Removal and Installation" (2WD), FL-11, "AWD : Removal and Installation" (AWD). TESTING CONDITION: Before starting component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK With CONSULT-III NOTE: Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 8 Imp gal) in advance. 1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. Revision: 2008 August EC-322 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/ 2009 Rogue P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-489, "Inspection". 3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. A 4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON. 6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. EC 7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. 8. Select “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it. C 10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. 11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). 12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. 13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12. D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-323, "Diagnosis Procedure". E 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Without CONSULT-III NOTE: Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) in advance. 1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. 2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-489, "Inspection". 3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. 4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment. 7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. 8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). 9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-323, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529914 F G H I J K 1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION Refer to MWI-43, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to MWI-43, "Diagnosis Procedure". L M 2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". N >> INSPECTION END O P Revision: 2008 August EC-323 2009 Rogue P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004529913 The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through the CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493524 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-335, "DTC Logic". DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0462 Fuel level sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0463 Fuel level sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11V and 16V at ignition switch ON. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-324, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529915 1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION Refer to MWI-43, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to MWI-43, "Diagnosis Procedure". 2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-324 2009 Rogue P0500 VSS [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0500 VSS A Description INFOID:0000000004493526 The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control EC unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communication line. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493527 C NOTE: • If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-335, "DTC Logic". D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0500 Trouble diagnosis name Vehicle speed sensor DTC detecting condition Possible cause The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even when vehicle is being driven. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted) • Vehicle speed sensor • Combination meter • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E F G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.INSPECTION START I Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. J 2.PRECONDITIONING K If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure". 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Revision: 2008 August EC-325 2009 Rogue M N O P P0500 VSS [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ENG SPEED 1,350 - 6,000 rpm COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) B/FUEL SCHDL 5.5 - 31.8 msec Selector lever Except P or N position PW/ST SIGNAL OFF 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-326, "Component Function Check". Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493528 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK With GST Lift up drive wheels. Start engine. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493529 1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” Refer to BRC-15, "CONSULT-III Function" (ABS models), BRC-93, "CONSULT-III Function" (VDC models). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-326 2009 Rogue P0506 ISC SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0506 ISC SYSTEM A Description INFOID:0000000004493530 The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D operation, etc.). DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493531 E DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. DTC No. P0506 Trouble diagnosis name Idle speed control system RPM lower than expected DTC detecting condition The idle speed is less than the target idle speed by 100 rpm or more. F Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator • Intake air leak DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G H 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement", before conducting DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). I J K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-327, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M N INFOID:0000000004493532 1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK O 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 2. P 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Stop engine. Replace ECM. Revision: 2008 August EC-327 2009 Rogue P0506 ISC SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Go to EC-25, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-328 2009 Rogue P0507 ISC SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0507 ISC SYSTEM A Description INFOID:0000000004529916 The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D operation, etc.). DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493534 E DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. DTC No. P0507 Trouble diagnosis name Idle speed control system RPM higher than expected DTC detecting condition The idle speed is more than the target idle speed by 200 rpm or more. F Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator • Intake air leak • PCV system G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement", before conducting DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). I J K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M N INFOID:0000000004493535 O 1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace. P 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and let it idle. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-329 2009 Rogue P0507 ISC SYSTEM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. Stop engine. Replace ECM. Go to EC-25, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-330 2009 Rogue P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY A Description INFOID:0000000004493536 Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning value memory, etc. EC C D PBIA9222J DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493537 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name ECM power supply circuit P0603 E DTC detecting condition ECM backup RAM system does not function properly. Possible cause • Harness or connectors [ECM power supply (backup) circuit is open or shorted.] • ECM G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING I If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for four times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-331, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure L M INFOID:0000000004493538 N 1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. P ECM Connector Terminal F8 77 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. Revision: 2008 August EC-331 2009 Rogue P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E8, F122 • 20A fuse (No. 62) • IPDM E/R harness connector E15 • Harness for open or short between ECM and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See EC-331, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END 5.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Replace ECM. Go to EC-25, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-332 2009 Rogue P0605 ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0605 ECM A Description INFOID:0000000004493539 The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC C D PBIA9222J DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493540 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0605 Trouble diagnosis name Engine control module E DTC detecting condition A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. Possible cause G • ECM H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING I If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A K 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. L 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B M 1. wait at least 1 second. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4. N O 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C 1. wait at least 1 second. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. 3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-333 P 2009 Rogue P0605 ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493541 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See EC-333, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Replace ECM. Go to EC-25, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-334 2009 Rogue P0607 ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0607 ECM A Description INFOID:0000000004493542 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493543 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC E DTC No. P0607 Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication bus DTC detecting condition When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ECM. Possible cause • ECM F DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING G If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-335, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure J INFOID:0000000004493544 K 1.INSPECTION START L 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See EC-335, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC P0607 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END M 2.REPLACE ECM N 1. 2. Replace ECM. Go to EC-25, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August O P EC-335 2009 Rogue P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493545 DTC DETECTION LOGIC Trouble diagnosis name DTC No. Sensor power supply circuit short P0643 DTC detecting condition Possible cause ECM detects that the voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high. • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) (TP sensor circuit is shorted.) [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is shorted.] • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Throttle position sensor • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493546 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 4 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. Revision: 2008 August EC-336 2009 Rogue P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector F8 E16 A Sensor Terminal Name Connector Terminal 47 Electric throttle control actuator F29 1 59 CMP sensor (PHASE) F26 1 83 APP sensor E110 4 EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 4.CHECK COMPONENT D Check the following. • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. E F 5.CHECK TP SENSOR Refer to EC-169, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 6. G H 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END J 7.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-399, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. K L 8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. I Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-399, "Special Repair Requirement". M >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". O >> INSPECTION END P Revision: 2008 August EC-337 2009 Rogue P0850 PNP SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0850 PNP SWITCH Description INFOID:0000000004493547 When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493548 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Park/neutral position switch P0850 DTC detecting condition The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal does not change during driving after the engine is started. Possible cause • Harness or connectors [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit is open or shorted.] • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK PNP SWITCH FUNCTION 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions. Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal N or P position ON Except above position OFF Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-339, "Diagnosis Procedure". 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. ENG SPEED 1,300 - 6,375 rpm COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) B/FUEL SCHDL 3.0 - 31.8 msec Revision: 2008 August EC-338 2009 Rogue P0850 PNP SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph) Selector lever Suitable position A 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-339, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END EC 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK C Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-339, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-339, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493549 D E F 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Ground Connector Terminal E16 102 (PNP switch signal) Ground Condition P or N Selector lever Except above G H Voltage BATTERY VOLTAGE I Approx. 0V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-339, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure J INFOID:0000000004493550 K 1.CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between PNP switch harness connector and ground. L M PNP switch Connector Terminal F21 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. O 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E15 • 10A fuse (No. 58) • Harness for open or short between PNP switch and IPDM E/R P >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-339 2009 Rogue P0850 PNP SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. PNP switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F21 2 E16 102 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK PNP SWITCH Refer to TM-54, "Component Inspection (Park/Neutral Position Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace PNP switch. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-340 2009 Rogue P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL DTC Logic A INFOID:0000000004493551 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC NOTE: DTC P1148 is displayed with another DTC for A/F sensor 1. Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC. DTC No. P1148 Trouble diagnosis name Closed loop control function DTC detecting condition The closed loop control function for bank 1 does not operate even when vehicle is being driven in the specified condition. The closed loop control function for bank 2 does not operate even when vehicle is being driven in the specified condition. C Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 • A/F sensor 1 heater D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-341 2009 Rogue P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE Description INFOID:0000000004493552 This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493553 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-335, "DTC Logic". • Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair. Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. P1212 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause TCS communication line ECM cannot receive the information from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” continuously. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Dead (Weak) battery DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-342, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493554 Go to BRC-6, "Work Flow". Revision: 2008 August EC-342 2009 Rogue P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE DTC Logic A INFOID:0000000004493555 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC NOTE: • If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-335, "DTC Logic". If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is indicated. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition • • P1217 Engine over temperature (Overheat) • • C D E Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over• IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay-1) heat). • Cooling fan relays-2 and -3 Cooling fan system does not operate proper• Cooling fan motor ly (Overheat). • Radiator hose Engine coolant was not added to the system • Radiator using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank range. • Water pump • Thermostat • Water control valve CAUTION: When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to CO-9, "Draining" and CO-10, "Refilling". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-6, "Draining" and LU-7, "Refilling". 1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-18, "FOR NORTH AMERICA : Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". 2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F G H I J K 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-343, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-344, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check M N INFOID:0000000004493556 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I O WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. Revision: 2008 August L EC-343 2009 Rogue P P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the proper range? YES >> Go to EC-344, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 2. [FOR CALIFORNIA] SEF621W 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. Did customer fill the coolant? YES >> Go to EC-344, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that cooling fan motors-1 and -2 operate at each speed (LOW/HI). Without CONSULT-III Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-344, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493557 1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that cooling fan motors-1 and -2 operate at each speed (LOW/HI). Without CONSULT-III 1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis Description". 2. Check that cooling fan motors-1 and -2 operate at each speed (Low/High). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-412, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. 2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-9, "Inspection". Is leakage detected? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4. 3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II Check the following for leak. • Hose • Radiator • Water pump Revision: 2008 August EC-344 2009 Rogue P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP A Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-13, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace radiator cap. EC 5.CHECK THERMOSTAT C Check thermostat. Refer to CO-26, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace thermostat. D 6.CHECK WATER CONTROL VALVE E Check water control valve. Refer to CO-26, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace water control valve F 7.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR G Refer to EC-165, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. H 8.CHECK MAIN 13 CAUSES I If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following. Engine Step Inspection item OFF 1 • • • • 2 Equipment Standard Reference page • Visual No blocking • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester MA-18, "FOR NORTH AMERICA : Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" 3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck 4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester CO-13, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection" ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-9, "Inspection" ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses Both hoses should be hot CO-26, "Inspection" ON*1 7 • Cooling fan motor • CONSULT-III Operating EC-411, "Component Function Check" OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical tester 4 Gas analyzer Negative — ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature gauge • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driving — • Coolant overflow to reservoir tank • Visual No overflow during driving and idling CO-9, "Inspection" • Visual Should be initial level in reservoir tank CO-9, "Inspection" Within the specified value CO-26, "Inspection" Blocked radiator Blocked condenser Blocked radiator grille Blocked bumper OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator OFF 11 • Water control valve Revision: 2008 August — J K • Remove and inspect the valve EC-345 CO-9, "Inspection" L M N O P 2009 Rogue P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page OFF 12 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping) EM-85, "Inspection" 13 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston EM-96, "Inspection" *1: Turn the ignition switch ON. *2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. *3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. *4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. For more information, refer to CO-4, "Troubleshooting Chart". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-346 2009 Rogue P1225 TP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1225 TP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493558 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. EC C D PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493559 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1225 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance E DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low. Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G H 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-347, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure L M INFOID:0000000004493560 N 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. O P Revision: 2008 August EC-347 2009 Rogue P1225 TP SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. 2. [FOR CALIFORNIA] Electric throttle control actuator : Vehicle front Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. ALBIA0061ZZ 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-348, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493561 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-348 2009 Rogue P1226 TP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1226 TP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493562 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. EC C D PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493563 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1226 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance E DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly. Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-349, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure L M INFOID:0000000004529917 N 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. P Revision: 2008 August EC-349 2009 Rogue P1226 TP SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. 2. [FOR CALIFORNIA] Electric throttle control actuator : Vehicle front Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. ALBIA0061ZZ 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-348, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493565 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-350 2009 Rogue P1421 COLD START CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1421 COLD START CONTROL A Description INFOID:0000000004493566 ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition. This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions. DTC Logic EC INFOID:0000000004493567 C DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC. DTC No. P1421 Trouble diagnosis name Cold start emission reduction strategy monitoring DTC detecting condition ECM does not control ignition timing and engine idle speed properly when engine is started with prewarming up condition. D Possible cause • Lack of intake air volume • Fuel injection system • ECM E F DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. G H >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F). If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is within the specified value, go to the following step. If “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication is out of the specified value, cool engine down or warm engine up and go to step 1. 5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-351, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3. 4. Diagnosis Procedure J K L M N INFOID:0000000004493568 1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING O Perform EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. P 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following. • Crushed intake air passage • Intake air passage clogging Revision: 2008 August EC-351 2009 Rogue P1421 COLD START CONTROL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part 3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-231, "DTC Logic". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-232, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See EC-351, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END 5.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Replace ECM. Go to EC-25, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-352 2009 Rogue P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH A Description INFOID:0000000004493569 ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC of switch, and determines which button is operated. Refer to EC-58, "System Description" for the ASCD function. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493570 C NOTE: If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-333, "DTC Logic". D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1564 E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition ASCD steering switch • An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steering switch is out of the specified range. • ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck ON. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) • ASCD steering switch • ECM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. I J 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Wait at least 10 seconds. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-353, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END K L M N Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493571 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION O 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YS >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P 2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August G H 1.PRECONDITIONING 1. F EC-353 2009 Rogue P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check each item indication under the following conditions. Monitor item Condition Indication MAIN SW MAIN switch CANCEL SW CANCEL switch RESUME/ACC SW RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET SW SET/COAST switch 1. 2. Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors. ECM Connector ECM Terminal Connector 85 (ASCD steering switch signal) E16 92 (Switch ground) E16 Condition Terminal Voltage MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0 V CANSEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1 V SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 2 V RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3 V All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M352. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector. Combination switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal — 18 E16 92 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Combination switch (spiral cable) • Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT Revision: 2008 August EC-354 2009 Rogue P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch. [FOR CALIFORNIA] A Combination switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal — 21 E10 85 Continuity EC Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. C 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Combination switch (spiral cable) • Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch E F >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH Refer to EC-355, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. G H 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". I >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493572 J 1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH 1. 2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M352. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals under following conditions. Combination meter Connector Terminals L Condition Resistance Approx. 0 Ω MAIN switch: Pressed M352 18 and 21 K CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250 Ω SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 660 Ω RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480 Ω All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000 Ω M N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch O P Revision: 2008 August EC-355 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Description INFOID:0000000004493573 When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-58, "System Description" for the ASCD function. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493574 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-333, "DTC Logic". • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed. 1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. DTC No. P1572 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h (19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent to the ECM at the same time. B) ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven. ASCD brake switch Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.) • Harness or connectors (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.) • Stop lamp switch • ASCD brake switch • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation • ECM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. NOTE: The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can be detected. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A - I 1. 2. 3. Start engine. Press MAIN switch and check that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph) Selector lever Suitable position 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-357, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-356 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A - II 1. A Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. EC NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. C Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph) Selector lever Suitable position Driving location Depress the brake pedal for more than five seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed. D 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-357, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END E F Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493575 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I 1. 2. 3. G With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. Monitor item BRAKE SW1 Condition Brake pedal H I Indication Slightly depressed OFF Fully released ON J Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Ground Connector Terminal E16 110 (ASCD brake switch signal) Ground Condition Brake pedal Slightly depressed Fully released K Voltage L Approx. 0V Battery voltage M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. N 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II O With CONSULT-III Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Monitor item BRAKE SW2 Condition Brake pedal P Indication Slightly depressed ON Fully released OFF Without CONSULT-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-357 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Ground Connector Terminal E16 106 (Stop lamp switch signal) Ground Condition Brake pedal Slightly depressed Fully released Voltage Battery voltage Approx. 0V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 7. 3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground. ASCD brake switch Connector Terminal E112 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Junction block connector E105, M77 • 10A fuse (No.1) • Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. ASCD brake switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E112 2 E16 110 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-359, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. 7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-358 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A Stop lamp switch Connector Terminal E115 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. C 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • 10A fuse (No.11) • Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery D E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector. F G ECM Stop lamp switch Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 106 E115 2 Continuity H Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I 10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH J Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. K 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END M Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000004493576 1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I N 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity P Existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II Revision: 2008 August EC-359 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment". 2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000004493577 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II 1. 2. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Revision: 2008 August EC-360 2009 Rogue P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493578 The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina- EC tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD control. Refer to EC-58, "System Description" for ASCD functions. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493579 C NOTE: • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-325, "DTC Logic" • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-333, "DTC Logic" • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-335, "DTC Logic". D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1574 Trouble diagnosis name ASCD vehicle speed sensor DTC detecting condition Possible cause The difference between the two vehicle speed signals is out of the specified range. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) (Combination meter circuit is open or shorted.) • Combination meter • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Wheel sensor • TCM • ECM F G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H I J 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. K L 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Start engine. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-361, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END M N O P Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493580 1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-44, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. Revision: 2008 August E EC-361 2009 Rogue P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” Refer to BRC-15, "CONSULT-III Function" (ABS models), BRC-93, "CONSULT-III Function" (VDC models). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace. 3.CHECK COMBINATION METER Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-362 2009 Rogue P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR) Description A INFOID:0000000004493581 ECM receives primary speed sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal EC for engine control. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493582 C DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer to EC-256, "DTC Logic". • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer to EC-260, "DTC Logic". • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-333, "DTC Logic". • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-335, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P1715 Trouble diagnosis name Input speed sensor (Primary speed sensor) (TCM output) D E F G DTC detecting condition Possible cause Primary speed sensor signal is different from the theoretical value calculated by ECM from secondary speed sensor signal and engine rpm signal. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Primary speed sensor circuit is open or shorted) • TCM H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING J If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L 1. Start engine and drive the vehicle at more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-363, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M N INFOID:0000000004493583 O 1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-44, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. P 2.REPLACE TCM Replace TCM. Revision: 2008 August EC-363 2009 Rogue P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-364 2009 Rogue P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1805 BRAKE SWITCH A Description INFOID:0000000004493584 Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being driven. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493585 C DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1805 DTC detecting condition Possible cause D A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven. • Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) • Stop lamp switch E Trouble diagnosis name Brake switch DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F 1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. 3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-365, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure G H INFOID:0000000004493586 I 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal. K Brake pedal Stop lamp Fully released Not illuminated Slightly depressed Illuminated L Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 2. M 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground. Stop lamp switch Connector Terminal E115 1 N O Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 Revision: 2008 August EC-365 2009 Rogue P1805 BRAKE SWITCH < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • 10A fuse (No. 11) • Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery [FOR CALIFORNIA] >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector. ECM Stop lamp switch Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 106 E115 2 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-366, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000004529919 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II 1. 2. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Revision: 2008 August EC-366 2009 Rogue P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE Description A INFOID:0000000004493588 Tumble control valve (3) is installed in the intake manifold adapter (1). Tumble control valve actuator (2) is connected to the front end of the valve shaft. Tumble control valve actuator consists of motor and position sensor, etc. The motor opens or closes the valve by the output signal of the ECM. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. It senses the valve shaft movement and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. EC C D JMBIA0117ZZ DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493589 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P2004 E Trouble diagnosis name Tumble control valve stuck DTC detecting condition Possible cause The target angle of tumble control valve controlled by ECM and the input signal from tumble control valve position sensor is not in the normal range. • Harness or connectors (Tumble control valve motor circuit is open or shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • Tumble control valve actuator (Tumble control valve motor) (Tumble control valve position sensor) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor G H I J K L M DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above 0°C (32°F) >> GO TO 2. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates between 5°C (41°F) to 60°C (140°F). If not, cool engine down or warm engine up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates between 5°C (41°F) to 60°C (140°F). Then go to the following steps. Revision: 2008 August EC-367 O P 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. N 2009 Rogue P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Fully release accelerator pedal and wait at least 5 seconds. 5. Depress accelerator pedal and wait at least 5 seconds. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Following the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-368, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR CALIFORNIA] Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493590 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal F7 7 Ground Condition Ground Voltage Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0V Ignition switch ON Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. IPDM E/R ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E15 47 F7 7 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Refer to EC-124, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIOMNING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect tumble control valve actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between tumble control valve actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-368 2009 Rogue P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Tumble control valve actuator Connector Terminal A ECM Connector Terminal 4 F41 Continuity F7 5 1 Not existed 3 Existed 1 Existed 3 Not existed EC C 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D 6.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I E 1. 2. 3. F Reconnect ECM harness connector disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between tumble control valve actuator harness connector and ground. Tumble control valve actuator Connector Terminal F41 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V G Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 7. H 7.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II I 1. 2. 3. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between tumble control valve actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Tumble control valve actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F41 1 F8 72 K Continuity Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit. L 8.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT M Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. N ECM Connector F8 E16 Sensor Terminal 72 Name Connector Terminal Tumble control valve actuator F41 1 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 O P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-369 2009 Rogue P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 9.CHECK COMPONENT Check the following. • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure".) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection".) • EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace malfunctioning components. 10.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-399, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 11. 11.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Refer to EC-399, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 12.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between tumble control valve actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Tumble control valve actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F41 2 F8 52 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between tumble control valve actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Tumble control valve actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F41 3 F8 54 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-371, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace intake manifold adapter. Revision: 2008 August EC-370 2009 Rogue P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace intake manifold adapter. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Component Inspection EC INFOID:0000000004493591 C 1.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove intake manifold adapter. Refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation". Visually check the valve for damage and check if foreign matter is caught between the valve and the housing. Connect tumble control valve actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “ON/OFF” and check that the valve opens and closes. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove intake manifold adapter. Refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation". Visually check the valve for damage and check if foreign matter is caught between the valve and the housing. Supply tumble control valve actuator terminals with battery voltage within 2 seconds and check operation. D E F G H Tumble control valve actuator Terminal I Operation (+) (-) 4 5 Open 5 4 Close J CAUTION: Never apply 12V DC continuously for 30 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in tumble control valve motor. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace intake manifold adaptor. K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-371 2009 Rogue P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004493592 Tumble control valve position sensor is built into the tumble control valve actuator (2). • Intake manifold adapter (1) • Tumble control valve (2) The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. It senses the valve shaft movement and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. JMBIA0117ZZ DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493593 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P2014 Trouble diagnosis name Tumble control valve position sensor circuit DTC detecting condition Possible cause An excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • Tumble control valve actuator (Tumble control valve position sensor) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-372, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493594 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION Revision: 2008 August EC-372 2009 Rogue P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". A Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. EC CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 2. 1. 2. 3. Reconnect ECM harness connector disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between tumble control valve actuator harness connector and ground. D Tumble control valve actuator Connector Terminal F41 1 C Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V E Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 3. F 3.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between tumble control valve actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. G H Tumble control valve actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F41 1 F8 72 Continuity I Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit. J 4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector F8 E16 Sensor Terminal L Connector Terminal Tumble control valve actuator F41 1 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 72 Name M N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O 5.CHECK COMPONENT P Check the following. • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure".) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection".) • EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace malfunctioning components. Revision: 2008 August EC-373 2009 Rogue P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 6.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-399, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-399, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 8.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between tumble control valve actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Tumble control valve actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F41 2 F8 52 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between tumble control valve actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Tumble control valve actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F41 3 F8 54 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace intake manifold adapter. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-374 2009 Rogue P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY A Description INFOID:0000000004493595 Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle EC control motor relay is controlled ON/OFF by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not C provided to the ECM. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493596 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P2100 P2103 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause E Throttle control motor relay circuit open ECM detects that the voltage of power source for throttle control motor is excessively low. • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open) • Throttle control motor relay Throttle control motor relay circuit short ECM detects that the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON. • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted) • Throttle control motor relay DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F G H 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V. Witch DTC is detected? P2100 >> GO TO 2. P2103 >> GO TO 3. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100 I J K 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END L M 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure N O INFOID:0000000004493597 P 1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-375 2009 Rogue P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F7 15 E13 32 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. ECM IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F7 2 E15 52 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK FUSE 1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 61) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check it 15A fuse is blown. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace 15A fuse. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-376 2009 Rogue P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION A Description INFOID:0000000004493598 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position sensor provides feedback to the ECM, when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions C via the throttle control motor. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493599 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100 or P2119. Refer to EC-375, "DTC Logic" or EC-383, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P2101 Trouble diagnosis name Electric throttle control performance DTC detecting condition Electric throttle control function does not operate properly. Possible cause E F • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted) • Electric throttle control actuator G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING H If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine is running. I J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-377, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure L M INFOID:0000000004493600 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION N 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. O 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I P 1. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-377 2009 Rogue P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector Terminal F7 2 Ground Ground Condition Voltage Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0V Ignition switch ON Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. IPDM E/R ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E13 32 F7 15 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II 1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. IPDM E/R ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E15 52 F7 2 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK FUSE 1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 61) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check it 15A fuse is blown. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace 15A fuse. Revision: 2008 August EC-378 2009 Rogue P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. EC 9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal Terminal 5 F29 D E ECM Connector C F7 6 Continuity 5 Not existed 6 Existed 5 Existed 6 Not existed F G 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair or replace. H 10.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY I 1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Electric throttle control actuator (2) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. J K L ALBIA0061ZZ 11.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR M Refer to EC-380, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 13. N 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. P 13.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace malfunction electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-380, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-379 2009 Rogue P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493601 1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-380, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493602 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-380 2009 Rogue P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493603 The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position sensor provides feedback to the ECM, when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. C DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493604 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. D Trouble diagnosis name Throttle control motor circuit short P2118 DTC detecting condition ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor) E F DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING G If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-381, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure J K INFOID:0000000004493605 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION L 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N 1. 2. 3. O Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal Connector 5 F29 F7 6 Revision: 2008 August P ECM Terminal Continuity 5 Not existed 6 Existed 5 Existed 6 Not existed EC-381 2009 Rogue P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace. [FOR CALIFORNIA] 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 5. 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-382, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493606 1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-382, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493607 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-382 2009 Rogue P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493608 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and sends the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and opens/closes the throttle C valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493609 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P2119 Trouble diagnosis name Electric throttle control actuator DTC detecting condition A) Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction. B) Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range. C) ECM detects that the throttle valve is stuck open. Possible cause E • Electric throttle control actuator F G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H I >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. 3. Set selector lever to P position. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 6. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. 7. Set selector lever to P position. 8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. 9. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-383, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. J K L M 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C N 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. 3. Set selector to N or P position. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. 5. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-383, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure O P INFOID:0000000004529918 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Revision: 2008 August EC-383 2009 Rogue P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. 2. [FOR CALIFORNIA] Electric throttle control actuator : Vehicle front Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. ALBIA0061ZZ 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-348, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493611 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-384 2009 Rogue P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493612 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut. EC C D PBIB1741E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493613 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-336, "DTC Logic". DTC No. E DTC detecting condition Possible cause P2122 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low input Trouble diagnosis name An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. P2123 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1) G H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING J If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. K L >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-385, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure N INFOID:0000000004493614 O 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-385 2009 Rogue P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 4 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V [FOR CALIFORNIA] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 2 E16 84 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 3 E16 81 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-387, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Go to EC-387, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-386 2009 Rogue P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493615 A 1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. EC C ECM − + Connector Terminal Connector 81 (APP sensor 1 signal) E16 Condition Terminal D 84 (Sensor ground) E16 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) Voltage Accelerator pedal 100 (Sensor ground) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. F 2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. E G Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Go to EC-387, "Special Repair Requirement". H >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493616 I Refer to EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". J 1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING K Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". L >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING M Refer to EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> END N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-387 2009 Rogue P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004493617 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut. DTC Logic PBIB1741E INFOID:0000000004493618 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P2127 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. P2128 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Tumble control valve position sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-388, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493619 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-388 2009 Rogue P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. EC Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 5 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V A C D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 3. E 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II F 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 5 E16 87 G H Continuity Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit. I 4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. K ECM Connector F8 E16 Sensor Terminal Connector Terminal Tumble control valve position sensor F41 1 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 72 Name L M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N 5.CHECK COMPONENT O Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection".) • EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure".) • Tumble control valve position sensor (Refer to EC-368, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. Revision: 2008 August EC-389 P 2009 Rogue P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 1 E16 100 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 6 E16 82 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-399, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-399, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493620 1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. Revision: 2008 August EC-390 2009 Rogue P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A ECM − + Connector Terminal Connector 81 (APP sensor 1 signal) E16 Condition Terminal EC 84 (Sensor ground) E16 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) Voltage Accelerator pedal 100 (Sensor ground) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. D 2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. C E Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Go to EC-391, "Special Repair Requirement". F >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493621 G 1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". H >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING I Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". J >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING K Refer to EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> END L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-391 2009 Rogue P2135 TP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2135 TP SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004493622 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493623 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-336, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P2135 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2. Possible cause • Harness or connector (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 or 2) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-392, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493624 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-392 2009 Rogue P2135 TP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal F29 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V A EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors C 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II D 1. 2. 3. E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 4 F8 36 Continuity F Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G H 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Electric throttle control actuator I J ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 4 F8 36 Continuity Existed K 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT M Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector F8 E16 Sensor Terminal Name N Connector Terminal 47 Electric throttle control actuator F29 1 59 CMP sensor (PHASE) F26 1 83 APP sensor E110 4 O Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-393 2009 Rogue P2135 TP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Electric throttle control actuator Connector ECM Terminal Connector 2 F29 37 F8 3 Continuity Terminal Existed 38 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-394, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. 8.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-395, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493625 1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to the D position. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. ECM − + Connector F8 Terminal 37 (TP sensor 1 signal) 38 (TP sensor 2 signal) Connector F8 Condition Voltage Terminal 36 (Sensor ground) Accelerator pedal Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-395, "Special Repair Requirement". Revision: 2008 August EC-394 2009 Rogue P2135 TP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END A Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493626 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING EC Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. C 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" D >> END E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-395 2009 Rogue P2138 APP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2138 APP SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004493627 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut. DTC Logic PBIB1741E INFOID:0000000004493628 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-336, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P2138 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit range/ performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2. • Harness or connector (APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system sensor circuit is shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1 or 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Tumble control valve position sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-397, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-396 2009 Rogue P2138 APP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493629 A 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. EC C 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. D E APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 4 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. G 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 5 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V H I J Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 4. K 4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 5 E16 87 L M Continuity Existed N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. O 5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. P ECM Connector F8 Sensor Terminal 72 76 Revision: 2008 August Connector Terminal Tumble control valve position sensor Name F41 1 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 EC-397 2009 Rogue P2138 APP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector E16 Sensor Terminal Name Connector Terminal 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK COMPONENT Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection".) • EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-296, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure".) • Tumble control valve position sensor (Refer to EC-368, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. 7.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows. APP sensor Connector E110 ECM Terminal 2 1 Connector Terminal 84 E16 100 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows. APP sensor Connector E110 Terminal ECM Connector 6 3 E16 Terminal 82 81 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-399, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 10. 10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-399, "Special Repair Requirement". Revision: 2008 August EC-398 2009 Rogue P2138 APP SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A >> INSPECTION END 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". EC >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493630 1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. C D Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. E ECM − + Connector Terminal Connector 81 (APP sensor 1 signal) E16 Condition E16 Accelerator pedal 100 (Sensor ground) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V Fully released Fully depressed G 0.3 - 0.6 V 1.95 - 2.4 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. H I 2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. F Terminal 84 (Sensor ground) 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) Voltage Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Go to EC-399, "Special Repair Requirement". J >> INSPECTION END K Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004493631 1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING L Refer to EC-27, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". M >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-27, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". N >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING O Refer to EC-27, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". P >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-399 2009 Rogue P2423 HC ADSORPTION CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2423 HC ADSORPTION CATALYST FUNCTION DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493632 DTC DETECTION LOGIC The ECM monitors the phase gap between heated oxygen sensor 2 signal and heated oxygen sensor 3 signal. The phase gap between heated oxygen sensor 2 signal and heated oxygen sensor 3 signal becomes small as the HC adsorption catalyst (under floor) is deteriorated. When the phase gap between heated oxygen sensor 2 signal and heated oxygen sensor 3 signal approaches a specified limit value, the HC adsorption catalyst (under floor) malfunction is diagnosed. JMBIA0119GB DTC No. P2423 Trouble diagnosis name HC adsorption catalyst efficiency below threshold DTC detecting condition • HC adsorption catalyst (under floor) does not operate properly. • HC adsorption catalyst (under floor) does not have enough oxygen storage capacity. Possible cause • • • • • • • HC adsorption catalyst (under floor) Exhaust tube Intake air leaks Fuel injector Fuel injector leaks Spark plug Improper ignition timing DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Repeat the following procedure 3 times. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. Stop vehicle with engine running. NOTE: Never turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” NOTE: • Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. • It will take at most 3 minutes until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT”. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Repeat the following procedure 3 times. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. Stop vehicle with engine running. NOTE: Revision: 2008 August EC-400 2009 Rogue P2423 HC ADSORPTION CATALYST FUNCTION < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Never turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st tip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-401, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC INFOID:0000000004493633 1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM C Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace. D 2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK E 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the HC adsorption catalyst (under floor). F G H JMBIA0120GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 3. I 3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK J Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 4. K 4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING L Check the following items. Refer to EC-22, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Items M Specifications idle speed 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Follow the EC-22, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". O 5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-401 P 2009 Rogue P2423 HC ADSORPTION CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector Terminal Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 29 F7 30 31 32 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Perform EC-419, "Diagnosis Procedure". 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventiration. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 JMBIA0066GB cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20kV or more. • It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. Revision: 2008 August EC-402 2009 Rogue P2423 HC ADSORPTION CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-425, "Diagnosis Procedure". 8.CHECK SPARK PLUG A Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-19, "Inspection". NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9. EC C D SEF156I 9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. E Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. F Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-19, "Inspection". G H 10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Check that fuel does not drip from fuel injector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. I J K L 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the trouble fixed? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace HC adsorption catalyst (under floor). M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-403 2009 Rogue P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 Description INFOID:0000000004493634 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). JMBIA0112GB PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004493635 DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored so it will not shift to LEAN side or RICH side. DTC No. P2A00 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit range/performance • The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal shifts to the lean side for a specified period. • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal shifts to the rich side for a specified period. Possible Cause • • • • • A/F sensor 1 A/F sensor 1 heater Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-29, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC$. Revision: 2008 August EC-404 2009 Rogue P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-405, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR CALIFORNIA] Diagnosis Procedure A INFOID:0000000004493636 EC 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. C D 2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 1. E Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation". >> GO TO 3. F 3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Start engine and run it at idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace. G H 4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-29, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171or P0172. Refer to EC-231, "DTC Logic" or EC-235, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 5. I J 5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR K 1. 2. 3. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Check harness connector for water. Water should not exit. M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. N 6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F28 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage O P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Revision: 2008 August EC-405 2009 Rogue P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse [FOR CALIFORNIA] >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 4. Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector Terminal 45 F8 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between ECM harness connector or A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector Terminal F8 45 49 Ground Ground Continuity Not existed 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-137, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 11. 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Repair or replace. 11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 13. 12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA 1. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August EC-406 2009 Rogue P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. Is “0.000” displayed? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 13. [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC 13.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-29, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> INSPECTION END C D 14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA E With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. F >> INSPECTION END G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-407 2009 Rogue ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Description INFOID:0000000004493637 When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-58, "System Description" for the ASCD function. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493638 1.CHECK FOR ASCD BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. Monitor item Condition BRAKE SW1 1. 2. Brake pedal Indication Slightly depressed OFF Fully released ON Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Ground Connector Terminal E16 110 (ASCD brake switch signal) Ground Condition Brake pedal Slightly depressed Fully released Voltage Approx. 0V Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END. NO >> Refer to EC-408, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493639 1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground. ASCD brake switch Connector Terminal E112 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • 10A fuse (No. 1) • Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-408 2009 Rogue ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. ASCD brake switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E112 2 E16 110 EC Continuity C Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D E 4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-409, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. F 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". H >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000004493640 I 1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed J K Continuity Existed Not existed L Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. M 2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II 1. 2. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed N Continuity O Existed Not existed P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Revision: 2008 August EC-409 2009 Rogue ASCD INDICATOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ASCD INDICATOR Description INFOID:0000000004493641 ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and SET, and is integrated in combination meter. CRUISE lamp illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that ASCD system is ready for operation. SET lamp illuminates when the following conditions are met. • CRUISE lamp is illuminated. • SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of the ASCD setting. SET lamp remains lit during ASCD control. Refer to EC-58, "System Description" for the ASCD function. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493642 1.ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions. ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION • MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →at the 2nd time CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • When vehicle speed: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) SPECIFICATION ON → OFF • ASCD: Operating ON • ASCD: Not operating OFF Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-410, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493643 1.CHECK DTC Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to MWI-9, "SPEEDOMETER : System Diagram". 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-410 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > COOLING FAN A Description INFOID:0000000004493644 The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant EC pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. COOLING FAN MOTOR The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows. Cooling fan speed Middle (MID) High (HI) Cooling fan motor terminals (+) (-) 1 3 and 4 2 3 and 4 1 and 2 3 1 and 2 4 1 and 2 3 and 4 D E F .The cooling fan operates at low (LOW) speed when cooling fan motors-1 and -2 are circuited in series under the middle speed condition Refer to EC-65, "System Description". Component Function Check G INFOID:0000000004493645 H 1.CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-III screen. 3. Check that cooling fans operates at low speed. 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON. 3. Check that cooling fan operates at low speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. Refer to “PROCEDURE A” in EC-412, "Diagnosis Procedure". 2.CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Touch “HI” on the CONSULT-III screen. Check that cooling fans operates at higher speed than low speed. Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF. 3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 5. Restart engine and check that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. Refer to “PROCEDURE B” in EC-412, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC-411 I J K L M 1. 2. Revision: 2008 August C 2009 Rogue N O P COOLING FAN [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493646 PROCEDURE A 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Check the voltage between cooling fan motor-2 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan motor-2 Connector Terminal 1 E54 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 3. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 40A fusible link (letter M) • Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Disconnect cooling fan relay-4. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between cooling fan relay-4 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan relay-4 Connector Terminal E57 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-412 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and ground. A Cooling fan motor-1 Connector E53 Terminal 3 4 Ground Continuity EC Ground Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C D 7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E13. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-2 harness connector and cooling fan relay-4 harness connector. Cooling fan motor-2 Cooling fan relay-4 Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E54 3 E57 3 3. E F Continuity Existed G Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-4 harness connector and cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and ground. H Cooling fan relay-4 Cooling fan motor-1 Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E57 5 E53 2 4. Continuity I Existed Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-4 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. J Cooling fan relay-4 IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E57 1 E13 31 Continuity K Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 8.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-4 M Refer to EC-416, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. N 9.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS O Refer to EC-416, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. P 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-413 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > PROCEDURE B 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21, E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Power supply and ground circuit. Refer to PCS-15, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Check the voltage between cooling fan motor-2 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan motor-2 Connector Terminal 1 E54 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 3. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 40A fusible link (letter M) • Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Disconnect cooling fan relay-5. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between cooling fan relay-5 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan relay-5 Connector Terminal E59 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and fuse Revision: 2008 August EC-414 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan motor-1 Connector E53 4. A Terminal 3 4 Ground Continuity Ground Existed EC C D Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-5 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan relay-5 Connector Terminal E59 5 E Ground Continuity Ground Existed F 5. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 8.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-2 harness connector and cooling fan relay-5 harness connector. Cooling fan motor-2 Cooling fan relay-5 Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E54 4 E59 3 3. H I Continuity J Existed Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-2 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. K Cooling fan motor-2 IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E54 3 E10 7 4. Continuity L Existed Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-5 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. M Cooling fan relay-5 IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E59 1 E15 50 5. Continuity N Existed Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. O Cooling fan motor-1 Connector E53 Terminal 1 2 IPDM E/R Connector E10 Terminal 4 8 Continuity P Existed 6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-415 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 9.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-5 Refer to EC-416, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. 10.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS Refer to EC-416, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000004493647 1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 and -2 harness connectors E53, E54. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation. Cooling fan motor terminals (+) (-) 1 3 and 4 2 3 and 4 1 and 2 3 1 and 2 4 1 and 2 3 and 4 Operation Cooling fans operates at low speed. Cooling fans operates at high speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) INFOID:0000000004493648 1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove cooling fan relay. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 3 and 5 Conditions Continuity 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed No current supply Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. PBIB0098E Revision: 2008 August EC-416 2009 Rogue ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL A Description INFOID:0000000004493649 The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred EC through the CAN communication line from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493650 C 1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions. Monitor item LOAD SIGNAL Condition Rear window defogger switch D E Indication ON ON OFF OFF F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-417, "Diagnosis Procedure". G 2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions. Monitor item LOAD SIGNAL Condition Lighting switch H Indication ON at 2nd position ON OFF OFF I Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Go to EC-417, "Diagnosis Procedure". J 3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION K Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions. Monitor item HEATER FAN SW Condition Heater fan control switch Indication ON ON OFF OFF L M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-417, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure N INFOID:0000000004493651 1.INSPECTION START O Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-417, "Component Function Check". Which circuit is related to the incident? Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2. Headlamp>>GO TO 3. Heater fan>>GO TO 4. 2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM Refer to DEF-4, "System Diagram". Revision: 2008 August EC-417 2009 Rogue P ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END 3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM Refer to EXL-8, "System Diagram" (XENON TYPE) or EXL-136, "System Diagram" (HALOGEN TYPE). >> INSPECTION END 4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM Refer to VTL-3, "System Description". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-418 2009 Rogue FUEL INJECTOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > FUEL INJECTOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493652 The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs. EC C D PBIA9664J Component Function Check E INFOID:0000000004493653 1.INSPECTION START F Turn ignition switch to START. Are any cylinders ignited? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-419, "Diagnosis Procedure". G 2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION H With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Let engine idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. 1. 2. 3. I J Clicking noise should be heard. K Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-419, "Diagnosis Procedure". L M PBIB3332E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493654 N 1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground. O P Revision: 2008 August EC-419 2009 Rogue FUEL INJECTOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Fuel injector Cylinder Connector Terminal 1 F37 1 2 F38 1 3 F39 1 4 F40 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 64) • Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector. Fuel injector Cylinder Connector ECM Terminal Connector Terminal 1 F37 2 32 2 F38 2 31 3 F39 2 4 F40 2 F7 30 Continuity Existed 29 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR Refer to EC-420, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493655 1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-420 2009 Rogue FUEL INJECTOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows. [FOR CALIFORNIA] A Terminals Resistance 1 and 2 11.1 - 14.3 Ω [at 10 -60°C (50 - 140°F)] EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-421 2009 Rogue FUEL PUMP [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > FUEL PUMP Description INFOID:0000000004493656 Sensor Input signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed* Battery Battery voltage* ECM function Actuator Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay ↓ Fuel pump *: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump. Condition Fuel pump operation Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second. Engine running and cranking Operates. When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds. Except as shown above Stops. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493657 1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION 1. 2. - Turn ignition switch ON. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers. : Vehicle front Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> EC-422, "Diagnosis Procedure". JMBIA0929ZZ Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493658 1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal F7 14 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II Revision: 2008 August EC-422 2009 Rogue FUEL PUMP [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect IDPDM E/R harness connector E13. 3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. ECM IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F7 14 E13 33 A EC Continuity Existed C Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. D 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R connector E13 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R E F >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK 15A FUSE G 1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 57) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 15A fuse. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace fuse. H 5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. I Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E14 46 B40 5 Continuity J K Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. L 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • Harness connectors M11, B1 • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and IPDM E/R N O >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Connector Terminal B40 3 2. P Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground. Ground Continuity Ground Existed Also heck harness for short to power. Revision: 2008 August EC-423 2009 Rogue FUEL PUMP < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. [FOR CALIFORNIA] 8.CHECK FUEL PUMP Refer to EC-424, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace fuel pump. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493659 1.CHECK FUEL PUMP 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 3 and 5 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Revision: 2008 August EC-424 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > IGNITION SIGNAL A Description INFOID:0000000004493660 The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns EC ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493661 C 1.INSPECTION START D Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine. Does the engine start? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO >> Go to EC-425, "Diagnosis Procedure". E 2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION F With CONSULT-III 1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-425, "Diagnosis Procedure". G H 3.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground. J ECM Connector I Terminal Ground Voltage signal 9 K 10 11 F7 Ground L 21 JMBIA0900GB M NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-425, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure N INFOID:0000000004493662 O 1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. P Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal E16 105 Revision: 2008 August Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage EC-425 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-124, "Diagnosis Procedure". [FOR CALIFORNIA] 2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser-1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between condenser-1 harness connector and ground. Condenser Connector Terminal F13 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser-1 harness connector. IPDM E/R Condenser-1 Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E15 47 F13 1 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Go to EC-124, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser-1 >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK CONDENSER-1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between condenser-1 harness connector and ground. Condenser-1 Connector Terminal F13 2 Ground Continuity Ground Existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK CONDENSER Refer to EC-429, "Component Inspection (Condenser-1)" Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace condenser. Revision: 2008 August EC-426 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. 3. 4. A Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground. Ignition coil Cylinder Connector Terminal 1 F33 3 2 F34 3 3 F35 3 4 F36 3 EC C Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage D E Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F 8.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground. Ignition coil Cylinder Connector Terminal 1 F33 2 2 F34 2 3 F35 2 4 F36 2 G Ground Continuity H Ground Existed I J 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K 9.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector. Ignition coil ECM Cylinder Connector Terminal 1 F33 1 2 F34 1 3 F35 1 4 F36 1 Connector Terminal L M Continuity 11 F7 10 9 N Existed 21 O 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 10.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR Refer to EC-428, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Revision: 2008 August EC-427 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000004493663 1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ 1 and 3 2 and 3 Except 0 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. 2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 4. Start engine. 5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. 7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 12. Crank engine for approximately three seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 JMBIA0066GB cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20kV or more. • It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Revision: 2008 August EC-428 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection (Condenser-1) INFOID:0000000004493664 A 1.CHECK CONDENSER-1 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser-1 harness connector. Check resistance between condenser-1 terminals as follows. Terminals 1 and 2 EC C Resistance Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace condenser-1. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-429 2009 Rogue MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP Description INFOID:0000000004493665 The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is located on the combination meter. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL remains illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. For details, refer to EC-430, "Diagnosis Procedure". SEF217U Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493666 1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check that MIL illuminate. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-430, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004493667 1.CHECK DTC Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. 2.CHECK DTC WITH METER Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace. 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> Repair or replace. Revision: 2008 August EC-430 2009 Rogue ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) Description A INFOID:0000000004493668 EC C D E F PBIB1068E From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere. When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged during driving. WARNING: When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following: • Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop. • Never smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. • Always furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher. CAUTION: • Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: - Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely. - Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-489, "Inspection". - Disconnect battery ground cable. • Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed. • Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed. • Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses. • After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connections. • Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire. Component Function Check H I J K L M INFOID:0000000004493669 N 1.CHECK ORVR FUNCTION Check whether the following symptoms are present. • Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong. • Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling. Are any symptoms present? YES >> Go to EC-431, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure O P INFOID:0000000004493670 1.INSPECTION START Check whether the following symptoms are present. A: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong. Revision: 2008 August G EC-431 2009 Rogue ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > B: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling. Which symptom is present? A >> GO TO 2. B >> GO TO 7. [FOR CALIFORNIA] 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4. 3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER Check if water will drain from EVAP canister. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 6. PBIB1213E 4.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER Replace EVAP canister with a new one. >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection. >> Repair or replace EVAP hose. 6.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-434, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 9. 8.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER Revision: 2008 August EC-432 2009 Rogue ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check if water will drain from EVAP canister. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 11. A EC C PBIB1213E 9.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER D Replace EVAP canister with a new one. E >> GO TO 10. 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection. >> Repair or replace EVAP hose. G 11.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. H I 12.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Replace filler neck tube. J K 13.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-434, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. L M 14.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace fuel filler tube. N 15.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I O Check one-way valve for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. P 16.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II 1. 2. Check that fuel is drained from the tank. Remove fuel filler tube and hose. Revision: 2008 August EC-433 2009 Rogue ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows. When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing stick it should close. Do not drop any material into the tank. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. [FOR CALIFORNIA] SEF665U Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493671 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE With CONSULT-III Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-15, "2WD : Removal and Installation" (2WD), FL-18, "AWD : Removal and Installation" (AWD). 2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer. Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other side to a fuel container. Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. 4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. Connect vacuum pump to hose end. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Always replace O-ring with new one. Turn fuel tank upside down. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm3, −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. 1. JMBIA0907GB Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Revision: 2008 August EC-434 2009 Rogue ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE A Without CONSULT-III 1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-15, "2WD : Removal and Installation" (2WD), FL-18, "AWD : Removal and Installation" (AWD). EC 2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: Remove fuel gauge retainer. Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container. C 3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. 4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. D Connect vacuum pump to hose end. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Always replace O-ring with new one. E Turn fuel tank upside down. 3 Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm , −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. F G H I J JMBIA0907GB Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-435 2009 Rogue POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION Description INFOID:0000000004493672 PBIB0492E This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions. PBIB1588E Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004493673 1.CHECK PCV VALVE With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace PCV valve. PBIB1589E Revision: 2008 August EC-436 2009 Rogue REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004493674 The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an EC electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. C D E PBIB2657E F Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004493675 1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. G Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. H ECM − + Connector Terminal Terminal F8 39 (Refrigerant pressure sensor signal) 40 (Sensor ground) Voltage I 1.0 - 4.0 V J Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure K INFOID:0000000004493676 L 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF. 2. Stop engine. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M N 2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O 1. 2. 3. P Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground. Refrigerant pressure sensor Connector Terminal E49 3 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. Revision: 2008 August EC-437 2009 Rogue REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR CALIFORNIA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E49 1 F8 40 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector. Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E49 2 F8 39 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. NO >> Repair or replace. Revision: 2008 August EC-438 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > ECU DIAGNOSIS A ECM Reference Value INFOID:0000000004493677 EC VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL Remarks: z Specification data are reference values. z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. * Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. I.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. this IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors. Monitor Item Condition C D E Values/Status Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. F ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-117, "Diagnosis Procedure". B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-117, "Diagnosis Procedure". A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-117, "Diagnosis Procedure". COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up HO2S2 (B1) • Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load HO2S3 (B1) • Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Driving for 3 minutes at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more (Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising.) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 1.0V HO2S2 MNTR (B1) • Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load LEAN ←→ RICH L VHCL SPEED SE • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. Almost the same speed as speedometer indication M BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V ACCEL SEN 2*1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V TP SEN 1-B1 Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V TP SEN 2-B1*1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V FUEL T/TMP SE • Ignition switch: ON Revision: 2008 August G More than 70°C (158°F) Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 1.0V I J K N O Indicates fuel tank temperature EC-439 H 2009 Rogue P ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Monitor Item Condition Values/Status INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON Indicates intake air temperature EVAP SYS PRES • Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V FUEL LEVEL SE • Ignition switch: ON Depending on fuel level of fuel tank START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) AIR COND SIG • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON PW/ST SIGNAL • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON HEATER FAN SW • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON INJ PULSE-B1 • • • • Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.) ON Selector lever: P or N ON Selector lever: Except above OFF Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF Steering wheel: Being turned ON Rear window defogger switch: ON and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position ON Rear window defogger switch and lighting switch: OFF OFF ON → OFF → ON Heater fan switch: ON ON Heater fan switch: OFF OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 10° - 20° BTDC IGN TIMING • • • • 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 10% - 35% CAL/LD VALUE • • • • 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s MASS AIRFLOW • • • • 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s PURG VOL C/V • • • • Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting.) 0% 2,000 rpm 20% - 90% Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle −5° - 5°CA INT/V TIM (B1) • • • • 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 20°CA Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 0% INT/V SOL (B1) • • • • 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 60% Revision: 2008 August EC-440 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Monitor Item SWRL CONT S/V AIR COND RLY Condition • Ignition switch: ON • Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 40°C (104°F) • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Values/Status Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF A EC Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates) ON C • For 1 second after turning ignition switch: ON • Engine running or cranking ON • Except above OFF VENT CONT/V • Ignition switch: ON OFF THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load ON • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Driving for 3 minutes at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more (Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising.) ON • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH) Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication VEHICLE SPEED • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication FUEL PUMP RLY HO2S2 HTR (B1) HO2S3 HTR (B1) IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running D E F G H Idle air volume learning has not been performed yet. YET Idle air volume learning has already been performed successfully. CMPLT Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned ON. 0 - 65,535 km (0 - 40,723 miles) J TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON A/F S1 HTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine.) 4 - 100% AC PRESS SEN • Engine: Idle • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates) 1.0 - 4.0V VHCL SPEED SE • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating The preset vehicle speed is displayed MAIN switch: Pressed ON MAIN SW CANCEL SW RESUME/ACC SW SET SW • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON Revision: 2008 August K L MAIN switch: Released OFF CANCEL switch: Pressed ON CANCEL switch: Released OFF RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON SET/COAST switch: Released OFF EC-441 I M N O P 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Monitor Item Condition Values/Status Brake pedal: Fully released ON Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF BRAKE SW1 (ASCD brake switch) • Ignition switch: ON BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch) • Ignition switch: ON VHCL SPD CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON LO SPEED CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON AT OD MONITOR • Ignition switch: ON OFF AT OD CANCEL • Ignition switch: ON OFF CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • When vehicle speed: Between 38 km/h (24 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine: running TMBL POS SEN • Ignition switch: ON • Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 60°C (140°F) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time → at the 2nd time ON → OFF ASCD: Operating ON ASCD: Not operating OFF –0.330 - 0.330 Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 1.2V Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed More than 2.9V *1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal. TERMINAL LAYOUT PBIA9221J PHYSICAL VALUES NOTE: • ECM is located behind the passenger side instrument lower panel. For this inspection, remove passenger side instrument lower panel. • Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. • Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. Terminal No. + 1 (V) Description – 112 (B) Signal name Tumble control valve motor (Close) Revision: 2008 August Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output [Ignition switch OFF → ON] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0V ↓ BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) ↓ 0V [Ignition switch ON → OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0V ↓ 1.5 - 2.0 V ↓ 0V Output EC-442 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. Description + – Signal name Input/ Output 2 (P) 112 (B) Throttle control motor power supply Input 3 (LG) 112 (B) Tumble control valve motor (Open) Value (Approx.) A BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) EC Condition [Ignition switch: ON] 0V ↓ [Ignition switch OFF → ON] • For a few seconds after turning igni- Approx. 0.5 V ↓ tion switch ON 0V Output C 0V ↓ [Ignition switch ON → OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE • For a few seconds after turning igni(11 - 14 V) tion switch OFF ↓ 0V D E 2.9 - 8.8 V F 4 (R) 112 (B) A/F sensor 1 heater Output [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed G JMBIA0082GB H 0 - 14 V 5 (GR) 6 (L) Throttle control motor 1 (Open) Output [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed I J JMBIA0083GB 0 - 14 V 6 (L) 5 (GR) Throttle control motor 2 (Close) Output K [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully released L JMBIA0084GB 7 (BR) 112 (B) Tumble control valve motor power supply 9 (R) Ignition signal No. 3 10 (W) Ignition signal No. 2 11 (SB) 21 (G) 112 (B) Input [Ignition switch: ON] M BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - 0.1 V N [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle O JMBIA0900GB Output Ignition signal No. 4 P 0 - 0.2 V Ignition signal No. 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm JMBIA0901GB Revision: 2008 August EC-443 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. + – 12 (B) 16 (B) — 13 (Y) 14 (GR) 15 (V) 17 (SB) 24 (L) 112 (B) 112 (B) 112 (B) 112 (B) 112 (B) Description Signal name ECM ground Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Fuel pump relay Throttle control motor relay Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater ECM relay (Self shut-off) Revision: 2008 August — Output Output Output Output Output Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output — — [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 10 V JMBIA0902GB [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON [Engine is running] 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON → OFF] 0 - 1.0 V ↓ BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Driving for 3 minutes at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more (Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising.) 10 V JMBIA0037GB [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • A few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) EC-444 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. + Description – Signal name Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output A BATTERY VOLTAGE EC (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Idle speed • Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting 25 (Y) 112 (B) EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve C JMBIA0087GB Output BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Approx. 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine.) F JMBIA0903GB 29 (P) 31 (BR) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector No. 3 112 (B) G BATTERY VOLTAGE Fuel injector No. 4 30 (LG) D (11 - 14 V) H I JMBIA0089GB Output J BATTERY VOLTAGE Fuel injector No. 2 (11 - 14 V) 32 (GR) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Fuel injector No. 1 K L JMBIA0090GB 33 (P) 34 (V) 35 (L) 35 (L) Heated oxygen sensor 2 Heated oxygen sensor 3 Revision: 2008 August Input Input [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 1.0 V [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Driving for 3 minutes at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more (Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising.) 0 - 1.0 V EC-445 M N O P 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. Description Value (Approx.) Condition – 35 (L) — Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2, Heated oxygen sensor 3) — — — 36 (R) — Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) — — — [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Both A/C switch and blower fan motor switch: ON (Compressor operates) 1.0 - 4.0 V — — 37 (W) 38 (G) 36 (R) 36 (R) Signal name Input/ Output + Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 Input Input 39 (Y) 40 (W) 40 (W) — 45 (V) 49 (LG) A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V 46 (P) 52 (O) Engine coolant temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature. 47 (B) 36 (R) Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 49 (LG) 112 (B) A/F sensor 1 Input [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. 50 (BR) 56 (R) Intake air temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with intake air temperature. — Sensor ground (Tumble control valve position sensor, Engine coolant temperature sensor) — — — [Ignition switch OFF → ON] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0V ↓ 0.7 V [Ignition switch ON → OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0.7 V ↓ 3.5 V ↓ 0V 52 (O) 54 (W) 52 (O) Refrigerant pressure sensor Sensor ground (Refrigerant pressure sensor) Tumble control valve position sensor Revision: 2008 August Input — — Input EC-446 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. Description + – Signal name Input/ Output 56 (R) — Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor, Intake air temperature sensor) — 58 (L) 56 (R) Mass air flow sensor Input Value (Approx.) Condition A EC — — [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0.8 - 1.2 V C [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm 1.4 - 1.8 V D 59 (V) 64 (Y) Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 60 (B) — Sensor ground [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] — — — 61 (W) 67 (— Knock sensor 64 (Y) — Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] E F Input [Engine is running] • Idle speed 2.5 V — — G — H 3.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 65 (W) 60 (B) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) I JMBIA0514GB J Input 3.0 V K [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm L JMBIA0515GB 67 (—) — Sensor ground (Knock sensor) — — M — 1.0 - 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 69 (G) 64 (Y) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) N O JMBIA0904GB Input P 1.0 - 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed is 2,000 rpm JMBIA0905GB Revision: 2008 August EC-447 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. Description Value (Approx.) Condition + – Signal name Input/ Output 72 (L) 40 (W) Sensor power supply (Tumble control valve position sensor, Refrigerant pressure sensor) — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 76 (P) 60 (B) Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 77 (R) 112 (B) Power supply for ECM (Back-up) Input [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0V 7 - 10 V 78 (O) 112 (B) Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Output [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000rpm JMBIA0906GB 81 (SB) 82 (G) 84 (Y) 100 (W) Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 Input Input [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V 83 (R) 84 (Y) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 84 (Y) — Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) — — — [Ignition switch: ON] • ASCD steering switch: OFF 4V [Ignition switch: ON] • MAIN switch: Pressed 0V [Ignition switch: ON] • CANCEL switch: Pressed 1V [Ignition switch: ON] • RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed 3V [Ignition switch: ON] • SET/COAST switch: Pressed 2V 85 (R) 92 (W) ASCD steering switch Input 86 (BR) 96 (P) EVAP control system pressure sensor Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8 V 87 (V) 100 (W) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V Revision: 2008 August EC-448 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. Description – 88 (L) 112 (B) Data link connector 91 (Y) 96 (P) Sensor power supply (EVAP control system pressure sensor) — 92 (W) — Sensor ground (ASCD steering switch) — 93 (O) 112 (B) Ignition switch 95 (O) 104 (B) Fuel tank temperature sensor Input 96 (P) — Sensor ground (EVAP control system pressure sensor) 97 (P) — 98 (L) 100 (W) 102 (LG) A Input/ Output [Ignition switch: ON] • GST: Disconnected BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) EC [Ignition switch: ON] 5V C — [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with fuel tank temperature. — — — CAN communication line — — — — CAN communication line — — — — Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Input D E F G H 112 (B) — 105 (R) 112 (B) 106 (Y) 112 (B) 107 (B) 108 (B) — 109 (W) 112 (B) 111 (B) 112 (B) Value (Approx.) Condition — 104 (B) 110 (GR) Signal name Input/ Output + PNP switch Sensor ground (Fuel tank temperature sensor) Power supply for ECM Stop lamp switch ECM ground — Input — — — [Ignition switch: ON] • Selector lever: P or N BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • Selector lever: Except above 0V — — [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Fully released 0V [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) — — I J K Input Input — L M N 112 (B) — EVAP canister vent control valve ASCD brake switch ECM ground Output Input — [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed 0V [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) — — O : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Revision: 2008 August EC-449 2009 Rogue P ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Wiring Diagram — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000004493678 JCBWM0957GB Revision: 2008 August EC-450 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0958GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-451 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0959GB Revision: 2008 August EC-452 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0960GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-453 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0961GB Revision: 2008 August EC-454 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0962GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-455 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0963GB Revision: 2008 August EC-456 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0964GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-457 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0965GB Revision: 2008 August EC-458 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0966GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-459 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0967GB Revision: 2008 August EC-460 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0968GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-461 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0969GB Fail safe INFOID:0000000004493679 NON DTC RELATED ITEM Revision: 2008 August EC-462 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut Reference page Detected items Remarks Malfunction indicator lamp circuit When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by illuminating MIL when there is malfunction on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating the fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. EC EC-430 C D DTC RELATED ITEM DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve control does not function. P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions. CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. E F Condition Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-III display) Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) Approx. 4 minutes or more after starting engine 80°C (176°F) G H I 40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) (Depends on the time) Except as shown above When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running. J The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. Therefore, the acceleration will be poor. K P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2132 P2133 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0500 Vehicle speed sensor When the fail-safe system for vehicle speed sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running. P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:) ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. ECM deactivates ASCD operation. P1805 A L Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range. Therefore, acceleration will be poor. Vehicle condition Driving condition When engine is idling Normal When accelerating Poor acceleration Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. EC-463 N O P P2100 P2103 Revision: 2008 August M 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2119 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction:) ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. (When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:) ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. (When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) While the vehicle being driven, it slows down gradually because of fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more. P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. Therefore, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000004493680 If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart. Revision: 2008 August EC-464 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Priority 1 2 3 Detected items (DTC) A • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • U0101 U0140 U1001 CAN communication line P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor P0116 P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0128 Thermostat function P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor P0327 P0328 Knock sensor P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor P0500 Vehicle speed sensor P0605 P0607 ECM P0643 Sensor power supply P0705 P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch P1610 - P1615 NATS P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • P0031 P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0043 P0044 Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P2A00 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0137 P0138 P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0143 P0144 P0145 P0146 Heated oxygen sensor 3 P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor P0603 ECM power supply P0710 P0715 P0720 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0746 P0776 P0778 P0840 P1740 P1777 P1778 CVT related sensors, solenoid valves and switches P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) P1805 Brake switch P2004 Tumble control valve motor P2014 Tumble control valve position sensor P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay P2101 Electric throttle control function P2118 Throttle control motor • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • P0011 Intake valve timing control P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function P0300 - P0304 Misfire P0420 Three way catalyst function P0442 P0456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK) P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK) P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system P1148 Closed loop control P1212 TCS communication line P1421 Cold start control P1564 ASCD steering switch P1572 ASCD brake switch P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor P1715 Primary speed sensor P2119 Electric throttle control actuator P2423 HC adsorption catalyst EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-465 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > DTC Index INFOID:0000000004493681 ×:Applicable —: Not applicable Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Reference page LOST COMM (TCM) U0101 0101*4 — 1 × EC-128 LOST COMM (BCM) U0140 0140*4 — 1 × EC-129 CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 — 2 — EC-130 NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. P0000 0000 — — Flashing*7 — INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — 2 × EC-131 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 — 2 × EC-135 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 — 2 × EC-135 HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 — 2 × EC-138 HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 — 2 × EC-138 HO2S3 HTR (B1) P0043 0043 — 2 × EC-141 HO2S3 HTR (B1) P0044 0044 — 2 × EC-141 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 — 2 × EC-144 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0101 0101 — 2 × EC-147 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 — 1 × EC-154 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 0103 — 1 × EC-154 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 — 2 × EC-159 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 — 2 × EC-159 ECT SEN/CIRC P0116 0116 — 2 × EC-164 ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — 1 × EC-164 ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — 1 × EC-164 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0122 0122 — 1 × EC-167 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0123 0123 — 1 × EC-167 ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 — 2 × EC-170 IAT SENSOR-B1 P0127 0127 — 2 × EC-173 THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 — 2 × EC-175 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 — 2 × EC-177 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 — 2 × EC-181 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 — 2 × EC-184 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 × 2 × EC-187 HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 × 2 × EC-192 HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 × 2 × EC-198 HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × 2 × EC-205 HO2S3 (B1) P0143 0143 × 2 × EC-211 HO2S3 (B1) P0144 0144 × 2 × EC-216 HO2S3 (B1) P0145 0145 × 2 × EC-221 HO2S3 (B1) P0146 0146 — 2 × EC-226 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — 2 × EC-231 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — 2 × EC-235 Revision: 2008 August EC-466 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Reference page A EC FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 — 2 × EC-239 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 — 2 × EC-242 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 — 2 × EC-242 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0222 0222 — 1 × EC-245 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0223 0223 — 1 × EC-245 MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — 2 × EC-248 CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — 2 × EC-248 CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — 2 × EC-248 CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — 2 × EC-248 CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — 2 × EC-248 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — 2 — EC-254 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — 2 — EC-254 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — 2 × EC-256 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — 2 × EC-260 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × 2 × EC-264 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 × 2 × EC-268 EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 × 2 × EC-273 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0443 0443 — 2 × EC-279 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — 2 × EC-283 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 — 2 × EC-283 VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 — 2 × EC-286 VENT CONTROL VALVE P0448 0448 — 2 × EC-290 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0451 0451 — 2 × EC-294 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 — 2 × EC-297 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 — 2 × EC-302 EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 — 2 × EC-308 EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 ×*6 2 × EC-314 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 — 2 × EC-321 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 — 2 × EC-322 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 — 2 × EC-324 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 — 2 × EC-324 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5 P0500 0500 — 2 × EC-325 ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 — 2 × EC-327 ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 — 2 × EC-329 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P0603 0603 — 2 × EC-331 ECM P0605 0605 — 1 or 2 × or — EC-333 ECM P0607 0607 — 1 × EC-335 SENSOR POWER/CIRC P0643 0643 — 1 × EC-336 PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 — 2 × TM-53 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 — 1 × TM-56 INPUT SPD SEN/CIRC P0715 0715 — 2 × TM-59 P0720 0720 — 2 × TM-63 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*5 Revision: 2008 August EC-467 2009 Rogue C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Reference page TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 — 2 × TM-69 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 — 2 × TM-71 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 — 2 × TM-73 PRS CNT SOL/A FCTN P0746 0746 — 1 × TM-75 PRS CNT SOL/B FCTN P0776 0776 — 2 × TM-77 PRS CNT SOL/B CIRC P0778 0778 — 2 × TM-80 TR PRS SENS/A CIRC P0840 0840 — 2 × TM-87 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P0850 0850 — 2 × EC-338 CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 — 1 × EC-341 TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 — 2 — EC-342 ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — 1 × EC-343 CTP LEARNING-B1 P1225 1225 — 2 — EC-347 CTP LEARNING-B1 P1226 1226 — 2 — EC-349 COLD START CONTROL P1421 1421 — 2 × EC-351 ASCD SW P1564 1564 — 1 — EC-353 ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 — 1 — EC-356 ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 — 1 — EC-361 LOCK MODE P1610 1610 — 2 — ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM P1611 1611 — 2 — CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU P1612 1612 — 2 — CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY P1614 1614 — 2 — DIFFERENCE OF KEY P1615 1615 — 2 — IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 — 2 — EC-363 LU-SLCT SOL/CIRC P1740 1740 — 2 × TM-104 STEP MOTOR CIRC P1777 1777 — 1 × TM-107 STEP MOTOR FNCT P1778 1778 — 2 × TM-110 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — 2 — EC-365 TUMBLE CONT/V P2004 2004 — 2 × EC-367 TUMBLE POS SEN P2014 2014 — 2 — EC-372 ETC MOT PWR-B1 P2100 2100 — 1 × EC-375 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 P2101 2101 — 1 × EC-377 ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 — 1 × EC-375 ETC MOT-B1 P2118 2118 — 1 × EC-381 ETC ACTR-B1 P2119 2119 — 1 × EC-383 APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — 1 × EC-385 APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — 1 × EC-385 APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — 1 × EC-388 Revision: 2008 August EC-468 SEC-34*8 SEC-168*9 SEC-35*8 SEC-169*9 SEC-37*8 SEC-171*9 SEC-38*8 SEC-172*9 SEC-40*8 SEC-174*9 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Reference page A EC APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — 1 × EC-388 TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 — 1 × EC-392 APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — 1 × EC-396 HC ADS CATALYST-B1 P2423 2423 × 2 × EC-400 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P2A00 2A00 — 2 × EC-404 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. C D *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. E *5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnosis occur, the MIL illuminates. *6: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG. *7: When the ECM is in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to “How to Display SRT Status”. *8: Models with intelligent key system F *9: Models without intelligent key system How to Set SRT Code INFOID:0000000004493682 To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions. WITH CONSULT-III Perform corresponding DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on “SRT Item”. WITHOUT CONSULT-III The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained below. The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes. G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-469 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > DRIVING PATTERN JMBIA1020GB • The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc. Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest. Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within zone A. *: Normal conditions refer to the following: Revision: 2008 August EC-470 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > • Sea level • Flat road A • Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) • Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnoEC sis may also be performed. Pattern 1: • The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F) [where the voltage between the ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and 52 C (Sensor ground) is 3.0 - 4.3V]. • The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) [where the voltage between the ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor sig- D nal) and 52 (Sensor ground) is lower than 1.4V]. • The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) [where the voltage between the ECM terminal 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and 104 (Sensor ground) is less E than 4.1V]. Pattern 2: • When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. F Pattern 3: • Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure. • Release the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed G from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH). Pattern 4: • The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steadystate driving. H • If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again. *1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 I MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle PBIB2244E speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again. *2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. J Suggested Transmission Gear Position for CVT Models Set the selector lever in the D position. K Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000004503765 The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979. The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID(OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the ECM. (eg., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed) L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-471 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item OBDMID 01H Self-diagnostic test item Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) HO2S 02H 03H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank 1) Revision: 2008 August DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) Description TID Unit and Scaling ID P0131 83H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0131 84H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0130 85H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0130 86H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0133 87H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) P0133 88H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) P2A00 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P2A00 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency P0138 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0137 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0143 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0144 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage EC-472 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item OBDMID Self-diagnostic test item DTC P0151 05H Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) HO2S 06H 07H 21H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank2) Three way catalyst function (Bank1) CATALYST 22H Three way catalyst function (Bank2) Revision: 2008 August Test value and Test limit (GST display) A Description TID Unit and Scaling ID 83H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle EC P0151 84H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0150 85H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0150 86H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0153 87H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) P0153 88H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency P0158 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0157 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0163 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0164 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index P0420 82H 01H Switching time lag engine exhaust index value P2423 83H 0CH Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index P0430 82H 01H Switching time lag engine exhaust index value P2424 83H 0CH Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst EC-473 2009 Rogue C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item EGR SYSTEM OBDMID 31H 35H Self-diagnostic test item EGR function EVAP SYSTEM O2 SENSOR HEATER Description TID Unit and Scaling ID P0400 80H 96H Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (short term) P0400 81H 96H Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (long term) P0400 82H 96H Low Flow Faults: Difference between max EGR temp and EGR temp under idling condition P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp P1402 84H 96H High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase rate P0011 80H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0014 81H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0011 82H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0014 83H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0021 80H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0024 81H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0021 82H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0024 83H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) VVT Monitor (Bank1) VVT SYSTEM 36H DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) VVT Monitor (Bank2) 39H EVAP control system leak (Cap Off) P0455 80H 0CH Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after pull down 3BH EVAP control system leak (Small leak) P0442 80H 05H Leak area index (for more than 0.04 inch) P0456 80H 05H 3CH EVAP control system leak (Very small leak) Leak area index (for more than 0.02 inch) P0456 81H FDH Maximum internal pressure of EVAP system during monitoring P0441 83H 0CH Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after vent control valve close 3DH Purge flow system 41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) Low Input:P0031 High Input:P0032 81H 0BH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 42H Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1) Low Input:P0037 High Input:P0038 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 43H Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 1) P0043 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 45H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) Low Input:P0051 High Input:P0052 81H 0BH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 46H Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2) Low Input:P0057 High Input:P0058 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 47H Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 2) P0063 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage Revision: 2008 August EC-474 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item OBDMID Self-diagnostic test item DTC P0411 SECONDARY AIR 71H 81H FUEL SYSTEM 82H Secondary Air system Test value and Test limit (GST display) A Description TID Unit and Scaling ID 80H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Incorrect Flow Detected EC Bank1: P0491 Bank2: P0492 81H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow P2445 82H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck Off P2448 83H 01H Secondary Air Injection System High Airflow Bank1: P2440 Bank2: P2442 84H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open P2440 85H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open P2444 86H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck On Fuel injection system function (Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim P0171 or P0172 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped Fuel injection system function (Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim P0174 or P0175 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-475 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item MISFIRE OBDMID A1H Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID P0301 80H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the first cylinder P0302 81H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the second cylinder P0303 82H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the third cylinder P0304 83H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fourth cylinder P0305 84H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fifth cylinder P0306 85H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the sixth cylinder P0307 86H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the seventh cylinder P0308 87H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the eighth cylinder P0300 88H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the multiple cylinders P0301 89H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the first cylinder P0302 8AH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the second cylinder P0303 8BH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the third cylinder P0304 8CH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fourth cylinder P0305 8DH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fifth cylinder P0306 8EH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the sixth cylinder P0307 8FH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the seventh cylinder P0308 90H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the eighth cylinder P0300 91H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the single cylinder P0300 92H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the single cylinder P0300 93H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the multiple cylinders Multiple Cylinder Misfires Revision: 2008 August Description Unit and Scaling ID EC-476 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item OBDMID A2H A3H A4H Self-diagnostic test item DTC A7H A8H A9H Description TID P0301 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0301 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles No. 1 Cylinder Misfire EC P0302 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0302 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0303 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0303 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles No. 2 Cylinder Misfire No. 3 Cylinder Misfire 0BH No. 4 Cylinder Misfire C D E F G H P0304 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0305 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0305 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles J P0306 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles K MISFIRE A6H A Unit and Scaling ID P0304 A5H Test value and Test limit (GST display) No. 5 Cylinder Misfire No. 6 Cylinder Misfire I P0306 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles L P0307 P0307 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles M P0308 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0308 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles No. 7 Cylinder Misfire No. 8 Cylinder Misfire N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-477 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS [FOR CALIFORNIA] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS Symptom Table INFOID:0000000004493684 SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) AM HA 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION AL SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION AK HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT AJ ENGINE STALL AH AB AC AD AE Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 Incorrect idle speed adjustment Ignition AG HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) Air AF AA Warranty symptom code Fuel HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE SYMPTOM 4 3 4 2 Reference page EC-422 4 EC-489 2 EC-419 4 EC-72 1 EC-436 EC-26 1 1 2 3 3 Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-26 Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-425 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-124 Main power supply and ground circuit 2 EC-147 EC-154 2 Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 EC-164 EC-170 3 3 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 Knock sensor circuit 2 Revision: 2008 August 2 2 EC-385 EC-388 EC-396 1 EC-478 EC-177 EC-181 EC-184 EC-187 EC-404 EC-167 EC-245 EC-347 EC-349 EC-392 Throttle position sensor circuit Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 2 EC-377 EC-383 Electric throttle control actuator 3 EC-254 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS [FOR CALIFORNIA] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > SYMPTOM HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) A AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-256 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-260 Warranty symptom code Vehicle speed signal circuit ECM 2 2 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 2 3 3 PNP switch circuit Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 Electrical load signal circuit Tumble control valve position sensor 2 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 2 3 3 4 4 3 3 4 Reference page C D E 3 EC-325 3 EC-331 EC-333 3 EC-144 3 EC-338 4 EC-437 3 Tumble control valve motor Air conditioner circuit 3 3 EC F G H I EC-417 EC-368 EC-372 3 3 3 3 2 J HAC-20 BRC-15 BRC-93 K 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. L SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-479 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS [FOR CALIFORNIA] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > Fuel Fuel tank ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Warranty symptom code HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) SYMPTOM AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA FL-17 FL-20 5 Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-6 5 Vapor lock — Valve deposit Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane) Air — 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 — Air duct EM-28 Air cleaner EM-28 Air leakage from air duct (Mass air flow sensor — electric throttle control actuator) Electric throttle control actuator 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-28 5 5 EM-29 Air leakage from intake manifold/ Collector/Gasket Cranking Battery Generator circuit Engine Reference page EM-31 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PG-92 CHG-18 Starter circuit 3 Signal plate 6 EM-96 PNP switch 4 TM-54 Cylinder head Cylinder head gasket 5 STR-5 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 3 EM-85 Cylinder block 4 Piston Piston ring Connecting rod 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-96 Bearing Crankshaft Valve mechanism Timing chain EM-77 Camshaft EM-53 Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 Intake valve 5 EM-77 5 3 Exhaust valve Revision: 2008 August 5 EC-480 EM-85 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS [FOR CALIFORNIA] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > SYMPTOM Exhaust Cooling ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA EC Reference page D E 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-33 EX-4 HC adsorption catalyst EC-400 Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler LU-5 LU-8 LU-9 LU-12 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-5 Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-13 CO-13 Thermostat Water pump Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 CO-26 4 Cooling fan 5 CO-24 5 1 H I J K CO-9 SEC-15 SEC-155 1 G CO-2 CO-22 Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated coolant NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS) C F Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ Gasket Three way catalyst Lubrication HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) Warranty symptom code A L 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-481 2009 Rogue NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION Description INFOID:0000000004493685 FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED) If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and engine speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. NOTE: This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-38, "System Description". Revision: 2008 August EC-482 2009 Rogue PRECAUTIONS [FOR CALIFORNIA] < PRECAUTION > PRECAUTION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" EC INFOID:0000000004541611 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIRBAG” and “SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the “SRS AIRBAG”. • Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000004541612 When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc. C D E F G H I J K PIIB3706J Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service L INFOID:0000000004541613 WARNING: Comply with the following warnings to prevent any serious accident. • Disconnect the battery cable (negative terminal) or the power supply fuse before installing, removing, or touching the xenon headlamp (bulb included). The xenon headlamp contains high-voltage generated parts. • Never work with wet hands. • Check the xenon headlamp ON-OFF status after assembling it to the vehicle. Never turn the xenon headlamp ON in other conditions. Connect the power supply to the vehicle-side connector. (Turning it ON outside the lamp case may cause fire or visual impairments.) • Never touch the bulb glass immediately after turning it OFF. It is extremely hot. CAUTION: Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction. • Install the xenon bulb securely. (Insufficient bulb socket installation may melt the bulb, the connector, the housing, etc. by high-voltage leakage or corona discharge.) • Never perform HID circuit inspection with a tester. • Never touch the xenon bulb glass with hands. Never put oil and grease on it. • Dispose of the used xenon bulb after packing it in thick vinyl without breaking it. • Never wipe out dirt and contamination with organic solvent (thinner, gasoline, etc.). Revision: 2008 August EC-483 2009 Rogue M N O P PRECAUTIONS [FOR CALIFORNIA] < PRECAUTION > On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000004493689 The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: • Always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to illuminate. • Always connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) • Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-82, "Description". • Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit. • Always connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc. • Always erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. General Precautions INFOID:0000000004493690 • Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. • Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is running. • Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned OFF. • Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect negative battery cable. SEF289H • Never disassemble ECM. • If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the ECM value. The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts because of a slight variation. • If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related diagnostic information will be cleared within 24 hours. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values • When connecting ECM harness connector (1), fasten (B) it securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure. 2. ECM A. Loosen PBIA9222J PBIB2947E Revision: 2008 August EC-484 2009 Rogue PRECAUTIONS [FOR CALIFORNIA] < PRECAUTION > • When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM, never damage pin terminals (berds or breaks). Check that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors. • Securely connect ECM harness connectors. A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs. • Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc. • Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. • Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference Value inspection and check that ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-439, "Reference Value". • Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. • Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. • Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator. • Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents. • Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), crankshaft position sensor (POS). A EC C PBIB0090E D E F G MEF040D H • After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE if the repair is completed. The Component Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed. I J K SEF217U L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-485 2009 Rogue PRECAUTIONS < PRECAUTION > • When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow the two tester probes to contact. Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor. • Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. • Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque. [FOR CALIFORNIA] SEF348N • Never depress accelerator pedal when starting. • Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily. • Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown. SEF709Y • When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, always observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location. - Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units. - Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the harness of electronic controls. Never let them run parallel for a long distance. - Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave ratio can be kept smaller. - Always ground the radio to vehicle body. Revision: 2008 August EC-486 SEF708Y 2009 Rogue PREPARATION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < PREPARATION > PREPARATION A PREPARATION Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000004493691 NOTE: The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name EC C Description D Checks fuel pressure (J-44321) Fuel pressure gauge kit E F LEC642 Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000004493692 Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Description Leak detector i.e.: (J-41416) G H Locates the EVAP leak I J S-NT703 Applies positive pressure through EVAP service port EVAP service port adapter i.e.: (J-41413-OBD) K L M S-NT704 Fuel filler cap adapter i.e.: (MLR-8382) Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure N O S-NT815 Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature sensor S-NT705 Revision: 2008 August EC-487 2009 Rogue P PREPARATION [FOR CALIFORNIA] < PREPARATION > Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Description Reconditions the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with antiseize lubricant shown below. a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor Oxygen sensor thread cleaner i.e.: (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12) AEM488 Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads. i.e.: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) S-NT779 Revision: 2008 August EC-488 2009 Rogue FUEL PRESSURE [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE A FUEL PRESSURE Inspection INFOID:0000000004493693 EC FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE C With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. D E With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system. F G FUEL PRESSURE CHECK CAUTION: Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. NOTE: • Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure cannot be completely released because S35 models do not have fuel return system. • Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit [SST (J-44321)] to check fuel pressure. 1. Release fuel pressure to zero. 2. Install fuel pressure gauge adapter [SST (J-44321-6)] (B) with fuel pressure gauge (A). • Fuel feed hose (1) 3. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage. 4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. 5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge. H I J K L At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) 6. If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. If OK, Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. If NG, Repair or replace. M JMBIA0930ZZ N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-489 2009 Rogue EVAP LEAK CHECK [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > EVAP LEAK CHECK Inspection INFOID:0000000004493694 CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system. NOTE: • Do not start engine. • Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) to the EVAP service port may cause a leak. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service port. Turn ignition switch ON. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) and hose with pressure pump. Locate the leak using a leak detector (commercial service tool). Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". SEF462UA SEF200U WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service port. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi). Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) and hose with pressure pump. SEF462UA Revision: 2008 August EC-490 2009 Rogue EVAP LEAK CHECK < ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > 5. Locate the leak using a leak detector (commercial service tool). Refer to EC-72, "System Diagram". [FOR CALIFORNIA] A EC C SEF200U D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-491 2009 Rogue EVAP CANISTER [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > ON-VEHICLE REPAIR EVAP CANISTER Exploded View INFOID:0000000004493695 PBIB1383E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004493696 REMOVAL 1. Lift up the vehicle. 2. Remove EVAP canister fixing bolt. 3. Remove EVAP canister. NOTE: The EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP canister system pressure sensor can be removed without removing the EVAP canister. INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Tighten EVAP canister fixing bolt to the specified torque. DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve. PBIB1384E ASSEMBLY Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. CAUTION: Always replace O-ring with a new one. Revision: 2008 August EC-492 2009 Rogue EVAP CANISTER [FOR CALIFORNIA] < ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > Inspection INFOID:0000000004493697 A Check EVAP canister as follows: 1. Block port (B). 2. Blow air into port (A) and check that it flows freely out of port (C). 3. Release blocked port (B). 4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and check that vacuum pressure exists at the ports (A) and (C). 5. Block port (A) and (B). 6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage. EC C D JMBIA0961ZZ E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-493 2009 Rogue SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [FOR CALIFORNIA] < SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Idle Speed INFOID:0000000004493698 Transmission CVT Condition Specification 700 ± 50 rpm No load* (in P or N position) *: Under the following conditions • A/C switch: OFF • Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) • Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000004493699 Transmission CVT Condition Specification 15 ± 5° BTDC No load* (in P or N position) *: Under the following conditions • A/C switch: OFF • Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) • Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000004672486 Condition Specification (Using CONSULT-III or GST) At idle 10 – 35 % At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35 % Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000004672487 Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V) Output voltage at idle 0.8 – 1.2V* 1.0 – 4.0 g·m/sec at idle* 4.0 – 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm* Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST) *: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load. Revision: 2008 August EC-494 2009 Rogue DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > BASIC INSPECTION A DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW Work Flow INFOID:0000000004529408 EC OVERALL SEQUENCE C D E F G H I J K L M N O P JMBIA1416GB DETAILED FLOW Revision: 2008 August EC-495 2009 Rogue DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > 1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-498, "Diagnostic Work Sheet".) >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK DTC 1. 2. - Check DTC. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed. Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.) Erase DTC. (Refer to “” in EC-563, "Diagnosis Description".) Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer. (Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-912, "Symptom Table".) 3. Check related service bulletins for information. Are any symptoms described and is any DTCs detected? Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5. 3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-916, "Description" and EC897, "Fail Safe". Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. >> GO TO 5. 4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-916, "Description" and EC897, "Fail Safe". Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. >> GO TO 6. 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected again. If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-899, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble diagnosis order. NOTE: • Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected. • Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this check. If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". 6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION Perform EC-499, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Do you have CONSULT-III? Revision: 2008 August EC-496 2009 Rogue DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 9. A 7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE With CONSULT-III EC Check that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value using CONSULT-III in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-587, "Component Function Check". C Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. D DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE 8. Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-588, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9. E 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE F Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-912, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms. G >> GO TO 10. 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE H Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. NOTE: The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to “Circuit Inspection” in GI44, "Circuit Inspection". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check the voltage of related ECM terminals using CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-875, "Reference Value". 11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. 3. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. (Refer to “” in EC-563, "Diagnosis Description".) I J K L M >> GO TO 12. 12.FINAL CHECK When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check again, and then check that the malfunction have been completely repaired. When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the symptom is not detected. Is DTC detected and does symptom remain? YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6. NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, check to always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to “” in EC-563, "Diagnosis Description".) If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific DRIVING PATTERN in EC-903, "How to Set SRT Code". Revision: 2008 August EC-497 2009 Rogue N O P DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000004529409 DESCRIPTION There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like WORKSHEET SAMPLE below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink, and DTC to be detected. Examples: • Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. • Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. SEF907L WORKSHEET SAMPLE MTBL0017 Revision: 2008 August EC-498 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT A BASIC INSPECTION BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004529410 EC 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. 3. 4. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for scheduled maintenance. Open engine hood and check the following: Harness connectors for improper connections Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections Hoses and ducts for leakage Air cleaner clogging Gasket Check that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. Headlamp switch is OFF. Air conditioner switch is OFF. Rear window defogger switch is OFF. SEF983U Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge. Check that engine stays below 1,000 rpm. C D E F G H I SEF976U Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load. 6. Check that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST. Are any DTCs detected? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. J 5. K L M SEF977U 2.REPAIR OR REPLACE N Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnosis Procedure. O >> GO TO 3 3.CHECK IDLE SPEED 1. P Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load. Revision: 2008 August EC-499 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for approximately 1 minute. 3. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-503, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-928, "Idle Speed". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 4. PBIA8513J 4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING 1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-504, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 5. 5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Perform EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 6. 6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Perform EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. 7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN 1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-503, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-928, "Idle Speed". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 8. 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the Following. • Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-707, "DTC Logic". • Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-703, "DTC Logic". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4. 9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION 1. 2. Substitute another with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, although this is rare.) NOTE: Use the specified bolts described in parts information certainly when installing the ECM, or violates the Canada law. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-502, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 4. Revision: 2008 August EC-500 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > 10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING A 1. 2. Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light. For procedure, refer to EC-503, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-928, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> GO TO 11. EC C 11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING 1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-504, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". D E >> GO TO 12. 12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Perform EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 13. F G 13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Perform EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. H I 14.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN 1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-503, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-928, "Idle Speed". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 17. J K 15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN L 1. 2. Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light. For procedure, refer to EC-503, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-928, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> GO TO 16. M N 16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION O Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-70, "Removal and Installation". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4. P 17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-707, "DTC Logic". • Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-703, "DTC Logic". Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-501 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > YES >> GO TO 18. NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4. 18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION 1. 2. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, although this is rare.) NOTE: Use the specified bolts described in parts information certainly when installing the ECM, or violates the Canada law. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-502, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 4. 19.INSPECTION END If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, go to EC-502, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description INFOID:0000000004529411 When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004529412 1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS Refer to SEC-9, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (With Intelligent key system), SEC-154, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement" (Without Intelligent key system). >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION Refer to EC-504, "VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-504, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 5. 5.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-502 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > IDLE SPEED A IDLE SPEED : Description INFOID:0000000004529413 This describes how to check the idle speed. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “BASIC EC INSPECTION”. IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004529414 C 1.CHECK IDLE SPEED With CONSULT-III Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. With GST Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST. D E >> INSPECTION END IGNITION TIMING F IGNITION TIMING : Description INFOID:0000000004529415 This describes how to check the ignition timing. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “BASIC INSPECTION”. IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004529416 H 1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING 1. - G Attach timing light (A) to No. 1 ignition coil wire as shown. : Vehicle front I J K JMBIA0928ZZ 2. - L Check ignition timing. Timing indicator (1) M >> INSPECTION END N O ALBIA0048ZZ VIN REGISTRATION P VIN REGISTRATION : Description INFOID:0000000004529417 VIN Registration is an operation to register VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. NOTE: Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M). Revision: 2008 August EC-503 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004529418 1.CHECK VIN Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-22, "Information About Identification or Model Code". >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON with engine stopped. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT-III display. >> END ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000004529419 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004529420 1.START 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. >> END THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000004529421 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected. THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004529422 1.START 1. 2. 3. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound. >> END IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000004529423 Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed within the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions: Revision: 2008 August EC-504 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > • Each time the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced. • Idle speed or ignition timing is out of the specification. IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004529424 1.PRECONDITIONING EC Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied. Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. • Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle) • Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F) • PNP switch: ON • Electric load switch: OFF (Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger) On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the headlamp will not illuminate. • Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) • Vehicle speed: Stopped • Transmission: Warmed-up - With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TENP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “CVT” system indicates less than 0.9V. - Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING C D E F G H With CONSULT-III Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-504, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. 5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds. Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 5. 1. 3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING I J K L Without CONSULT-III NOTE: • It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. • It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. 1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-504, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking and turned ON. 8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turns ON. 9. Start engine and let it idle. Revision: 2008 August A EC-505 2009 Rogue M N O P INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > 10. Wait 20 seconds. SEC897C >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING Rev up the engine two or three times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. For procedure, refer to EC-928, "Idle Speed" and EC-928, "Ignition Timing". For specifications, refer to EC-928, "Idle Speed" and EC-928, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following • Check that throttle valve is fully closed. • Check PCV valve operation. • Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident. It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-587, "Description". If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning again: • Engine stalls. • Incorrect idle. >> INSPECTION END MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description INFOID:0000000004529425 This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “Diagnosis Procedure”. MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004529426 1.START With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”. With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 1. 2. 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-506 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. A 4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST. Check DTC P0102 is detected. EC 7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102. >> END C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-507 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM System Diagram INFOID:0000000004529427 JMBIA0934GB Revision: 2008 August EC-508 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > System Description INFOID:0000000004529428 A ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control. Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004529429 EC C D E F G H I J JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve K L M N O P JMBIA0917ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-509 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-510 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0922ZZ D 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve E F G H I JMBIA0502GB J K L JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-511 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0923ZZ 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch Revision: 2008 August EC-512 3. SET/COAST switch 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0926ZZ D 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front E Component Description INFOID:0000000004529430 F Component Reference A/F sensor 1 EC-645, "Description" A/F sensor 1 heater EC-606, "Description" Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-825, "Description" ASCD brake switch EC-804, "Description" ASCD steering switch EC-801, "Description" ASCD vehicle speed sensor EC-809, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-707, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-703, "Description" Cooling fan motor EC-542, "System Description" Electric throttle control actuator EC-823, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-632, "Description" EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-727, "Description" EVAP canister vent control valve EC-734, "Description" EVAP control system pressure sensor EC-742, "Description" Fuel injector EC-855, "Description" Fuel level sensor EC-768, "Description" Fuel pump EC-858, "Description" Fuel tank temperature sensor EC-687, "Description" Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-660, "Description" Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EC-609, "Description" Ignition signal EC-861, "Description" Intake air temperature sensor EC-627, "Description" Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-557, "System Description" Knock sensor EC-701, "Description" Mass air flow sensor EC-615, "Description" Park/neutral position switch EC-786, "Description" PCV valve EC-872, "Description" Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-873, "Description" Stop lamp switch EC-813, "Description" Throttle control motor EC-821, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-513 G H I J K L M N O P 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Reference Throttle control motor relay EC-815, "Description" Throttle position sensor EC-635, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-514 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM A System Diagram INFOID:0000000004529431 EC C D E F G H JMBIA1014GB System Description INFOID:0000000004529432 J INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*3 Piston position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Battery Battery voltage*3 Knock sensor Engine knocking condition Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas EPS control unit Power steering operation*2 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ABS operation command*2 Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 BCM Air conditioner operation*2 ECM function Actuator M Fuel injection & mixture ratio control N Fuel injector O P *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. EC-515 K L *1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. Revision: 2008 August I 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > *3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor. VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below. • • • • • • During warm-up When starting the engine During acceleration Hot-engine operation When selector lever is changed from N to D High-load, high-speed operation • During deceleration • During high engine speed operation MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL) PBIB2793E The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to EC-645, "DTC Logic". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture). This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sensor 2. • Open Loop Control The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. - Deceleration and acceleration - High-load, high-speed operation - Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit - Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature - High engine coolant temperature - During warm-up - After shifting from N to D - When starting the engine MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally Revision: 2008 August EC-516 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. A Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between the two ratios. EC “Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim includes short-term fuel trim and long-term fuel trim. “Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the- C oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean. “Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation D of the short-term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment. FUEL INJECTION TIMING E F G SEF337W Two types of systems are used. • Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is running. • Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM. The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. FUEL SHUT-OFF H I J K Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds. L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-517 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004533667 JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-518 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0918ZZ D 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front E F G H JMBIA0919ZZ 1. 4. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front I J K L M JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-519 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0922ZZ 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-520 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0923ZZ D 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister E Vehicle front F G H JMBIA0927ZZ I 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front J K L JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. M Accelerator pedal position sensor N O P JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch Revision: 2008 August EC-521 3. SET/COAST switch 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004529434 Component Reference A/F sensor 1 EC-645, "Description" Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-825, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-707, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-703, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-632, "Description" Fuel injector EC-855, "Description" Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-609, "Description" Intake air temperature sensor EC-627, "Description" Knock sensor EC-701, "Description" Mass air flow sensor EC-615, "Description" Park/neutral position switch EC-786, "Description" Throttle position sensor EC-635, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-522 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM A System Diagram INFOID:0000000004529435 EC C D E F JMBIA0174GB G System Description INFOID:0000000004529436 H INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 Piston position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Battery Battery voltage*2 Knock sensor Engine knocking Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Combination meter Vehicle speed*1 ECM function Actuator I J Ignition timing control Ignition coil (with power transistor) K L M *1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2 The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor. During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM. • At starting • During warm-up • At idle • At low battery voltage • During acceleration The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not Revision: 2008 August EC-523 2009 Rogue N O P ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004533668 JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-524 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) A Vehicle front EC C D JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. E Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front F G H I JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector J K Vehicle front L M N JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August O EC-525 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0922ZZ 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-526 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0923ZZ D 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister E Vehicle front F G H JMBIA0927ZZ I 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front J K L JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. M Accelerator pedal position sensor N O P JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch Revision: 2008 August EC-527 3. SET/COAST switch 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004529438 Component Reference Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-825, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-707, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-703, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-632, "Description" Ignition signal EC-861, "Description" Knock sensor EC-701, "Description" Mass air flow sensor EC-615, "Description" Park/neutral position switch EC-786, "Description" Throttle position sensor EC-635, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-528 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL A System Diagram INFOID:0000000004529439 EC C D E F G H JMBIA1015GB System Description INFOID:0000000004529440 J INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Input signal to ECM Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*2 Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure EPS control unit Power steering operation*1 Combination meter Vehicle speed*1 BCM I Air conditioner ON ECM function Actuator K L Air conditioner cut control IPDM E/R ↓ Air conditioner relay ↓ Compressor M N signal*1 *1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. O *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. • When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. • When cranking the engine. • At high engine speeds. • When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. • When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. • When engine speed is excessively low. Revision: 2008 August EC-529 P 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004533673 JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-530 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0918ZZ D 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front E F G H JMBIA0919ZZ 1. 4. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front I J K L M JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-531 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0922ZZ 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-532 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0923ZZ D 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister E Vehicle front F G H JMBIA0927ZZ I 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front J K L JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. M Accelerator pedal position sensor N O P JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch Revision: 2008 August EC-533 3. SET/COAST switch 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004529442 Component Reference Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-825, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-707, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-703, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-632, "Description" Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-873, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-534 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) System Diagram A INFOID:0000000004529443 EC C D E JMBIA0935GB System Description F INFOID:0000000004529444 G INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Input signal to ECM ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Combination meter Vehicle speed* TCM Powertrain revolution* ECM function Actuator H I ASCD vehicle speed control Electric throttle control actuator J *: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line K BASIC ASCD SYSTEM Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions. Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/ h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH). ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed. Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE lamp and SET lamp on combination meter. If any malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control. NOTE: Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. L M N SET OPERATION Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE lamp on combination meter illuminates.) When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 38 km/h (24 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET lamp on combination meter illuminates.) O ACCELERATE OPERATION If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed. CANCEL OPERATION When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled. • CANCEL switch is pressed • More than 2 switches on ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared) • Brake pedal is depressed Revision: 2008 August EC-535 2009 Rogue P AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R • Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed • TCS system is operated When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform the driver by blinking indicator lamp. • Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may blink slowly. When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/ ACCELERATE switch. • Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly. If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle speed memory will be erased. COAST OPERATION When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed. RESUME OPERATION When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after canceling operation other than pressing the MAIN switch, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet following conditions. • Brake pedal is released • Selector lever is in a position other than P and N • Vehicle speed is greater than 38 km/h (24 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH) Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004533674 JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Revision: 2008 August EC-536 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 A 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve EC C D E JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. F Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front G H I J JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. K Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front L M N JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-537 2009 Rogue O P AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front JMBIA0922ZZ 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-538 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector A EC Vehicle front C D E JMBIA0923ZZ F 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister G Vehicle front H I J JMBIA0927ZZ K 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front L M N JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. O Accelerator pedal position sensor P Revision: 2008 August EC-539 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004529446 Component Reference ASCD steering switch EC-801, "Description" ASCD clutch switch EC-804, "Description" ASCD brake switch EC-804, "Description" Stop lamp switch EC-813, "Description" Electric throttle control actuator EC-823, "Description" ASCD indicator EC-846, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-540 2009 Rogue CAN COMMUNICATION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > CAN COMMUNICATION A System Description INFOID:0000000004529447 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. Refer to LAN-24, "CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN communication for detail.. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-541 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > COOLING FAN CONTROL System Diagram INFOID:0000000004529448 JMBIA0177GB System Description INFOID:0000000004529449 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Input signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure Battery Battery voltage*1 Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 BCM Air conditioner ON signal*2 ECM function Cooling fan control Actuator IPDM E/R ↓ Cooling fan relay ↓ Cooling fan motor *1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to ECM via the CAN communication line. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. Revision: 2008 August EC-542 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Cooling Fan Operation A EC C D E F G H I JMBIA0936GB Cooling Fan Relay Operation The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line. Cooling fan speed J Cooling fan relay 1 2 3 4 5 Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Low (LOW) OFF OFF OFF ON OFF High (HI) ON ON ON OFF ON K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-543 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004533675 JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-544 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0918ZZ D 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front E F G H JMBIA0919ZZ 1. 4. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front I J K L M JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-545 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0922ZZ 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-546 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0923ZZ D 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister E Vehicle front F G H JMBIA0927ZZ I 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front J K L JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. M Accelerator pedal position sensor N O P JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch Revision: 2008 August EC-547 3. SET/COAST switch 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004529451 Component Reference Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-707, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-703, "Description" Cooling fan motor EC-542, "System Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-632, "Description" Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-873, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-548 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM System Diagram A INFOID:0000000004529452 EC C D E F PBIB1631E G EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING H I J K L M N O P JMBIA0909ZZ 1. EVAP service port A. From next figure Revision: 2008 August 2. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-549 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0908ZZ 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 2. EVAP canister vent control valve A. To previous figure To/From B in this figure B. 3. EVAP canister NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses. System Description INFOID:0000000004529453 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Revision: 2008 August EC-550 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Sensor Input signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1 Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*1 Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank EVAP control system pressure sensor Pressure in purge line Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 ECM function Actuator A EC C EVAP canister purge flow control EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve D E *1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. F *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank. The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating. G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-551 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004533676 JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-552 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0918ZZ D 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front E F G H JMBIA0919ZZ 1. 4. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front I J K L M JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-553 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0922ZZ 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-554 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0923ZZ D 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister E Vehicle front F G H JMBIA0927ZZ I 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front J K L JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. M Accelerator pedal position sensor N O P JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch Revision: 2008 August EC-555 3. SET/COAST switch 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004529455 Component Reference A/F sensor 1 EC-645, "Description" Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-825, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-707, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-703, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-632, "Description" EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-727, "Description" EVAP control system pressure sensor EC-742, "Description" Fuel tank temperature sensor EC-687, "Description" Mass air flow sensor EC-615, "Description" Throttle position sensor EC-635, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-556 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL A System Diagram INFOID:0000000004529456 EC C D E F JMBIA0060GB G System Description INFOID:0000000004529457 H INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator I Engine speed and piston position Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Combination meter Vehicle speed* Intake valve timing control Intake valve timing control solenoid valve J *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line K SYSTEM DESCRIPTION This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range. L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-557 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004533677 JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-558 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0918ZZ D 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front E F G H JMBIA0919ZZ 1. 4. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front I J K L M JMBIA0921ZZ 1. Fuel injector 4. EVAP service port 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-559 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0922ZZ 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-560 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0923ZZ D 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. Body ground 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister E Vehicle front F G H JMBIA0927ZZ I 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front J K L JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. M Accelerator pedal position sensor N O P JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch Revision: 2008 August EC-561 3. SET/COAST switch 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004529459 Component Reference Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-707, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-703, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-632, "Description" Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-557, "System Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-562 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM A Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000004529460 INTRODUCTION EC The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: C Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic service Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of SAE J1979 Freeze Frame data Service $02 of SAE J1979 System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of SAE J1979 1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of SAE J1979 D E 1st Trip Freeze Frame data Test values and Test limits Service $06 of SAE J1979 Calibration ID Service $09 of SAE J1979 F The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below. ×: Applicable —: Not applicable G DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data 1st trip Freeze Frame data SRT code SRT status Test value CONSULT-III × × × × × × — GST × × × — × × × ECM × ×* — — — × — *: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other. The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel illuminates when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-897, "Fail Safe".) H I J TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip> If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. K L ×: Applicable —: Not applicable MIL Items DTC 1st trip 2nd trip Blinking illuminate Blinking illuminate 1st trip displaying Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is being detected × — — — — Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is being detected — Revision: 2008 August 1st trip DTC 2nd trip displaying 1st trip displaying M 2nd trip displaying N — × — O — × EC-563 — — × — — 2009 Rogue P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > MIL Items DTC 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip DTC Blinking illuminate Blinking illuminate 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying One trip detection diagnoses (Refer to EC-900, "DTC Index".) — × — — × — — — Except above — — — × — × × — DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA DTC and 1st Trip DTC The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is saved and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or illuminate the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC”. For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-900, "DTC Index". These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III. 1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illuminating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests. When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-495, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires repair. Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected. Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data. The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data. Priority 1 Items Freeze frame data 2 3 Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304 Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172 Except the above items (Includes CVT related items) 1st trip freeze frame data For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is Revision: 2008 August EC-564 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze A frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory. Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memEC ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC”. How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC With CONSULT-III With GST CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc. These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012. (CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) No Tools The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc. These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN. • 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. • Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST and the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if available) is recommended. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0]. If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t]. How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC With CONSULT-III NOTE: • If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. • If the DTC is not for CVT related items (see EC-900, "DTC Index"), skip step 1. 1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-42, "Diagnosis Description". 2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. 3. Select “SELFDIAGNOSTIC RESULT”. 4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.) With GST NOTE: • If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool). No Tools NOTE: • If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results). • If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be cleared within 24 hours. • The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures. SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979. Revision: 2008 August EC-565 2009 Rogue C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains “CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items. NOTE: The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours. If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the vehicle is returned to the customer untested. NOTE: If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection. SRT Item The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. SRT item (CONSULT-III indication) Performance Priority* Corresponding DTC No. Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420 EVAP SYSTEM 2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 1 EVAP control system P0442 HO2S 2 EVAP control system P0456 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139 *: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE), one by one based on the priority for models with CONSULT-III. SRT Set Timing SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and is shown in the table below. Example Self-diagnosis result All OK Case 1 Case 2 Revision: 2008 August Diagnosis ← ON → OFF Ignition cycle ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2) P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1) P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” EC-566 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — — P0402 — — — — P1402 NG — NG NG (Consecutive NG) (1st trip) DTC 1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC DTC (= MIL ON) SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” A EC C OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG. D —: Self-diagnosis is not carried out. When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1) for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following reasons: • The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. • The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. • During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from the ECM after repair. • If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”. NOTE: SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”. G SRT Service Procedure If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page. J E F H I K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-567 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA1574GB How to Display SRT Status WITH CONSULT-III Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. For items whose SRT codes are set “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed. NOTE: Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item. WITH GST Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool) NO TOOLS A SRT code itself cannot be displayed, however SRT status can. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds. 2. SRT status is indicated as shown below. • When all SRT codes are set, MIL illuminates continuously. Revision: 2008 August EC-568 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will flash periodically for 10 seconds. A EC C D E F JMBIA1515GB MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) Description The MIL is located on the instrument panel. 1. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. If the MIL does not illuminate, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC866, "Component Function Check". 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. G H I J SEF217U On Board Diagnostic System Function The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions. K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-569 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Diagnostic Test Mode KEY and ENG. Status Function Explanation of Function Mode I Ignition switch in ON position BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.). If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. Engine running MALFUNCTION WARNING When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will illuminate to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected. The following malfunctions will illuminate or blink the MIL in the 1st trip. • Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) • One trip detection diagnoses Ignition switch in ON position SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read. Engine stopped Mode II Engine stopped Diagnostic Test Mode I — Bulb Check In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-866, "Component Function Check". Diagnostic Test Mode I — Malfunction Warning MIL Condition ON When the malfunction is detected. OFF No malfunction. This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) Diagnostic Test Mode II — Self-diagnostic Results In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. Revision: 2008 August EC-570 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I JMBIA1140GB A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes as per the following. Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-seconds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF. In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-900, "DTC Index") How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode NOTE: • It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. • It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. • Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after the ignition switch is turned OFF. HOW TO SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) 1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for depressed approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts blinking. NOTE: Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. 10 seconds. This blinking is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds. 4. Fully release the accelerator pedal. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Revision: 2008 August EC-571 2009 Rogue J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs certainly. PBIB0092E HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) 1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to “How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”. 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds. The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM. 3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. • If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours. • Do not erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses. OBD System Operation Chart Relationship Between MIL, 1st Trip DTC, DTC and Detectable Items • When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. • When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. • The MIL will turn off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. A is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, the counter will reset. • The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. • The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip. Summary Chart Items MIL (turns off) DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 1st Trip DTC (clear) 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) Fuel Injection System Misfire Other 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B) For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”. For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”. *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip. Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire ”, “Fuel Injection System” Revision: 2008 August EC-572 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L JMBIA1417GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the 3 times (pattern B) without any malDTC and the freeze frame data will be functions. stored in ECM. *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip *4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for freeze frame data will be cleared at the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the will not be displayed any longer after the moment OK is detected. 1st trip freeze frame data will be vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) stored in ECM. without the same malfunction. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven once (pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM. EC-573 N O P Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire ”, “Fuel Injection System” Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as per the following. All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. Revision: 2008 August M 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. • The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction. • The MIL will turn off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”) Driving pattern C means oprating vehicle as per the following: The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time: Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ± 375 rpm Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) × (1 ±0.1) [%] Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: • When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F). • When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F). Example: If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following: Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F) To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions: Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C (158°F) • The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above. • The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above are satisfied without the same malfunction. • The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. • The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM. Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire ”, “Fuel Injection System” Revision: 2008 August EC-574 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L JMBIA1418GB M N *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the times (pattern B) without any malDTC and the freeze frame data will be functions. stored in ECM. O P Revision: 2008 August EC-575 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without will not be displayed any longer after 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction. vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) stored in ECM. without the same malfunction. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire ”, “Fuel Injection System” JMBIA1920GB • The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4). • The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. • The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40. Driving pattern B means operating vehicle as per the following: All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. • The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. • The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions. • The MIL will turn off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART). CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000004529461 FUNCTION Diagnostic test mode Function Work Support This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-III screen. Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.* Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. Active Test Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/results can be confirmed. Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle requires periodic maintenance. ECU Part Number ECM part number can be read. *: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. • Diagnostic trouble codes • 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes • Freeze frame data Revision: 2008 August EC-576 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • 1st trip freeze frame data A • System readiness test (SRT) codes • Test values ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION EC Direct Diagnostic Mode DTC & SRT Confirmation Self Diagnostic Result INPUT ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS Item Work Support Data Monitor Active Test DTC WORK SUPPORT DTC*1 FREEZE FRAME DATA*2 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × × Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × × Mass air flow sensor × Engine coolant temperature sensor × Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 × × × × Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × × × Vehicle speed signal × Accelerator pedal position sensor × Throttle position sensor × Fuel tank temperature sensor × × EVAP control system pressure sensor × × Intake air temperature sensor × Knock sensor × SRT STATUS C D E × × × × × × F G × × × × H × × Refrigerant pressure sensor × Closed throttle position switch (accelerator pedal position sensor signal) × Air conditioner switch × Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × Stop lamp switch × × Battery voltage × Load signal × Primary speed sensor × × Fuel level sensor × × ASCD steering switch × × ASCD brake switch × × I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-577 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Direct Diagnostic Mode DTC & SRT Confirmation Self Diagnostic Result OUTPUT ENGINE COTNROL COMPONENT PARTS Item Data Monitor Active Test Fuel injector × × Power transistor (Ignition timing) × × Work Support DTC*1 Throttle control motor relay × Throttle control motor × EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve × FREEZE FRAME DATA*2 SRT STATUS DTC WORK SUPPORT × × × × × Air conditioner relay × Fuel pump relay × × × Cooling fan relay × × Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater × × ×*3 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × × ×*3 × × × × × × EVAP canister vent control valve Intake valve timing control solenoid valve × × Calculated load value × X: Applicable *1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs. *2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-III screen in freeze frame data mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-563, "Diagnosis Description". *3: Always “CMPLT” is displayed. WORK SUPPORT MODE Work Item WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING IDLING. CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS. When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM. When learning the idle air volume SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT. When clearing mixture ratio selflearning value Revision: 2008 August EC-578 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS. • IGN SW ON • ENGINE NOT RUNNING • AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F). • NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM • FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F). • WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” • WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULTIII WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTION. NOTE: WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DISPLAY “BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”, EVEN IN WHEN USING A CHARGED BATTERY. When detecting EVAP vapor leak in the EVAP system VIN REGISTRATION • IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM. When registering VIN in ECM TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition timing EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE A EC C D E F G *: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure. H SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE Self Diagnostic Item Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-900, "DTC Index".) I Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data J Freeze frame data item* Description DIAG TROUBLE CODE [PXXXX] • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code that is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC-900, "DTC Index".) FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • One of the following mode is displayed. Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than short-term fuel trim. S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule. ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. Revision: 2008 August EC-579 K L M N O P 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Freeze frame data item* Description FUEL SYS-B2 L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] • There items are displayed but are not applicable to this model. INT MANI PRES [kPa] COMBUST CONDITION *: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data. DATA MONITOR MODE Monitored Item Monitored item Unit ENG SPEED rpm Description Remarks • Indicates the engine speed computed from the signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). • Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed drops below the idle rpm. • If the signal is interrupted while the engine is running, an abnormal value may be indicated. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • When engine is running, specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. MAS A/F SE-B1 V • The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed. B/FUEL SCHDL msec • “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on board correction. • When engine is running, specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. % • The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • When engine is running, specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. • This data also includes the data for the air-fuel ratio learning control. °C or °F • The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. • When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed. A/F SEN1 (B1) V • The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed. HO2S2 (B1) V • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed. HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small. LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large. VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from combination meter is displayed. A/F ALPHA-B1 COOLAN TEMP/S BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed. V • The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is displayed. • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. V • The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed. • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. °C or °F • The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is displayed. ACCEL SEN 1 ACCEL SEN 2 TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1 FUEL T/TMP SE Revision: 2008 August • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. EC-580 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Monitored item Unit Description °C or °F • The intake air temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicated. EVAP SYS PRES V • The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed. FUEL LEVEL SE V • The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is displayed. START SIGNAL ON/OFF • Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. ON/OFF • Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal. AIR COND SIG ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal. P/N POSI SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal. PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF • [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system (determined by the signal sent from EPS control unit) is indicated. ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal. ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position. OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting switch are OFF. INT/A TEMP SE CLSD THL POS LOAD SIGNAL Remarks A EC C • After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal. E F G H I IGNITION SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch signal. HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch signal. BRAKE SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch signal. msec • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals. • When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated. BTDC • Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM according to the input signals. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. INJ PULSE-B1 IGN TIMING D J K L % • “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the current air flow divided by peak air flow. g·m/s • Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM according to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor. PURG VOL C/V % • Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. • The opening becomes larger as the value increases. O INT/V TIM (B1) °CA • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance angle. P CAL/LD VALUE MASS AIRFLOW INT/V SOL(B1) Revision: 2008 August % M N • The control value of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. • The advance angle becomes larger as the value increases. EC-581 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Monitored item Unit Description AIR COND RLY ON/OFF • The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF • Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to the input signals. VENT CONT/V ON/OFF • The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. ON: Closed OFF: Open THRTL RELAY ON/OFF • Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condition determined by the ECM according to the input signals. HI/LOW/OFF • Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (determined by ECM according to the input signals). HI: High speed operation LOW: Low speed operation OFF: Stop ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to the input signals. COOLING FAN HO2S2 HTR (B1) rpm • Indicates the engine speed computed from the turbine revolution sensor signal. km/h or mph • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed. YET/CMPLT • Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learning YET: Idle air volume learning has not been performed yet. CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already been performed successfully. I/P PULLY SPD VEHICLE SPEED IDL A/V LEARN TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile • Distance traveled while MIL is activated. A/F S1 HTR(B1) % • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value computed by ECM according to the input signals. • The current flow to the heater becomes larger as the value increases. AC PRESS SEN V • The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed. VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from combination meter is displayed. SET VHCL SPD km/h or mph • The preset vehicle speed is displayed. MAIN SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal. CANCEL SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal. RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCELERATE switch signal. SET SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST switch signal. BRAKE SW1 ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch signal. BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch signal. Revision: 2008 August Remarks EC-582 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Monitored item Unit Description NON/CUT • Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off. NON/CUT • Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low, and ASCD operation is cut off. AT OD MONITOR ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D according to the input signal from the TCM. AT OD CANCEL ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D cancel request signal. CRUISE LAMP ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. SET LAMP ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. — • Indicates the correction of factor stored in ECM. The factor is calculated from the difference between the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air-fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 signal. VHCL SPD CUT LO SPEED CUT A/F ADJ-B1 Remarks A EC C D E F G H NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. I ACTIVE TEST MODE Test Item J TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT FUEL INJECTION • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. IGNITION TIMING • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Timing light: Set • Retard the ignition timing using CONSULT-III. POWER BALANCE • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine. • A/C switch OFF • Selector lever: P or N • Cut off each fuel injector signal one at a time using CONSULT-III. COOLING FAN* • Ignition switch: ON • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” and “OFF” using CONSULT-III. ENG COOLANT TEMP • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-III. Revision: 2008 August CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) • Harness and connectors • Fuel injector • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 K L If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. M Engine runs rough or stops. • • • • • • Cooling fan moves and stops. • Harness and connectors • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay) • Cooling fan motor If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Engine coolant temperature sensor • Fuel injector EC-583 Harness and connectors Compression Fuel injector Power transistor Spark plug Ignition coil 2009 Rogue N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) FUEL PUMP RELAY • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” using CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound. • Harness and connectors • Fuel pump relay PURG VOL CONT/V • Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm. • Change the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve opening percent using CONSULT-III. Engine speed changes according to the opening percent. • Harness and connectors • Solenoid valve FUEL/T TEMP SEN • Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III. VENT CONTROL/V • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Turn solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” using CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Solenoid valve makes an operating sound. • Harness and connectors • Solenoid valve V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change intake valve timing using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve *: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat. DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE SRT STATUS Mode For details, refer to EC-563, "Diagnosis Description". SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status. DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. P0442 EC-721 P0455 EC-755 EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456* P0456 EC-761 PURG VOL CN/V P1444 P0443 EC-727 PURG FLOW P0441 P0441 EC-716 A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-655 A/F SEN1(B1) P1276 P0130 EC-645 HO2S2(B1) P1146 P0138 EC-666 HO2S2(B1) P1147 P0137 EC-660 HO2S2(B1) P0139 P0139 EC-673 EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442* EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM A/F SEN1 HO2S2 Reference page *: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to S35 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens. Diagnosis Tool Function INFOID:0000000004529462 DESCRIPTION Revision: 2008 August EC-584 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Generic Scan Tool (OBD II scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has several functions explained below. ISO 15765-4 is used as the protocol. The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service manual. A EC C SEF139P D FUNCTION Diagnostic Service Function Service $01 READINESS TESTS This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value that were stored by ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-563, "Diagnosis Description". Service $03 DTCs This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored by ECM. CLEAR DIAG INFO This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes: • Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01) • Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03) • Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01) • Clear freeze frame data (Service $02) • Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01) • Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07) Service $04 E F G H I Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored. (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emissionrelated powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions. J Service $07 This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped). When this diagnostic service is performed, EVAP canister vent control valve can be closed. In the following conditions, this diagnostic service cannot function. • Low ambient temperature • Low battery voltage • Engine running • Ignition switch OFF • Low fuel temperature • Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system K Service $08 Service $09 — (CALIBRATION ID) This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs. L M N INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Connect “GST” to data link connector (1), which is located under LH dash panel. Turn ignition switch ON. O P JMBIA1073ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-585 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual. (*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are shown.) SEF398S 5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service procedure. For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the tool maker. SEF416S Revision: 2008 August EC-586 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS A TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE Description INFOID:0000000004529463 The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or more malfunctions. The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate the MIL. The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: • B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction) • A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle) • MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) EC C D E F Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529464 1.START Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied. • Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) • Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) • Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) • Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) • Engine speed: Idle • Transmission: Warmed-up - After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” (CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F). • Electrical load: Not applied - Rear window defogger switch and air conditioner switch lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight ahead. G H I J K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE With CONSULT-III NOTE: Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display. 1. Perform EC-499, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that monitor items are within the SP value. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> END NO >> Go to EC-588, "Diagnosis Procedure". L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-587 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529465 OVERALL SEQUENCE PBIB2318E Revision: 2008 August EC-588 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O PBIB3213E DETAILED PROCEDURE P 1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-587, "Component Function Check". Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Revision: 2008 August EC-589 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is out of the SP value even a little. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 17. NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2. NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3. 2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19. 3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 6. NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25. 4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. 3. 4. Stop the engine. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 6. 5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL 1. 2. Stop the engine. Change engine oil. NOTE: This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving conditions. >> INSPECTION END 6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-923, "Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8. NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8. 8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” Revision: 2008 August EC-590 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Start engine. 2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the A SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END EC NO >> GO TO 9. 9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST C 1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. 2. Check that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 10. D 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E Check the following below. 1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-861, "Component Function Check".) 2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-855, "Component Function Check".) 3. Intake air leakage 4. Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-23, "Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace fuel injector and then GO TO 11. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11. F G 11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” H 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 12. I J 12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1. • For DTC P0130, refer to EC-645, "DTC Logic". • For DTC P0131, refer to EC-649, "DTC Logic". • For DTC P0132, refer to EC-652, "DTC Logic". • For DTC P0133, refer to EC-655, "DTC Logic". • For DTC P2A00, refer to EC-840, "DTC Logic". Are any DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 13. K L M 13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT N Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE according to corresponding DTC. >> GO TO 14. O 14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 15. 15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. Stop the engine. Revision: 2008 August EC-591 2009 Rogue P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. >> GO TO 16. 16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-912, "Symptom Table". 17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18. NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25. 18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. - Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. Engine oil level is too high Engine oil viscosity Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive Noise from engine Noise from transmission, etc. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following. Valve clearance malfunction Intake valve timing control function malfunction Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc. >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30. 19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20. 20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21. 21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. Stop the engine. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again. >> GO TO 22. Revision: 2008 August EC-592 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” A Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. EC Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-615, "DTC Logic". Then GO TO 29. C NO >> GO TO 23. 1. 2. 23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 24. NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29. 24.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Replace ECM. NOTE: Use the specified bolts described in parts information certainly when installing the ECM, or violates the Canada law. Go to EC-502, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". D E F G H >> GO TO 29. 25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM I Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element • Uneven dirt in air cleaner element • Improper specification in intake air system Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 27. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26. J K 26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” L Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27. M 27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” N Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 28. NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30. O 28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM P Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct • Looseness of oil filler cap • Disconnection of oil level gauge • Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve Revision: 2008 August EC-593 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve • Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket • Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts • Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc. >> GO TO 30. 29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-912, "Symptom Table". 30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-912, "Symptom Table". Revision: 2008 August EC-594 2009 Rogue POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure A INFOID:0000000004529466 1.INSPECTION START EC Start engine. Is engine running? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 2. C 2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. D Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. E ECM Connector Terminal E16 93 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. G 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 64) • Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse I >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-I J 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. K L 5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector F7 Terminal Continuity N 12 16 107 E16 Ground M 108 O Ground Existed P 111 112 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. Revision: 2008 August EC-595 2009 Rogue POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F121, E7 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ground >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Reconnect ECM harness connectors. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. IPDM E/R Connector Terminal E15 47 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Go to EC-861, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 8. 8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal E16 105 Ground Voltage Ground After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop to approximately 0V. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO-1 >> Battery voltage does not exist: GO TO 9. NO-2 >> Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds: GO TO 11. 9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal F7 24 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 11. 10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V 1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. ECM 4. IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 105 E15 48 Continuity Existed Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: 2008 August EC-596 2009 Rogue POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI 1. 2. 3. EC Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. ECM IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F7 24 E15 51 A C Continuity D Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12. E 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F Check the following. • Harness or connectors F121, E7 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R G >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short power in harness or connectors. H 13.CHECK 20A FUSE 1. Disconnect 20A fuse (No. 62) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 20A fuse. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Replace 20A fuse. I J 14.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. K L 15.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II 1. 2. M Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. N ECM Connector F7 Terminal Continuity 12 O 16 107 E16 Ground 108 Ground Existed P 111 112 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. Revision: 2008 August EC-597 2009 Rogue POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 16. 16.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness or connectors F121, E7 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ground >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-598 2009 Rogue U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT A Description INFOID:0000000004533678 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004533679 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC E DTC No. U0101 Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with TCM DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more. • CAN communication line between TCM and ECM (CAN communication line is open or shorted) F G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> EC-599, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure I INFOID:0000000004533680 J Go to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart" K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-599 2009 Rogue U0140 CAN COMM CIRCUIT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > U0140 CAN COMM CIRCUIT Description INFOID:0000000004533681 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004533682 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. U0140 Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with BCM DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with BCM for 2 seconds or more. • CAN communication line between BCM and ECM (CAN communication line is open or shorted) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> EC-600, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004533683 Go to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart" Revision: 2008 August EC-600 2009 Rogue U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT A Description INFOID:0000000004533684 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529468 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC E DTC No. U1001 Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication line DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal other than OBD (emission-related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F G 1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> EC-601, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure H I INFOID:0000000004533685 J Go to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart" K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-601 2009 Rogue P0011 IVT CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0011 IVT CONTROL DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529470 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform the trouble diagnosis for EC-784, "DTC Logic". Trouble diagnosis name DTC No. P0011 Intake valve timing control performance Detecting condition There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree. Possible cause • • • • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve control solenoid valve Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft • Timing chain installation • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE 100 - 120 km/h (63 - 75 mph) ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F) B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.5 msec Selectort lever D position CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. 4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-603, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. With CONSULT-III Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-602 2009 Rogue P0011 IVT CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (221°F) Selector lever 1st or 2nd position Driving location uphill Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.) A EC C CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-603, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure D E INFOID:0000000004529471 F 1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP 1. 2. Start engine. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illuminated. Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated? YES >> Go to LU-5, "Inspection". NO >> GO TO 2. G H I J PBIA8559J 2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE K Refer to EC-604, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. L 3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) M Refer to EC-706, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). N 4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EC-709, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). O P 5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) Check the following. Revision: 2008 August EC-603 2009 Rogue P0011 IVT CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end • Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft. JMBIA0096ZZ 6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misalignment. Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misalignment? YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-70, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT Refer to LU-5, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Clean lubrication line. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529472 1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 1 and 2 7.0 - 7.5 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] 1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. 2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II 1. 2. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-604 JMBIA0097ZZ 2009 Rogue P0011 IVT CONTROL < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-605 2009 Rogue P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Description INFOID:0000000004529473 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air ECM function Actuator Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529474 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0031 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 heater P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 heater DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than between 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-606, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529475 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August EC-606 2009 Rogue P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F27 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. C 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse E >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. F 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 G H ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F27 3 F7 4 Continuity Existed I 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER K Refer to EC-608, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. L 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). M N O >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-607 2009 Rogue P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529476 1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 3 and 4 1.80 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 3 and 1, 2 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-608 2009 Rogue P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER A Description INFOID:0000000004529477 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator C Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater D The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed, amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. OPERATION Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Above 3,600 rpm OFF Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. • Engine: After warming up • Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load ON DTC Logic E F G INFOID:0000000004529478 H DTC DETECTION LOGIC I DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0037 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater J K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING M If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. O 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st tip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-610, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-609 N 2009 Rogue P P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529479 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground. HO2S2 Connector Terminal F31 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • IPDM E/R connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 3 F7 13 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER Refer to EC-611, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. Revision: 2008 August EC-610 2009 Rogue P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END A EC 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". C >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529480 D 1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER 1. 2. 3. E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows. F Terminals Resistance 2 and 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2, 3 G Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. H 2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 I Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). J K L >> INSPECTION END M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-611 2009 Rogue P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description INFOID:0000000004529481 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow. The longer pulse width advances valve timing. The shorter pulse width retards valve timing. When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position. JMBIA0098GB DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529482 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0075 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through intake valve timing control solenoid valve. • Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-612, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529483 1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Connector Terminal F45 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. Revision: 2008 August EC-612 2009 Rogue P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R EC >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN C AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector. D E Intake valve timing control solenoid valve ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F45 1 F8 78 F Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G H 4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-613, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. I 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". K >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533686 L 1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 1 and 2 7.0 - 7.5 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] 1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) M N O Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. P 2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II 1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Revision: 2008 August EC-613 2009 Rogue P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0097ZZ YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Revision: 2008 August EC-614 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0101 MAF SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004529485 The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. EC C D PBIA9559J DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529486 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P0101 E A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving condition. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Mass air flow sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air leaks • Mass air flow sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Intake air temperature sensor Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance B) Possible cause G H I J K DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead of running engine at idle speed. L M >> GO TO 2. N 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-617, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5. O P 3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR FUNCTION 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. If engine cannot be started, go to EC-617, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: 2008 August EC-615 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”. 5. Increases engine speed to approximately 4,000 rpm. 6. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed increases. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-617, "Diagnosis Procedure". PBIB3457E 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B 1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm THRTL SEN 1-B1 More than 1.5V THRTL SEN 2-B1 More than 1.5V Selector lever Suitable position Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-617, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B Perform component function check. Refer to EC-616, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-617, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529487 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B 1. 2. With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select Service $01 with GST. Revision: 2008 August EC-616 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01. 4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in A response to increases to approximately 4,000 rpm in engine speed. Is the inspection result normal? EC YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-617, "Diagnosis Procedure". C SEF534P D Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529488 1.INSPECTION START E Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-615, "DTC Logic". Which malfunction is detected? A >> GO TO 3. B >> GO TO 2. F 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM G Check the following for connection. • Air duct • Vacuum hoses • Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Reconnect the parts. H I 3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. J K 4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. L Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground. M MAF sensor Connector Terminal E18 5 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. O 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P Check the following. • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-617 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 4 F7 56 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 3 F8 58 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 10.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-629, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). 11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-744, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 12.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-619, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. 13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Revision: 2008 August EC-618 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". A >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529489 EC 1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. C With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition D Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 E MAS A/F SE-B1 Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm F 1.4 - 1.8 V 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* G *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approx 4,000 rpm. 1. 2. 3. 4. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. H I ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition J Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Voltage Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* K L *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approx 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. M 2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR N 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Crushed air ducts Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element Uneven dirt of air cleaner element Improper specification of intake air system parts Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. O P 3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Revision: 2008 August EC-619 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. 4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approx 4,000 rpm. Without CONSULT-III 1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition Voltage Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approx 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approx 4,000 rpm. Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. Revision: 2008 August EC-620 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition EC Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Voltage Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm C 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* D *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approx 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-621 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004533687 The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. PBIA9559J DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529491 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air leaks • Mass air flow sensor P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Mass air flow sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Which DTC is detected? P0102 >> GO TO 2. P0103 >> GO TO 3. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-623, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-623, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II 1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-623, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-622 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529492 A 1.INSPECTION START Confirm the detected DTC. Which DTC is detected? P0102 >> GO TO 2. P0103 >> GO TO 3. EC C 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check the following for connection. • Air duct • Vacuum hoses • Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Reconnect the parts. D E 3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION F 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. G H 4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground. MAF sensor Connector Terminal E18 5 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage I J K Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. L 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R M >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N 6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor O P ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 4 F8 56 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. Revision: 2008 August EC-623 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 3 F8 58 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-624, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533688 1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approx 4,000 rpm. Revision: 2008 August EC-624 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. 2. 3. 4. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. A EC ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition Voltage Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) C Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* D E *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approx 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. F 2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR G 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Crushed air ducts Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element Uneven dirt of air cleaner element Improper specification of intake air system parts Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. H I J 3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item K L Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 M Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm N 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approx 4,000 rpm. 1. 2. 3. O Without CONSULT-III Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. Revision: 2008 August EC-625 P 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition Voltage Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approx 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approx 4,000 rpm. Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Voltage Approx. 0.4 V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8 V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approx 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-626 2009 Rogue P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004529494 The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature. EC C D PBIA9559J E F Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 G *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 50 (Intake air temperature sensor) and 58 (Sensor ground). H SEF012P I DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529495 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. J Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0112 Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0113 Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air temperature sensor K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M N >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-627, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure P INFOID:0000000004529496 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Revision: 2008 August EC-627 2009 Rogue P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground. MAF sensor Connector Terminal E18 2 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 1 F8 56 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-629, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-628 2009 Rogue P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529497 A 1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] EC C Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-629 2009 Rogue P0116 ECT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0116 ECT SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004541995 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. SEF594K Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 52 (Sensor ground). DTC Logic SEF012P INFOID:0000000004541698 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0116 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117, P0118. Refer to EC-164, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P0116 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit range/ performance Engine coolant temperature signal from engine coolant temperature sensor does not fluctuate, even when some time has passed after starting the engine with pre-warming up condition. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (High or low resistance in the circuit) • Engine coolant temperature sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC confirmation procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm for more than 10 minutes. Move the vehicle to a cool place, then stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 1 and 2. Soak the vehicle until the resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 1 and 2 becomes 0.5 kΩ higher than the value measured before soaking. CAUTION: Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking. Revision: 2008 August EC-630 2009 Rogue P0116 ECT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Soak time changes depending on ambient air temperature. It may take several hours. A 6. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? EC YES >> EC-631, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004541699 C 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION D 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E9. Refer to GROUND INSPECTION in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. E 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR F Refer to EC-631, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. G 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END I Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004541996 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR J 1. 2. 3. 4. K Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. L Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance(kΩ) 20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. M N JMBIA0080ZZ O P Revision: 2008 August EC-631 2009 Rogue P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004529498 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. SEF594K Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 52 (Sensor ground). DTC Logic SEF012P INFOID:0000000004529499 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition P0117 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Engine coolant temperature sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-632, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529500 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-632 2009 Rogue P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. EC Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground. ECT sensor Connector Terminal F80 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V A C D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E 3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. ECT sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F80 2 F8 52 G H Continuity Existed I 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-633, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. K L 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". M >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529501 N 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. P Revision: 2008 August EC-633 2009 Rogue P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance(kΩ) 20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-634 JMBIA0080ZZ 2009 Rogue P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004529502 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and contols the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle contorol motor. EC C D PBIB0145E DTC Logic E INFOID:0000000004529503 DTC DETECTION LOGIC F NOTE: If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-784, "DTC Logic". G DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0122 Throttle position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. P0123 Throttle position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2) H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING J If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. K L >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-635, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M N INFOID:0000000004529504 O 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August EC-635 2009 Rogue P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal F29 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 4 F8 36 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 3 F8 38 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-637, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-637, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-636 2009 Rogue P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529505 A 1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to the D position. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. ECM − F8 Terminal 37 (TP sensor 1 signal) 38 (TP sensor 2 signal) C D + Connector EC Connector F8 Condition Voltage Terminal 36 (Sensor ground) Accelerator pedal Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V E F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. G 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR H 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-637, "Special Repair Requirement". I >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004529506 J 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. K L 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" M >> END N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-637 2009 Rogue P0125 ECT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0125 ECT SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004533691 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. SEF594K Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 52 (Sensor ground). DTC Logic SEF012P INFOID:0000000004529508 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118. Refer to EC-632, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P0125 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Insufficient engine coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control • Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not practical, even when some time has passed after starting the engine. • Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for closed loop fuel control. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (High resistance in the circuit) • Engine coolant temperature sensor • Thermostat DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is above 5°C (41°F). With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is it above 10°C (50°F)? 1. 2. 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-638 2009 Rogue P0125 ECT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. A 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III EC 1. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. 2. Check 1st tip DTC. If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication increases to more than 5°C (41°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine C because the test result will be OK. CAUTION: Never overheat engine. With GST D Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> EC-639, "Diagnosis Procedure" E NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529509 F 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. G H 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-639, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. I J 3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine coolant does not flow. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-25, "Removal and Installation". K L 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END N Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533692 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR O 1. 2. 3. P Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-639 2009 Rogue P0125 ECT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance(kΩ) 20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-640 JMBIA0080ZZ 2009 Rogue P0127 IAT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0127 IAT SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004533689 The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature. EC C D PBIA9559J E F Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 G *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 50 (Intake air temperature sensor) and 58 (Sensor ground). H SEF012P I DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529512 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0127 J Trouble diagnosis name Intake air temperature too high DTC detecting condition Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal from engine coolant temperature sensor. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Intake air temperature sensor K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. >> GO TO 2. With CONSULT-III Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F) Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the engine coolant temperature. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down engine. NOTE: Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F). 1. - EC-641 N O 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Revision: 2008 August M 2009 Rogue P P0127 IAT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Start engine. 3. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-642, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529513 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-642, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533690 1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Revision: 2008 August EC-642 2009 Rogue P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529515 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC NOTE: If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC PP0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 or P0304, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304. Refer to EC-696, "DTC Logic". Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long enough. This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck being open. DTC No. P0128 Trouble diagnosis name Thermostat function DTC detecting condition Possible cause The engine coolant temperature does not reach to specified temperature even though the engine has run long enough. • Thermostat • Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat • Engine coolant temperature sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE C D E F 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher. • For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 56°C (133°F). • Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel. >> GO TO 2. G H I 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Turn A/C switch OFF. Turn blower fan switch OFF. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S” If it is below 56°C (126°F), go to next step. If it is above 56°C (126°F), cool down the engine to less than 56°C (126°F). Then go to next steps. 6. Start engine drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. VHCL SPEED SE More than 56 km/h (35 MPH) INFOID:0000000004529516 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-644, "Component Inspection". Revision: 2008 August EC-643 K L M CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 75°C (160°F) within 10 minutes, turn ignition switch OFF because the test result will be OK. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-643, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure J 2009 Rogue N O P P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] 2.CHECK THERMOSTAT Refer to CO-26, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace thermostat. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533693 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance(kΩ) 20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-644 JMBIA0080ZZ 2009 Rogue P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 A Description INFOID:0000000004529518 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D JMBIA0112GB E F G H PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529519 I DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control. DTC No. P0130 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit DTC detecting condition A) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other than approx. 2.2V. B) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2V. Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J K L M 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. N O >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A P 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Let it idle for 2 minutes. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-647, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7. Revision: 2008 August EC-645 2009 Rogue P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION 1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. Does the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-647, "Diagnosis Procedure". 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I 1. 2. 3. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START”. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 11.5 msec Selector lever D position If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3. 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-II Release accelerator pedal fully. NOTE: Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. Which does “TESTING” change to? COMPLETED>>GO TO 6. OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4. 6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-III Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT” Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-647, "Diagnosis Procedure". 7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-646, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-647, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529520 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK 1. 2. 3. With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position. Sheft the selector lever to the D position, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH). CAUTION: Revision: 2008 August EC-646 2009 Rogue P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. 5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine. 7. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. 8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. 9. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-647, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] Diagnosis Procedure A EC C D INFOID:0000000004529521 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION E 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. F G 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. H I A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F27 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage J Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. K 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse L M >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 4. ECM Terminal 1 2 Connector F8 Terminal 45 49 P Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-647 2009 Rogue P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 ECM Terminal 1 2 Connector Terminal F8 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace. 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-648 2009 Rogue P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 A Description INFOID:0000000004533854 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D JMBIA0112GB E F G H PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529523 I DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low. DTC No. P0131 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit low voltage DTC detecting condition Possible Cause • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0V. • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 J K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING M If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. N O >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is the indication constantly approx. 0V? YES >> Go to EC-650, "Diagnosis Procedure". P 1. 2. 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-649 2009 Rogue P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 3. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds. 1. 2. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec Selector lever Suitable position NOTE: • Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. • If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step 1. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-650, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529524 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F27 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-650 2009 Rogue P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. A/F sensor 1 Connector ECM Terminal 1 F27 4. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. 2 Connector Terminal 45 F8 49 EC Continuity C Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 ECM Terminal 1 2 Connector Terminal F8 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed D E F 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace. I 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). J K L >> INSPECTION END M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-651 2009 Rogue P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 Description INFOID:0000000004533855 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). JMBIA0112GB PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529526 DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high. DTC No. P0132 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit high voltage • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5V. • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V? YES >> Go to EC-653, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-652 2009 Rogue P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 3. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds. 1. 2. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec Selector lever Suitable position EC C D E NOTE: • Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. • If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step 1. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-653, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure F G H INFOID:0000000004529527 I 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. J K 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. L M A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F27 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. O 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse P >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-653 2009 Rogue P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal 1 F27 4. ECM 2 Connector Terminal 45 F8 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 ECM Terminal 1 2 Connector Terminal F8 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace. 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-654 2009 Rogue P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 A Description INFOID:0000000004533856 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D JMBIA0112GB E F G H PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529529 I DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not. DTC No. P0133 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit slow response DTC detecting condition Possible Cause • The response of the A/F signal computed by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than the specified time. • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 • A/F sensor 1 heater • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks • Exhaust gas leaks • PCV • Mass air flow sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J K L M N O 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. Revision: 2008 August EC-655 2009 Rogue P P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 6. Touch “START”. Is “COMPLETED” displayed on COUSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 3 NO >> GO TO 4. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-657, "Diagnosis Procedure". 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Increase the engine speed between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for approximately 10 seconds. If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-587, "Component Function Check". 2. Wait for approximately 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. 3. Check that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-587, "Component Function Check". 4. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-657, "Diagnosis Procedure". 5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select Service $01 with GST. 3. Calculate the total value of “Short-term fuel trim” and “Long-term fuel trim” indications. Is the total percentage within ±15%? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Intake air leaks • Exhaust gas leaks • Incorrect fuel pressure • Lack of fuel • Fuel injector • Incorrect PCV hose connection • PCV valve • Mass air flow sensor >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. Revision: 2008 August EC-656 2009 Rogue P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 4. Increase the engine speed between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds. A 5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for approximately 1 minute. 6. Check 1st trip DTC detected?. Is 1st trip DTC detected? EC YES >> Go to EC-657, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529530 C 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION D 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. E 2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 F Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation". G >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). H I J K JMBIA0163GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 4. L 4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK M Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 5. N 5.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. 2. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-506, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-679, "DTC Logic" or EC-683, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-657 2009 Rogue O P P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F27 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal Connector 1 F27 4. ECM 45 F8 2 Terminal 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 ECM Terminal Connector 1 2 F8 Terminal 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-608, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 13. 10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-619, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. 11.CHECK PCV VALVE Revision: 2008 August EC-658 2009 Rogue P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to EC-872, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. A 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or replace. C 13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 D Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-659 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0137 HO2S2 Description INFOID:0000000004529531 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. SEF327R DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529532 DTC DETECTION LOGIC The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. JMBIA1669GB DTC No. P0137 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit low voltage DTC detecting condition The maximum voltage from the sensor does not reach the specified voltage. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Revision: 2008 August EC-660 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. A 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. EC 6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F). 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. C 9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. D 10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END E NG >> Go to EC-662, "Diagnosis Procedure". CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN 1. 2. F Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. G >> GO TO 3. 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-661, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-662, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) L M Condition Voltage N Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. O Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. P 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August J K Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. ECM I INFOID:0000000004529533 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. H EC-661 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-662, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529534 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-506, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-679, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 1 F8 35 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-662 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > HO2S2 2. A ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Continuity Existed EC Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed C D 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 F Refer to EC-663, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. G 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). H I J >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". L >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529535 1.INSPECTION START M Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. N 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 O 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Revision: 2008 August EC-663 2009 Rogue P P0137 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. JMBIA1670GB “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes Voltage The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August EC-664 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. EC C Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. D 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). E F G >> INSPECTION END H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-665 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0138 HO2S2 Description INFOID:0000000004533858 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. SEF327R DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529537 DTC DETECTION LOGIC The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. MALFUNCTION A To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. PBIB1848E MALFUNCTION B To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. PBIB2376E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit high voltage B) Possible cause An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Revision: 2008 August EC-666 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1.PRECONDITIONING A If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-668, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B NOTE: For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F). 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. 10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-668, "Diagnosis Procedure". CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALUNCTION B AGAIN 1. 2. C D E F G H I J K L Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. M >> GO TO 3. 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B N Perform component function check. Refer to EC-668, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-668, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529538 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I 1. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Revision: 2008 August EC-667 2009 Rogue O P P0138 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-668, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529539 1.INSPECTION START Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-666, "DTC Logic". Which malfunction is detected? A >> GO TO 2. B >> GO TO 9. 2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-668 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 1 F8 35 Continuity EC Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C D 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 2. ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 A E Continuity F Existed Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. G HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed H 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I 5.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER J Check connectors for water. K Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. L 6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 M Refer to EC-671, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. N 7.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Revision: 2008 August EC-669 2009 Rogue O P P0138 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 10.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-506, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-683, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 11. 11.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 1 F8 35 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 12.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 2. ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-671, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. Revision: 2008 August EC-670 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 14. 14.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 A Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: EC • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12) and approved anti-seize lubricant. C >> INSPECTION END 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". E >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533859 F 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. G H 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. 7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. I J K L M JMBIA1670GB N “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. O 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I P 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August EC-671 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes Voltage The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-672 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0139 HO2S2 A Description INFOID:0000000004533860 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. EC C D SEF327R DTC Logic E INFOID:0000000004529542 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (mamifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. G H I SEF302U J DTC No. P0139 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit slow response DTC detecting condition It takes more time for the sensor to respond between rich and lean than the specified time. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. N 2.PRECONDITIONING O If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Revision: 2008 August EC-673 2009 Rogue P P0139 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Open engine hood. 7. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 8. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-III. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. 9. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 4. CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM THE RESULT OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. >> GO TO 3. 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-674, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-675, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529543 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times A change of voltage should be more than 0.80V for 1 second during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Revision: 2008 August Condition Voltage Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes A change of voltage should be more than 0.80V for 1 second during this procedure. EC-674 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. A 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III EC Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage C Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position A change of voltage should be more than 0.80V for 1 second during this procedure. D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-675, "Diagnosis Procedure". E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529544 F 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. G H 2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-506, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-679, "DTC Logic" or EC-683, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. I J K L M HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 1 F8 35 Continuity N Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P 1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Revision: 2008 August Continuity Existed EC-675 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-676, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533861 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Revision: 2008 August EC-676 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. A EC C JMBIA1670GB “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. D E 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. F G H ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage I Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. J Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. K 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II L Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 M + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes Voltage N The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. O Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. P 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August EC-677 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-678 2009 Rogue P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529546 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic). Sensor Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) A/F sensor 1 DTC No. P0171 Input signal to ECM Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injection system too lean ECM function Fuel injection control DTC detecting condition • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) D Actuator Fuel injector E Possible cause • • • • • • • • C Intake air leaks A/F sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Lack of fuel Mass air flow sensor Incorrect PCV hose connection F G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING I If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I K 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-506, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Start engine. Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4. 3.RESTART ENGINE If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. Does engine start? YES >> Go to EC-680, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-680, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 5. Revision: 2008 August EC-679 2009 Rogue L M N O P P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-680, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529547 1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). JMBIA0163GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. 2. Check PCV hose connection. Intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 5. Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector F8 Terminal 45 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-680 2009 Rogue P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 Terminal 1 2 A ECM Connector F8 Terminal 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed EC 6. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE D Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-923, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. E 5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. NO >> Repair or replace G 6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR H With CONSULT-III 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-928, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. For specification, refer to EC-928, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or grounds. Refer to EC-615, "DTC Logic". J K L 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. I With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. M N Without CONSULT-III 1. Let engine idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. O Clicking noise should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-855, "Component Function Check". P PBIB3332E Revision: 2008 August EC-681 2009 Rogue P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch OFF. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds. Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. PBIA9666J 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-682 2009 Rogue P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529548 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic). Sensor A/F sensor 1 DTC No. P0172 Input signal to ECM Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injection system too rich ECM function Fuel injection control DTC detecting condition • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) D Actuator Fuel injector E Possible cause • • • • • C A/F sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Mass air flow sensor F G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I J 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-506, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Start engine. Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4. K L 3.RESTART ENGINE If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal. Does engine start? YES >> Go to EC-684, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc. M N O 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II P 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-684, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 5. 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-683 2009 Rogue P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Start engine 3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-684, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529549 1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). JMBIA0163GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 5. Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector 45 F8 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 6. Terminal Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector F8 Terminal 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed Also check harness for short to power. Revision: 2008 August EC-684 2009 Rogue P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE A EC 1. Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-923, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. C 5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. NO >> Repair or replace E 6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-928, "Mass Air Flow Sensor" With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST. For specification, refer to EC-928, "Mass Air Flow Sensor" Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or grounds. Refer to EC-615, "DTC Logic". F 1. 2. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR H I J With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. 1. 2. G K Without CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. L M Clicking noise should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-855, "Component Function Check". N O PBIB3332E 8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. P Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-685 2009 Rogue P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check that fuel does not drip from fuel injector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-686 2009 Rogue P0181 FTT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0181 FTT SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004529550 The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. EC C D Fluid temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 SEF012P *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and 104 (Sensor ground). DTC Logic P0181 F INFOID:0000000004529551 G DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit range/performance Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor. H Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Fuel tank temperature sensor I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I L 1. Turn ignition switch and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-688, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. M N 3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE With CONSULT-III Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication less than 60°C (140°F)? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 1. 2. O P 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. With CONSULT-III Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is less than 60°C (140°F). Revision: 2008 August EC-687 2009 Rogue P0181 FTT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-688, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529552 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Connector Terminal B40 2 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M11, B1 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ECM harness connector. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B40 1 E16 104 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 Revision: 2008 August EC-688 2009 Rogue P0181 FTT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM A >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR EC Refer to EC-689, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. C 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END E Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529553 1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR F 1. 2. 3. 4. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. H Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 I Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. J JMBIA0167ZZ K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-689 2009 Rogue P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004533862 The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. Fluid temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 SEF012P *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and 104 (Sensor ground). DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529555 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0182 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Fuel tank temperature sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-690, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004533863 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August EC-690 2009 Rogue P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground. A Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Connector Terminal B40 2 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5V EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. C 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors M11, B1 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ECM harness connector. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B40 1 E16 104 F G H Continuity Existed I 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. J 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM K L >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR M Refer to EC-691, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. N 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". P >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533864 1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Revision: 2008 August EC-691 2009 Rogue P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. JMBIA0167ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-692 2009 Rogue P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004533694 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and contols the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle contorol motor. EC C D PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529559 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0222 Throttle position sensor 1 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. P0223 Throttle position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1) G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING I If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. J K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-693, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M INFOID:0000000004529560 N 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. O P 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-693 2009 Rogue P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal F29 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 4 F8 36 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 2 F8 37 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-695, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-695, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-694 2009 Rogue P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533695 A 1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to the D position. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. ECM − F8 Terminal 37 (TP sensor 1 signal) 38 (TP sensor 2 signal) C D + Connector EC Connector F8 Condition Voltage Terminal 36 (Sensor ground) Accelerator pedal Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V E F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. G 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR H 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-695, "Special Repair Requirement". I >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004533696 J 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. K L 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" M >> END N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-695 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529563 DTC DETECTION LOGIC When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring. Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input signal to ECM ECM function Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. 1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) On the 1st trip, when that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink. When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again. 2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0300 Multiple cylinder misfires detected Multiple cylinder misfire. P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires. P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires. P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. Possible cause • • • • • • • • • • • Improper spark plug Insufficient compression Incorrect fuel pressure The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted Fuel injector Intake air leak The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted Lack of fuel Signal plate A/F sensor 1 Incorrect PCV hose connection DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Restart engine and let it idle for approximately 15 minutes. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-697, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-696 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain time. Refer to the table below. A Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at the same time. EC CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving. C Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH) Base fuel schedule Base fuel schedule in freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1) Engine coolant temperature (T) condition D When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F), T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F). E When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F), T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F). Driving timevaries according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data. Engine speed F Time G Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes H 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-697, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure I INFOID:0000000004529564 J 1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE 1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. 2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. 3. Check PCV hose connection. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 2. K L 2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING M Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. N 3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST O With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 4. P 4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR 1. Start engine and let engine idle. Revision: 2008 August EC-697 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Listen to each fuel injector operation. Clicking noise should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-855, "Component Function Check". PBIB3332E 5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 JMBIA0066GB cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20kV or more. • It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-861, "Component Function Check". Revision: 2008 August EC-698 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7.CHECK SPARK PLUG A Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-40, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8. EC C D SEF156I 8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. E F Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-40, "Removal and Installation". G 9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE H Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-23, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets. I 10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE J Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-923, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11. K 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. NO >> Repair or replace. M 12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING N Check the following items. Refer to EC-499, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Items Specifications O idle speed 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing 15 ± 5°BTDC (in P or N position) P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Follow the EC-499, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". 13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-699 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector Connector 1 F28 5. Terminal ECM Terminal 45 F8 2 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 Terminal ECM Connector 1 2 F8 Terminal 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 6. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-608, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace A/F sensor 1. 15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-928, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. For specification, refer to EC-928, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-615, "DTC Logic". 1. 2. 16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-912, "Symptom Table". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or replace. 17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set. Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-563, "Diagnosis Description". >> GO TO 18. 18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-700 2009 Rogue P0327, P0328 KS [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0327, P0328 KS A Description INFOID:0000000004529565 The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A EC knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529566 C DTC DETECTION LOGIC D Trouble diagnosis name DTC detected condition P0327 Knock sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0328 Knock sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC No. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Knock sensor E F DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING G If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. >> GO TO 2. I 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-701, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure J K INFOID:0000000004529567 L 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M N 2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector and disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. Knock sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F16 2 F8 67 O P Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August H EC-701 2009 Rogue P0327, P0328 KS [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. Knock sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F16 1 F8 61 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR Refer to EC-702, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace knock sensor. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529568 1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ. Terminals Resistance 1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] CAUTION: Never use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace knock sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-702 2009 Rogue P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) A Description INFOID:0000000004529569 The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. EC C D JMBIA0062ZZ E F G H JMBIA0714GB DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529570 I DTC DETECTION LOGIC J DTC No. P0335 Trouble diagnosis name Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit DTC detecting condition Possible cause • The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of engine cranking. • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running. • The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. • Harness or connectors [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted.] (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • Accelerator pedal position sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Signal plate K L M N DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING O If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON. P >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Revision: 2008 August EC-703 2009 Rogue P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-704, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529571 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground. CKP sensor (POS) Connector Terminal F20 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector. CKP sensor (POS) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F20 1 F8 76 Continuity Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit. 4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector F8 E16 Sensor Terminal Name Connector Terminal 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-704 2009 Rogue P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 5.CHECK COMPONENTS A Check the following. • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-873, "Diagnosis Procedure".) • EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-744, "Component Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace malfunctioning components. EC C 6.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-839, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 7. D E 7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-839, "Special Repair Requirement". F >> INSPECTION END 8.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector. CKP sensor (POS) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F20 2 F8 60 Continuity I Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. K Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector. CKP sensor (POS) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F20 3 F8 65 Continuity L M Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N O 10.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-706, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). P 11.CHECK GEAR TOOTH Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August H EC-705 2009 Rogue P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace the signal plate. 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529572 1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. 3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. 4. Remove the sensor. 5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). JMBIA0063ZZ 2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows. Terminals (Polarity) Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ 2 (+) - 3 (-) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Revision: 2008 August EC-706 2009 Rogue P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) A Description INFOID:0000000004529573 The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. EC C D JMBIA0064ZZ E F G H JMBIA0714GB I DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529574 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-784, "DTC Logic". J K DTC No. P0340 Trouble diagnosis name Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit DTC detecting condition • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during engine cranking. • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM during engine running. • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) • Camshaft (INT) • Starter motor (Refer to STR-5, "System Diagram".) • Starting system circuit (Refer to STR-5, "System Diagram".) • Dead (Weak) battery L M N DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING O If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-707 2009 Rogue P P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I 1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529575 1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM Turn ignition switch to START position. Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check starting system. 2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground. CMP sensor (PHASE) Connector Terminal F26 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F26 2 F8 64 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-708 2009 Rogue P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > CMP sensor (PHASE) A ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F26 3 F8 69 Continuity Existed EC 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) D Refer to EC-709, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). E 7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT) F Check the following. • Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end • Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft. G H I JMBIA0096ZZ 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END K Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529576 1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I L 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. 3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector. 4. Remove the sensor. 5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). M N O P JMBIA0065ZZ 2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows. Revision: 2008 August EC-709 2009 Rogue P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Terminals (Polarity) Resistance 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 2 (+) - 3 (-) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Revision: 2008 August EC-710 2009 Rogue P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION DTC Logic A INFOID:0000000004529577 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2. A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching frequency will increase. When the frequency ratio of A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed. C D E SEF484YB F DTC No. P0420 Trouble diagnosis name Catalyst system efficiency below threshold DTC detecting condition • • • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not oper• ate properly. • • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have • enough oxygen storage capacity. • • Possible cause Three way catalyst (manifold) Exhaust tube Intake air leaks Fuel injector Fuel injector leaks Spark plug Improper ignition timing DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G H I 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. J K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Repeat the following procedure 3 times. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. Stop vehicle with engine running. NOTE: Never turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” NOTE: • Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. • It will take at most 3 minutes until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT”. 5. Check 1 st trip DTC. With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Repeat the following procedure 3 times. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. Revision: 2008 August EC-711 2009 Rogue M N O P P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. Stop vehicle with engine running. NOTE: Never turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Check 1 st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-712, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529578 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Open engine hood. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Keeping engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load Voltage The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more than 5 seconds. 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-712, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529579 1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold). JMBIA0163GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-712 2009 Rogue P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 4. A 4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING EC Check the following items. Refer to EC-499, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Items Specifications C idle speed 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Follow the EC-499, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". E 5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM F Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage H Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Perform EC-855, "Diagnosis Procedure". I 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I J Connector Terminal G 29 F7 30 31 32 CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20kV or more. Revision: 2008 August EC-713 JMBIA0066GB 2009 Rogue K L M N O P P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is mode. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-861, "Diagnosis Procedure". 8.CHECK SPARK PLUG Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-40, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9. SEF156I 9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-40, "Removal and Installation". 10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Does fuel drip from fuel injector? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the trouble fixed? Revision: 2008 August EC-714 2009 Rogue P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-715 2009 Rogue P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529580 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform trouble diagnosis for other DTC. In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions. Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum. Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined. PBIB1026E DTC No. P0441 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system incorrect purge flow DTC detecting condition Possible cause EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has a leak between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor. • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed • EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit • Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube • Blocked rubber tube • Cracked EVAP canister • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Blocked purge port • EVAP canister vent control valve DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 6. 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Revision: 2008 August EC-716 2009 Rogue P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] A >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I EC With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Touch “START”. Is COMPLETED displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. C D E 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.) Selector lever Suitable position VHCL SPEED SE 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 mph) ENG SPEED 500 - 3,800 rpm B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 10.0 msec COOLAN TEMP/S More than 0°C (32°F) F G H CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. If “TESTING” does not change for a long time, retry from step 2. Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 3. I J 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III K Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure". L 6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK M Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-717, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check P Without CONSULT-III Lift up drive wheels. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals. Revision: 2008 August O INFOID:0000000004529581 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. N EC-717 2009 Rogue P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM 6. 7. ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 86 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) E16 96 (Sensor ground) Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute. Air conditioner switch ON Headlamp switch ON Rear window defogger switch ON Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm Selector lever Any position other than P, N or R 8. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529582 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check EVAP canister for cracks. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO >> Replace EVAP canister. 2.CHECK PURGE FLOW With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-549, "System Diagram". 2. Start engine and let it idle. 3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm. 5. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL C/V” opening and check vacuum existence. 1. PURG VOL C/V Vacuum 100% Existed 0% Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 4. 3.CHECK PURGE FLOW 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Revision: 2008 August EC-718 2009 Rogue P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-549, "System Dia- A gram". 4. Start engine and let it idle. Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. EC 5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds pass after starting engine. Vacuum should not exist. 6. C Rev engine up to 2,000rpm after 100 seconds pass after starting engine. Vacuum should exist. D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 4. E 4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-549, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair EVAP purge line. F G 5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT 1. 2. H Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C. I J K SEF367U 3. Check that air flows freely. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 6. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port. L M N SEF368U 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 1. 2. Revision: 2008 August EC-719 2009 Rogue O P P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-730, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION Refer to EC-745, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0452, EC-750, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0453. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-736, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. 12.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks. Refer to EC-924, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Replace it. 13.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. >> GO TO 14. 14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-720 2009 Rogue P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529583 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC NOTE: If DTC P0442 is displayed with DTC P0456, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456. Refer to EC-761, "DTC Logic". This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum. If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions. The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed. C D E F G H I PBIB1026E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause • • • • • • P0442 EVAP control system small leak detected (negative pressure) EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control system does not operate properly. • • • • • • • • • • • • • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged EVAP canister is saturated with water EVAP control system pressure sensor Fuel level sensor and the circuit Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. Revision: 2008 August EC-721 J 2009 Rogue K L M N O P P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. • Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). NOTE: Check that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the following conditions are met. COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 30°C (32 - 86°F) 5. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instructions displayed. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-499, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-722, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. 4. 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK With GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of DRIVING PATTERN in EC-903, "How to Set SRT Code" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to DRIVING PATTERN. 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 5. Select Service $07 with GST. Is 1st trip DTC displayed? YES-1 >> P0441: Go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure". YES-2 >> P0442: Go to EC-722, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529584 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-722 2009 Rogue P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] A EC C SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION D Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Then retighten until ratcheting sound is heard. 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. E F G H 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE Refer to EC-726, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. I 5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK J Refer to EC-924, "Inspection". Is there any leak in EVAP line? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 6. K 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE L Check the following. • EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-926, "Exploded View". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-736, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. M N 7.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. O Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. P Revision: 2008 August EC-723 2009 Rogue P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 8. NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11. PBIB1213E 8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose from EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL C/V” opening to 100%. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12. 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose from EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12. 12.CHECK VACUUM HOSE Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-549, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-724 2009 Rogue P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. A 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-730, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. EC C 14.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-689, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. D 15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR E Refer to EC-742, "DTC Logic". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. F 16.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE G Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-549, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 17.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE H I Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. J >> GO TO 18. 18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE K Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-867, "Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. L 19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE M Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and improper connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 20. NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube. N 20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE O Refer to EC-870, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. P 21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to MWI-43, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 22. Revision: 2008 August EC-725 2009 Rogue P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529585 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel filler cap. Wipe clean valve housing. SEF445Y 4. 5. Install fuel filler cap adapter (commercial service tool) to fuel filler cap. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 2.90 psi) Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. SEF943S 2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP Replace fuel filler cap. CAUTION: Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-726 2009 Rogue P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description A INFOID:0000000004529586 The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. EC C D JMBIA0069ZZ DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529587 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0443 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve DTC detecting condition Possible cause The canister purge flow is detected during the specified driving conditions, even when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed. • EVAP control system pressure sensor • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (The valve is stuck open.) • EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP canister • Hoses (Hoses are connected incorrectly or clogged.) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G H I J 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. Do you have CONSULT-III YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Touch “START”. 6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-III changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 10 seconds.) If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. 7. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-728, "Diagnosis Procedure". 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE EC-727 K L M 1. 2. 3. 4. Revision: 2008 August E 2009 Rogue N O P P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC displayed? YES >> Go to EC-728, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529588 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Connector Terminal F32 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F32 2 F7 25 Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. Revision: 2008 August EC-728 2009 Rogue P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] A 5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR EC Refer to EC-744, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 6. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. C 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE D With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 1. 2. 3. 4. 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-730, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. E F G H I 8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. J K 9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-736, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. L M 10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 13. N O P PBIB1213E 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Revision: 2008 August EC-729 2009 Rogue P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529589 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition (PURG VOL C/V value) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) 100% Existed 0% Not existed JMBIA0068ZZ 1. 2. 3. 4. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Revision: 2008 August EC-730 2009 Rogue P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description INFOID:0000000004533980 The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. A EC C D E JMBIA0069ZZ DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529591 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit open An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve • Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit shorted An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve • Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve G H I J DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.CONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-731, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END N O INFOID:0000000004529592 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August L M 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Diagnosis Procedure K EC-731 2009 Rogue P P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Connector Terminal F32 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F32 2 F7 25 Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 4. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION With CONSULT-III Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 1. 2. 3. 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-733, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-732 2009 Rogue P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533981 A 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition (PURG VOL C/V value) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) 100% Existed 0% Not existed EC C D E F JMBIA0068ZZ G Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. 3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. H I Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) J Existed Not existed K Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-733 2009 Rogue P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Description INFOID:0000000004529594 The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP Control System” diagnosis. PBIB1263E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529595 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0447 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister vent control valve circuit open DTC detecting condition An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through EVAP canister vent control valve. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The valve circuit is open or shorted.) • EVAP canister vent control valve DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529596 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen. Check for operating sound of the valve. Revision: 2008 August EC-734 2009 Rogue P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Clicking sound should be heard. A Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 3. EC 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ground. EVAP canister vent control valve Connector Terminal B48 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage C D E Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. F 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • Harness connectors M11, B1 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R H >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ECM harness connector. I J K EVAP canister vent control valve ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B48 2 E16 109 Continuity L Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. M 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • Harness connectors M11, B1 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM O >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. Revision: 2008 August EC-735 2009 Rogue P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-736, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529597 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. 3. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust. Is it rusted? YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve NO >> GO TO 2. JMBIA0168ZZ 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition (VENT CONT/V) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) ON Not existed OFF Existed Operation takes less than 1 second. Without CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2) OFF JMBIA0169ZZ Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Not existed Existed Operation takes less than 1 second. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III Revision: 2008 August EC-736 2009 Rogue P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition (VENT CONT/V) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) ON Not existed OFF Existed A EC C Operation takes less than 1 second. Without CONSULT-III 1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. 2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. D JMBIA0169ZZ E F Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) 12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2) OFF Not existed G Existed Operation takes less than 1 second. H Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-737 2009 Rogue P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Description INFOID:0000000004533982 The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP Control System” diagnosis. DTC Logic PBIB1263E INFOID:0000000004529599 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0448 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister vent control valve close DTC detecting condition EVAP canister vent control valve remains closed under specified driving conditions. Possible cause • EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit • Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP canister is saturated with water DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. - Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute. Repeat next procedures three times. Increase the engine speed between 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 minutes. Do not exceed 3 minutes. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for approximately 5 seconds. 5. Repeat next procedure 20 times. Quickly increase the engine speed between 4,000 to 4,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 25 to 30 seconds. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds. JMBIA1516GB Revision: 2008 August EC-738 2009 Rogue P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] A EC Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529600 1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE C 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 3. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower. D E 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-740, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. F G 3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister. Does water drain from EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 6. H I J K PBIB1213E 4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER L Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. M 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection O >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. P 6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-739 2009 Rogue P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] 7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-744, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533983 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. 3. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust. Is it rusted? YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve NO >> GO TO 2. JMBIA0168ZZ 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition (VENT CONT/V) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) ON Not existed OFF Existed Operation takes less than 1 second. Without CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2) OFF JMBIA0169ZZ Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Not existed Existed Operation takes less than 1 second. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-740 2009 Rogue P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III A With CONSULT-III 1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. 2. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. 3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition (VENT CONT/V) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) ON Not existed OFF Existed EC C D Operation takes less than 1 second. Without CONSULT-III 1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. 2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition E JMBIA0169ZZ F Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) 12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2) OFF G Not existed Existed H Operation takes less than 1 second. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-741 2009 Rogue P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004529602 The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. PBIB3370E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529603 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0451 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP control system pressure sensor • Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds. NOTE: Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-742, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529604 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-742 2009 Rogue P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. A 2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check sensor harness connector for water. EC Water should not exist. C Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. D 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground. EVAP control system pressure sensor Connector Terminal B47 3 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V E F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 4. G 4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector F8 E10 I Sensor Terminal Name Connector Terminal 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 J K Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 5.CHECK COMPONENT Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-706, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-873, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. M 6.CHECK APP SENSOR O Refer to EC-839, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 7. P N 7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-839, "Special Repair Requirement". Revision: 2008 August EC-743 2009 Rogue P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END 8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-744, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529605 1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. ECM Connector E16 + − Terminal Terminal 86 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) 96 (Sensor ground) Condition [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)] Voltage (V) Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 -26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 lower than above value CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, 14.69 psi). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor Revision: 2008 August EC-744 2009 Rogue P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Description A INFOID:0000000004533991 The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. EC C D PBIB3370E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529607 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0452 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor low input E DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.) (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G H I J K 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. L M >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). 6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector and ground as follows. Revision: 2008 August EC-745 O P 2009 Rogue P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) E16 104 (Sensor ground) 3. Check that the voltage is less than 4.2V. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-746, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529608 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check sensor harness connector for water. Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground. EVAP control system pressure sensor Connector Terminal B47 3 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B47 3 E16 91 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. Revision: 2008 August EC-746 2009 Rogue P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM EC C >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector F8 E10 Sensor Terminal Name Connector Terminal 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 E F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 7.CHECK COMPONENT H Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-706, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-873, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. I J 8.CHECK APP SENSOR K Refer to EC-839, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. L 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-839, "Special Repair Requirement". M >> INSPECTION END N 10.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B47 1 E16 96 Existed Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: 2008 August EC-747 2009 Rogue O P P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11. 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B47 2 E16 86 Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 13. 13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors B10, E29 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-748, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529609 1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. Revision: 2008 August EC-748 2009 Rogue P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A ECM Connector E16 + − Terminal Terminal 86 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) 96 (Sensor ground) Condition [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)] Voltage (V) Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 -26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 lower than above value EC C CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, 14.69 psi). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-749 2009 Rogue P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004534025 The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. PBIB3370E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529611 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0453 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor high input DTC detecting condition Possible cause An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP canister • Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent control valve to vehicle frame DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector and ground as follows. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Revision: 2008 August EC-750 2009 Rogue P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM A ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) E16 104 (Sensor ground) EC 3. Check that the voltage is less than 4.2V. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-751, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure C D INFOID:0000000004529612 E 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. F G 2.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. H Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check sensor harness connector for water. I Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. J 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground. L EVAP control system pressure sensor Connector Terminal B47 3 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 4. N 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. K Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. O P EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B47 3 E16 91 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. Revision: 2008 August EC-751 2009 Rogue P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector F8 E10 Sensor Terminal Name Connector Terminal 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK COMPONENT Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-706, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-873, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. 8.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-839, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-839, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 10.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP control system pressure sensor 4. ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B47 1 E16 96 Existed Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: 2008 August EC-752 2009 Rogue P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11. A 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART EC Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM C >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP control system pressure sensor D E F ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B47 2 E16 86 G Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 13. H 13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I Check the following. • Harness connectors B1, M11 • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM J >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K 14.CHECK RUBBER TUBE 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube. L M 15.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-736, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. N O 16.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-754, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. P 17.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. Revision: 2008 August EC-753 2009 Rogue P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister. Does water drain from EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 18. NO >> GO TO 20. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] PBIB1213E 18.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 20. NO >> GO TO 19. 19.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 20.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529613 1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. ECM Connector E16 + − Terminal Terminal 86 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) 96 (Sensor ground) Condition [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)] Voltage (V) Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 -26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 lower than above value CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, 14.69 psi). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor Revision: 2008 August EC-754 2009 Rogue P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529614 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. C D E F G PBIB1026E DTC No. P0455 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system gross leak detected DTC detecting condition Possible cause EVAP control system has a very large leak such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control system does not operate properly. • Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve • Incorrect fuel filler cap used • Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. • Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. • Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. • EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks • EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks • EVAP purge line rubber tube bent. • Loose or disconnected rubber tube • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit • Fuel tank temperature sensor • O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged. • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve • ORVR system leaks CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING CAUTION: Revision: 2008 August EC-755 2009 Rogue H I J K L M N O P P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. NOTE: Check that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly. TESTING CONDITION: • Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. • Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 4. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the following conditions are met. COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F) 6. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instructions displayed. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-499, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END. NG >> GO TO 3. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 3.CHECK DTC Check DTC. Which DTC is detected? P0455 >> Go to EC-756, "Diagnosis Procedure". P0442 >> Go to EC-722, "Diagnosis Procedure". 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of DIRVING PATTERN in EC-903, "How to Set SRT Code" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to DRIVING PATTERN. 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES-1 >> P0455: Go to EC-756, "Diagnosis Procedure". YES-2 >> P0442: Go to EC-722, "Diagnosis Procedure". YES-3 >> P0441: Go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529615 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-756 2009 Rogue P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] A EC C SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION D Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Then retighten until ratcheting sound is heard. 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. E F G H 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE Refer to EC-759, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. I 5.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE J Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-549, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. K L 6.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. M >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE N Check the following. • EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-926, "Exploded View". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-736, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. O P 8.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK Refer to EC-924, "Inspection". Is there any leak in EVAP line? Revision: 2008 August EC-757 2009 Rogue P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Repair or replace. NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 9. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. 9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose from EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL C/V” opening to 100%. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11. 10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose from EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 11. 11.CHECK VACUUM HOSE Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-549, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 12. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 13. 1. 2. 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-730, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 14.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-689, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Revision: 2008 August EC-758 2009 Rogue P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR A Refer to EC-744, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. EC 16.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-867, "Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 17.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE C D E Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and improper connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 18. NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube. F 18.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE G Refer to EC-870, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. H 19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". J >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533865 K 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel filler cap. Wipe clean valve housing. L M N O SEF445Y 4. Install fuel filler cap adapter (commercial service tool) to fuel filler cap. Revision: 2008 August EC-759 P 2009 Rogue P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 5. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 2.90 psi) Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. SEF943S 2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP Replace fuel filler cap. CAUTION: Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-760 2009 Rogue P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529617 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak diagnosis. If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected. If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected. If ECM judges that there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK. C D E F G H PBIB1026E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause • • • • • • P0456 Evaporative emission control system very small leak (negative pressure check) • • • • EVAP system has a very small leak. • • EVAP system does not operate prop- • • erly. • • • • • • • • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged EVAP canister is saturated with water EVAP control system pressure sensor Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks Fuel level sensor and the circuit Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. Revision: 2008 August EC-761 I 2009 Rogue J K L M N O P P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 4. 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. NOTE: • If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456. • After repair, check that the hoses and clips are installed properly. • Check that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly. TESTING CONDITION: • Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure. • If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE, leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. - Fuel filler cap is removed. - Fuel is refilled or drained. - EVAP component part/parts is/are removed. • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the following conditions are met. FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4V COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F) FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F) INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F) If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle), or refill/drain fuel until the output voltage the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instructions displayed. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-499, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-763, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: 2008 August EC-762 2009 Rogue P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529618 A 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK With GST CAUTION: • Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system. • Never start engine. • Never exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi). 1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) securely to the EVAP service port. 2. Set the pressure pump and a hose. 3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Connect GST and select Service $08. 6. Using Service $08 control the EVAP canister vent control valve (close). 7. Apply pressure and check that the following conditions are satisfied. Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (0.028 kg/cm2, 0.39 psi) Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and SEF462UI the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (0.004 kg/cm2, 0.06 psi). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC C D E F G H 2.RELEASE PRESSURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. I Disconnect GST. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF. NOTE: For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual. J K >> INSPECTION END L Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529619 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN M 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. N O P SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-763 2009 Rogue P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Then retighten until ratcheting sound is heard. 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. 5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK Refer to EC-924, "Inspection". Is there any leak in EVAP line? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Check the following. • EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-926, "Exploded View". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-736, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. 7.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister. Does water drain from EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 8. NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11. PBIB1213E 8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. Revision: 2008 August EC-764 2009 Rogue P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection A >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION EC With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at from EVAP service port. 2. Start engine. 3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. 4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL C/V” opening to 100%. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. 1. Vacuum should exist. C D E Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12. F 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at from EVAP service port. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. 1. 2. 3. G H I Vacuum should exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> GO TO 12. J 12.CHECK VACUUM HOSE K Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-549, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. L 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE M Refer to EC-728, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. N 14.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR O Refer to EC-689, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. P 15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-744, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-765 2009 Rogue P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 16.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-549, "System Diagram". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 17.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. >> GO TO 18. 18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-867, "Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and improper connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 20. NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube. 20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-870, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. 21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to MWI-43, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533907 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel filler cap. Revision: 2008 August EC-766 2009 Rogue P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Wipe clean valve housing. A EC C SEF445Y D 4. 5. Install fuel filler cap adapter (commercial service tool) to fuel filler cap. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. E Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm , 2.22 2.90 psi) Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi) 2 F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. G SEF943S 2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP H Replace fuel filler cap. CAUTION: Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. I J >> INSPECTION END K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-767 2009 Rogue P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004529621 The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through the CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529622 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. Refer to EC-601, "DTC Logic". • If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-601, "DTC Logic". When the vehicle is parked, the fuel level in the fuel tank is naturally stable. It means that output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected. DTC No. P0460 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel level sensor circuit noise DTC detecting condition Possible cause Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to ECM. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-768, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529623 1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION Refer to MWI-43, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to MWI-43, "Diagnosis Procedure". 2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-768 2009 Rogue P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004534058 The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. EC The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through the CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltC age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529625 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-783, "DTC Logic". Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level. This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has been driven. DTC No. P0461 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance E F G DTC detecting condition Possible cause The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change within the specified range even though the vehicle has been driven a long distance. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-769, "Component Function Check". Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-770, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check K L INFOID:0000000004529626 M 1.PRECONDITIONING WARNING: When performing the following procedure, always observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-7, "2WD : Removal and Installation" (2WD), FL-11, "AWD : Removal and Installation" (AWD). TESTING CONDITION: Before starting component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK With CONSULT-III NOTE: Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 8 Imp gal) in advance. 1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. Revision: 2008 August EC-769 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/ 2009 Rogue N O P P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-923, "Inspection". 3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. 4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON. 6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. 8. Select “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it. 10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. 11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). 12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. 13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-770, "Diagnosis Procedure". 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Without CONSULT-III NOTE: Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) in advance. 1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. 2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-923, "Inspection". 3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. 4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment. 7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. 8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). 9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-770, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004534079 1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION Refer to MWI-43, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to MWI-43, "Diagnosis Procedure". 2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-770 2009 Rogue P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Description A INFOID:0000000004534061 The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. EC The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through the CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltC age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529629 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-783, "DTC Logic". E F DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0462 Fuel level sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0463 Fuel level sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor G H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11V and 16V at ignition switch ON. J K L >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-771, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M N INFOID:0000000004534064 O 1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION Refer to MWI-43, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to MWI-43, "Diagnosis Procedure". P 2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Revision: 2008 August EC-771 2009 Rogue P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-772 2009 Rogue P0500 VSS [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0500 VSS A Description INFOID:0000000004529631 The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control EC unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communication line. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529632 C NOTE: • If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. . • If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-783, "DTC Logic". D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0500 Trouble diagnosis name Vehicle speed sensor DTC detecting condition Possible cause The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even when vehicle is being driven. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted) • Vehicle speed sensor • Combination meter • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E F G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.INSPECTION START I Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. J 2.PRECONDITIONING K If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-774, "Diagnosis Procedure". 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Revision: 2008 August EC-773 2009 Rogue M N O P P0500 VSS [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ENG SPEED 1,350 - 6,000 rpm COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) B/FUEL SCHDL 5.5 - 31.8 msec Selector lever Except P or N position PW/ST SIGNAL OFF 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-774, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-774, "Component Function Check". Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-774, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529633 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK With GST Lift up drive wheels. Start engine. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-774, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529634 1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” Refer to BRC-15, "CONSULT-III Function" (ABS models), BRC-93, "CONSULT-III Function" (VDC models). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-774 2009 Rogue P0506 ISC SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0506 ISC SYSTEM A Description INFOID:0000000004529635 The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D operation, etc.). DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529636 E DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. DTC No. P0506 Trouble diagnosis name Idle speed control system RPM lower than expected DTC detecting condition The idle speed is less than the target idle speed by 100 rpm or more. F Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator • Intake air leak DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G H 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement", before conducting DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). I J K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-775, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M N INFOID:0000000004529637 1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK O 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 2. P 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Stop engine. Replace ECM. Revision: 2008 August EC-775 2009 Rogue P0506 ISC SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Use the specified bolts described in parts information certainly when installing the ECM, or violates the Canada law. 3. Go to EC-502, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-776 2009 Rogue P0507 ISC SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0507 ISC SYSTEM A Description INFOID:0000000004534080 The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D operation, etc.). DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529639 E DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. DTC No. P0507 Trouble diagnosis name Idle speed control system RPM higher than expected DTC detecting condition The idle speed is more than the target idle speed by 200 rpm or more. F Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator • Intake air leak • PCV system G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement", before conducting DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). I J K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-777, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M N INFOID:0000000004529640 O 1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace. P 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and let it idle. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-777 2009 Rogue P0507 ISC SYSTEM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. Stop engine. Replace ECM. NOTE: Use the specified bolts described in parts information certainly when installing the ECM, or violates the Canada law. Go to EC-502, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-778 2009 Rogue P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY A Description INFOID:0000000004529641 Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning value memory, etc. EC C D PBIA9222J DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529642 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name ECM power supply circuit P0603 E DTC detecting condition ECM back-up RAM system does not function properly. Possible cause • Harness or connectors [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is open or shorted.] • ECM G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING I If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for four times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-779, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure L M INFOID:0000000004529643 N 1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. P ECM Connector Terminal F8 77 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. Revision: 2008 August EC-779 2009 Rogue P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E8, F122 • 20A fuse (No. 62) • IPDM E/R harness connector E15 • Harness for open or short between ECM and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See EC-779, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END 5.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Replace ECM. NOTE: Use the specified bolts described in parts information certainly when installing the ECM, or violates the Canada law. Go to EC-502, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-780 2009 Rogue P0605 ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0605 ECM A Description INFOID:0000000004529644 The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC C D PBIA9222J DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529645 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0605 Trouble diagnosis name Engine control module E DTC detecting condition A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. Possible cause G • ECM H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING I If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A K 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. L 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B M 1. wait at least 1 second. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4. N O 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C 1. wait at least 1 second. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. 3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-781 P 2009 Rogue P0605 ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529646 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See EC-781, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Replace ECM. NOTE: Use the specified bolts described in parts information certainly when installing the ECM, or violates the Canada law. Go to EC-502, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-782 2009 Rogue P0607 ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0607 ECM A Description INFOID:0000000004529647 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529648 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC E DTC No. P0607 Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication bus DTC detecting condition When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ECM. Possible cause • ECM F DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING G If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-783, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure J INFOID:0000000004529649 K 1.INSPECTION START L 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See EC-783, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC P0607 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END M 2.REPLACE ECM N 1. 2. Replace ECM. NOTE: Use the specified bolts described in parts information certainly when installing the ECM, or violates the Canada law. Go to EC-502, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-783 2009 Rogue O P P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529650 DTC DETECTION LOGIC Trouble diagnosis name DTC No. Sensor power supply circuit short P0643 DTC detecting condition Possible cause ECM detects that the voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high. • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) (TP sensor circuit is shorted.) [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is shorted.] • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Throttle position sensor • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-784, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529651 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 4 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. Revision: 2008 August EC-784 2009 Rogue P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector F8 E16 A Sensor Terminal Name Connector Terminal 47 Electric throttle control actuator F29 1 59 CMP sensor (PHASE) F26 1 83 APP sensor E110 4 EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 4.CHECK COMPONENT D Check the following. • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-709, "Component Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. E F 5.CHECK TP SENSOR Refer to EC-637, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 6. G H 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". I >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK APP SENSOR J Refer to EC-839, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. K 8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY L 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-839, "Special Repair Requirement". M >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END O P Revision: 2008 August EC-785 2009 Rogue P0850 PNP SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0850 PNP SWITCH Description INFOID:0000000004529652 When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529653 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Park/neutral position switch P0850 DTC detecting condition The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal does not change during driving after the engine is started. Possible cause • Harness or connectors [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit is open or shorted.] • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK PNP SWITCH FUNCTION 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions. Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal N or P position ON Except above position OFF Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-787, "Diagnosis Procedure". 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. ENG SPEED 1,300 - 6,375 rpm COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) B/FUEL SCHDL 3.0 - 31.8 msec Revision: 2008 August EC-786 2009 Rogue P0850 PNP SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph) Selector lever Suitable position A 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-787, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END EC 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK C Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-787, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-787, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529654 D E F 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Ground Connector Terminal E16 102 (PNP switch signal) Ground Condition Selector lever P or N Except above G H Voltage (V) BATTERY VOLTAGE I Approx. 0 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-787, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure J INFOID:0000000004529655 K 1.CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between PNP switch harness connector and ground. L M PNP switch Connector Terminal F21 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. O 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E15 • 10A fuse (No. 58) • Harness for open or short between PNP switch and IPDM E/R P >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-787 2009 Rogue P0850 PNP SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. PNP switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F21 2 E16 102 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK PNP SWITCH Refer to TM-54, "Component Inspection (Park/Neutral Position Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace PNP switch. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-788 2009 Rogue P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL DTC Logic A INFOID:0000000004529656 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC NOTE: DTC P1148 is displayed with another DTC for A/F sensor 1. Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC. DTC No. P1148 Trouble diagnosis name Closed loop control function DTC detecting condition The closed loop control function for bank 1 does not operate even when vehicle is being driven in the specified condition. The closed loop control function for bank 2 does not operate even when vehicle is driving in the specified condition. C Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 • A/F sensor 1 heater D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-789 2009 Rogue P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE Description INFOID:0000000004529657 This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529658 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-783, "DTC Logic". • Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair. Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. P1212 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause TCS communication line ECM cannot receive the information from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” continuously. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Dead (Weak) battery DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-790, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529659 Go to BRC-71, "Work Flow". Revision: 2008 August EC-790 2009 Rogue P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE DTC Logic A INFOID:0000000004529660 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC NOTE: • If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-783, "DTC Logic". If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is indicated. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition • • P1217 Engine over temperature (Overheat) • • C D E Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over• IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay-1) heat). • Cooling fan relays-2 and -3 Cooling fan system does not operate proper• Cooling fan motor ly (Overheat). • Radiator hose Engine coolant was not added to the system • Radiator using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank range. • Water pump • Thermostat • Water control valve CAUTION: When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to CO-9, "Draining" and CO-10, "Refilling". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-6, "Draining" and LU-7, "Refilling". 1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-18, "FOR NORTH AMERICA : Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". 2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F G H I J K 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-791, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-792, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check M N INFOID:0000000004529661 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I O WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. Revision: 2008 August L EC-791 2009 Rogue P P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the proper range? YES >> Go to EC-792, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 2. SEF621W 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. Did customer fill the coolant? YES >> Go to EC-792, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that cooling fan motors-1 and -2 operate at each speed (LOW/HI). Without CONSULT-III Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-792, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529662 1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that cooling fan motors-1 and -2 operate at each speed (LOW/HI). Without CONSULT-III 1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis Description". 2. Check that cooling fan motors-1 and -2 operate at each speed (Low/High). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-848, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. 2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-9, "Inspection". Is leakage detected? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4. 3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II Check the following for leak. • Hose • Radiator • Water pump Revision: 2008 August EC-792 2009 Rogue P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] 4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP A Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-13, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace radiator cap. EC 5.CHECK THERMOSTAT C Check thermostat. Refer to CO-26, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace thermostat. D 6.CHECK WATER CONTROL VALVE E Check water control valve. Refer to CO-26, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace water control valve F 7.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR G Refer to EC-633, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. H 8.CHECK MAIN 13 CAUSES I If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following. Engine Step Inspection item OFF 1 • • • • 2 Equipment Standard Reference page • Visual No blocking • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester MA-18, "FOR NORTH AMERICA : Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" 3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck 4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester CO-13, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection" ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-9, "Inspection" ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses Both hoses should be hot CO-26, "Inspection" ON*1 7 • Cooling fan motor • CONSULT-III Operating EC-847, "Component Function Check" OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical tester 4 Gas analyzer Negative — ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature gauge • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driving — • Coolant overflow to reservoir tank • Visual No overflow during driving and idling CO-9, "Inspection" • Visual Should be initial level in reservoir tank CO-9, "Inspection" Within the specified value CO-26, "Inspection" Blocked radiator Blocked condenser Blocked radiator grille Blocked bumper OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator OFF 11 • Water control valve Revision: 2008 August — J K • Remove and inspect the valve EC-793 CO-9, "Inspection" L M N O P 2009 Rogue P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page OFF 12 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping) EM-85, "Inspection" 13 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston EM-96, "Inspection" *1: Turn the ignition switch ON. *2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. *3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. *4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. For more information, refer to CO-4, "Troubleshooting Chart". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-794 2009 Rogue P1225 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1225 TP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004533697 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and contols the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle contorol motor. EC C D PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529664 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1225 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance E DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low. Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G H 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-795, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure L M INFOID:0000000004529665 N 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. O P Revision: 2008 August EC-795 2009 Rogue P1225 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. 2. Electric throttle control actuator : Vehicle front Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. ALBIA0061ZZ 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-796, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004533698 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-796 2009 Rogue P1226 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1226 TP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004533786 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and contols the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle contorol motor. EC C D PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529668 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1226 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance E DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly. Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-797, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure L M INFOID:0000000004534081 N 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. P Revision: 2008 August EC-797 2009 Rogue P1226 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. 2. Electric throttle control actuator : Vehicle front Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. ALBIA0061ZZ 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-798, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004533787 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-798 2009 Rogue P1421 COLD START CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1421 COLD START CONTROL A Description INFOID:0000000004529671 ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition. This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions. DTC Logic EC INFOID:0000000004529672 C DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC. DTC No. P1421 Trouble diagnosis name Cold start emission reduction strategy monitoring DTC detecting condition ECM does not control ignition timing and engine idle speed properly when engine is started with prewarming up condition. D Possible cause • Lack of intake air volume • Fuel injection system • ECM E F DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. G H >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F). If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is within the specified value, go to the following step. If “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication is out of the specified value, cool engine down or warm engine up and go to step 1. 5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-799, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3. 4. Diagnosis Procedure J K L M N INFOID:0000000004529673 1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING O Perform EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. P 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following. • Crushed intake air passage • Intake air passage clogging Revision: 2008 August EC-799 2009 Rogue P1421 COLD START CONTROL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part 3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-679, "DTC Logic". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-680, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See EC-799, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END 5.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Replace ECM. NOTE: Use the specified bolts described in parts information certainly when installing the ECM, or violates the Canada law. Go to EC-502, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-800 2009 Rogue P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH A Description INFOID:0000000004529674 ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC of switch, and determines which button is operated. Refer to EC-535, "System Description" for the ASCD function. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529675 C NOTE: If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-781, "DTC Logic". D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1564 E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition ASCD steering switch • An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steering switch is out of the specified range. • ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck ON. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) • ASCD steering switch • ECM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. I J 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Wait at least 10 seconds. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-801, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END K L M N Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529676 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION O 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YS >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P 2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August G H 1.PRECONDITIONING 1. F EC-801 2009 Rogue P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check each item indication under the following conditions. Monitor item Condition Indication MAIN SW MAIN switch CANCEL SW CANCEL switch RESUME/ACC SW RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET SW SET/COAST switch 1. 2. Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors. ECM Connector ECM Terminal Connector 85 (ASCD steering switch signal) E16 92 (Switch ground) E16 Condition Terminal Voltage MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0 V CANSEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1 V SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 2 V RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3 V All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M352. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector. Combination switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal — 18 E16 92 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Combination switch (spiral cable) • Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT Revision: 2008 August EC-802 2009 Rogue P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch. A Combination switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal — 21 E10 85 Continuity EC Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. C 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Combination switch (spiral cable) • Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch E F >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH Refer to EC-803, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. G H 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". I >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529677 J 1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH 1. 2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M352. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals under following conditions. Combination meter Connector Terminals L Condition Resistance Approx. 0 Ω MAIN switch: Pressed M352 18 and 21 K CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250 Ω SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 660 Ω RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480 Ω All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000 Ω M N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch O P Revision: 2008 August EC-803 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Description INFOID:0000000004529678 When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-535, "System Description" for the ASCD function. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529679 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-781, "DTC Logic". • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed. 1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. DTC No. P1572 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h (19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent to the ECM at the same time. B) ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven. ASCD brake switch Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.) • Harness or connectors (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.) • Stop lamp switch • ASCD brake switch • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation • ECM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. NOTE: The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can be detected. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A - I 1. 2. 3. Start engine. Press MAIN switch and check that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph) Selector lever Suitable position 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-805, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-804 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A - II 1. A Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. EC NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. C Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph) Selector lever Suitable position Driving location Depress the brake pedal for more than five seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed. D 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-805, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END E F Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529680 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I 1. 2. 3. G With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. Monitor item BRAKE SW1 Condition Brake pedal H I Indication Slightly depressed OFF Fully released ON J Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Ground Connector Terminal E16 110 (ASCD brake switch signal) Ground Condition Brake pedal Slightly depressed Fully released K Voltage L Approx. 0V Battery voltage M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. N 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II O With CONSULT-III Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Monitor item BRAKE SW2 Condition Brake pedal P Indication Slightly depressed ON Fully released OFF Without CONSULT-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-805 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Ground Connector Terminal E16 106 (Stop lamp switch signal) Ground Condition Brake pedal Slightly depressed Fully released Voltage Battery voltage Approx. 0V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 7. 3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground. ASCD brake switch Connector Terminal E112 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Junction block connector E105, M77 • 10A fuse (No.1) • Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. ASCD brake switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E112 2 E16 110 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-807, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. 7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-806 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A Stop lamp switch Connector Terminal E115 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. C 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • 10A fuse (No.11) • Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery D E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector. F G ECM Stop lamp switch Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 106 E115 2 Continuity H Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I 10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH J Refer to EC-808, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. K 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END M Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000004529681 1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I N 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity P Existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II Revision: 2008 August EC-807 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-19, "Inspection and Adjustment". 2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000004529682 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II 1. 2. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-19, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Revision: 2008 August EC-808 2009 Rogue P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004529683 The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina- EC tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD control. Refer to EC-535, "System Description" for ASCD functions. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529684 C NOTE: • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-773, "DTC Logic" • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-781, "DTC Logic" • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-783, "DTC Logic". D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1574 Trouble diagnosis name ASCD vehicle speed sensor DTC detecting condition Possible cause The difference between the two vehicle speed signals is out of the specified range. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) (Combination meter circuit is open or shorted.) • Combination meter • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Wheel sensor • TCM • ECM F G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H I J 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. K L 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Start engine. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-809, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END M N O P Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529685 1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-44, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. Revision: 2008 August E EC-809 2009 Rogue P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” Refer to BRC-15, "CONSULT-III Function" (ABS models), BRC-93, "CONSULT-III Function" (VDC models). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace. 3.CHECK COMBINATION METER Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-810 2009 Rogue P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR) Description A INFOID:0000000004529686 ECM receives primary speed sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal EC for engine control. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529687 C DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer to EC-703, "DTC Logic". • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer to EC-707, "DTC Logic". • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-781, "DTC Logic". • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-783, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P1715 Trouble diagnosis name Input speed sensor (Primary speed sensor) (TCM output) D E F G DTC detecting condition Possible cause Primary speed sensor signal is different from the theoretical value calculated by ECM from secondary speed sensor signal and engine rpm signal. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Primary speed sensor circuit is open or shorted) • TCM H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING J If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L 1. Start engine and drive the vehicle at more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-811, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M N INFOID:0000000004529688 O 1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-44, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. P 2.REPLACE TCM Replace TCM. Revision: 2008 August EC-811 2009 Rogue P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-812 2009 Rogue P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1805 BRAKE SWITCH A Description INFOID:0000000004529689 Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being driven. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529690 C DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1805 DTC detecting condition Possible cause D A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven. • Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) • Stop lamp switch E Trouble diagnosis name Brake switch DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F 1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. 3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-813, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure G H INFOID:0000000004529691 I 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal. K Brake pedal Stop lamp Fully released Not illuminated Slightly depressed Illuminated L Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 2. M 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground. Stop lamp switch Connector Terminal E115 1 N O Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 Revision: 2008 August EC-813 2009 Rogue P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • 10A fuse (No. 11) • Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector. ECM Stop lamp switch Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 106 E115 2 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-814, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000004534151 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II 1. 2. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-19, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Revision: 2008 August EC-814 2009 Rogue P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY A Description INFOID:0000000004529693 Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle EC control motor relay is controlled ON/OFF by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not C provided to the ECM. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529694 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P2100 P2103 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause E Throttle control motor relay circuit open ECM detects that the voltage of power source for throttle control motor is excessively low. • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open) • Throttle control motor relay Throttle control motor relay circuit short ECM detects that the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON. • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted) • Throttle control motor relay DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F G H 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V. Witch DTC is detected? P2100 >> GO TO 2. P2103 >> GO TO 3. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100 I J K 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-815, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END L M 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-815, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure N O INFOID:0000000004529695 P 1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-815 2009 Rogue P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F7 15 E13 32 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. ECM IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F7 2 E15 52 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK FUSE 1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 61) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check it 15A fuse is blown. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace 15A fuse. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-816 2009 Rogue P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION A Description INFOID:0000000004529696 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM, when open/closes the throttle valve in response to driving condiC tions via the throttle control motor. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529697 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100 or P2119. Refer to EC-815, "DTC Logic" or EC-823, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P2101 Trouble diagnosis name Electric throttle control performance DTC detecting condition Electric throttle control function does not operate properly. Possible cause E F • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted) • Electric throttle control actuator G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING H If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine is running. I J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-817, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure L M INFOID:0000000004529698 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION N 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. O 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I P 1. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-817 2009 Rogue P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector Terminal F7 2 Ground Ground Condition Voltage (V) Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0 Ignition switch ON Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. IPDM E/R ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E13 32 F7 15 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II 1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. IPDM E/R ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E15 52 F7 2 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK FUSE 1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 61) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check it 15A fuse is blown. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace 15A fuse. Revision: 2008 August EC-818 2009 Rogue P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. EC 9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal Terminal 5 F29 D E ECM Connector C F7 6 Continuity 5 Not existed 6 Existed 5 Existed 6 Not existed F G 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair or replace. H 10.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY I 1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Electric throttle control actuator (2) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. J K L ALBIA0061ZZ 11.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR M Refer to EC-820, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 13. N 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. P 13.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace malfunction electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-820, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-819 2009 Rogue P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529699 1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-820, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004533851 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-820 2009 Rogue P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR A Description INFOID:0000000004529701 The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM, when open/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. C DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529702 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. D Trouble diagnosis name Throttle control motor circuit short P2118 DTC detecting condition ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor) E F DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING G If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-821, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure J K INFOID:0000000004529703 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION L 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N 1. 2. 3. O Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal Connector 5 F29 F7 6 Revision: 2008 August P ECM Terminal Continuity 5 Not existed 6 Existed 5 Existed 6 Not existed EC-821 2009 Rogue P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Refer to EC-822, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 5. 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-822, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534083 1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-822, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004533852 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-822 2009 Rogue P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A Description INFOID:0000000004529706 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and sends the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and open/closes The throttle C valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529707 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P2119 Trouble diagnosis name Electric throttle control actuator DTC detecting condition A) Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction. B) Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range. C) ECM detects that the throttle valve is stuck open. Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator E F G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H I >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. 3. Set selector lever to P position. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 6. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. 7. Set selector lever to P position. 8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. 9. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-823, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. J K L M 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C N 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. 3. Set selector lever to N or P position. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. 5. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-823, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure O P INFOID:0000000004534082 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Revision: 2008 August EC-823 2009 Rogue P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. 2. Electric throttle control actuator : Vehicle front Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. ALBIA0061ZZ 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-824, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004533853 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-824 2009 Rogue P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004529710 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut. EC C D PBIB1741E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529711 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-784, "DTC Logic". DTC No. E DTC detecting condition Possible cause P2122 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low input Trouble diagnosis name An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. P2123 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1) G H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING J If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. K L >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-825, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure N INFOID:0000000004529712 O 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-825 2009 Rogue P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 4 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 2 E16 84 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 3 E16 81 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-827, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-827, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-826 2009 Rogue P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529713 A 1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. EC C ECM − + Connector Terminal Connector 81 (APP sensor 1 signal) E16 Condition Terminal D 84 (Sensor ground) E16 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) Voltage Accelerator pedal 100 (Sensor ground) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. F 2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. E G Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Go to EC-827, "Special Repair Requirement". H >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004529714 I Refer to EC-504, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". J 1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING >> GO TO 2. K 2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". L >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING M Refer to EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". N >> END O P Revision: 2008 August EC-827 2009 Rogue P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004534152 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut. PBIB1741E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529716 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P2127 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. P2128 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-828, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529717 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-828 2009 Rogue P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. A 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 5 EC C Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 3. E 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor F G ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 5 E16 87 Continuity Existed H Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit. I 4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector F8 E16 J Sensor Terminal Name Connector Terminal 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 K L Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M 5.CHECK COMPONENT N Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-706, "Component Inspection".) • EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-744, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-873, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. O P 6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-829 2009 Rogue P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 1 E16 100 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 6 E16 82 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-830, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-831, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534153 1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. ECM − + Connector Terminal Connector 81 (APP sensor 1 signal) E16 Condition Terminal 84 (Sensor ground) E16 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) Voltage Accelerator pedal 100 (Sensor ground) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-830 2009 Rogue P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. A 2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Go to EC-827, "Special Repair Requirement". EC >> INSPECTION END C Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004534157 1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D Refer to EC-504, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". E >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". G >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". H >> END I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-831 2009 Rogue P2135 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2135 TP SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004533788 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and contols the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle contorol motor. PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529721 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-784, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P2135 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2. Possible cause • Harness or connector (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 or 2) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-832, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529722 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-832 2009 Rogue P2135 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal F29 1 Ground Voltage (V) Ground Approx. 5 A EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II D 1. 2. 3. E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 1 F8 47 Continuity F Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit. G 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H 1. 2. 3. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 4 F8 36 Continuity J Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K L 5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector F8 E16 M Sensor Terminal Connector Terminal 47 Electric throttle control actuator Name F29 1 59 CMP sensor (PHASE) F26 1 83 APP sensor E110 4 N O Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-833 2009 Rogue P2135 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Electric throttle control actuator Connector ECM Terminal Connector 2 F29 37 F8 3 Continuity Terminal Existed 38 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-834, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. 8.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-835, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004533849 1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to the D position. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. ECM − + Connector F8 Terminal 37 (TP sensor 1 signal) 38 (TP sensor 2 signal) Connector F8 Condition Voltage Terminal 36 (Sensor ground) Accelerator pedal Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-835, "Special Repair Requirement". Revision: 2008 August EC-834 2009 Rogue P2135 TP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END A Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004533850 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING EC Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. C 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" D >> END E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-835 2009 Rogue P2138 APP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2138 APP SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004534154 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut. DTC Logic PBIB1741E INFOID:0000000004529726 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-784, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P2138 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit range/ performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2. • Harness or connector (APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system sensor circuit is shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1 or 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-836, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529727 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION Revision: 2008 August EC-836 2009 Rogue P2138 APP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". A Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. EC CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2. 1. 2. 3. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. C D APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 4 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V E Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. F 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 5 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V G H Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 4. I 4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II J 1. 2. 3. K Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 5 E16 87 L Continuity Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. M 5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. O ECM Connector F8 E16 Sensor Terminal Connector Terminal 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor Name E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor B47 3 P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. Revision: 2008 August EC-837 2009 Rogue P2138 APP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK COMPONENT Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-706, "Component Inspection".) • EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-744, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-873, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. 7.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows. APP sensor Connector ECM Terminal 2 E110 1 Connector Terminal 84 E16 100 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows. APP sensor Connector E110 Terminal ECM Connector 6 3 Terminal E16 82 81 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-839, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 10. 10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-839, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-838 2009 Rogue P2138 APP SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534155 A 1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. EC C ECM − + Connector Terminal Connector 81 (APP sensor 1 signal) E16 Condition Terminal D 84 (Sensor ground) E16 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) Voltage Accelerator pedal 100 (Sensor ground) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. F 2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. E G Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Go to EC-839, "Special Repair Requirement". H >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004534156 I Refer to EC-504, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". J 1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING >> GO TO 2. K 2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-504, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". L >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING M Refer to EC-505, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". N >> END O P Revision: 2008 August EC-839 2009 Rogue P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 Description INFOID:0000000004533857 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). JMBIA0112GB PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004529731 DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored so it will not shift to LEAN side or RICH side. DTC No. P2A00 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit range/performance • The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for a specified period. • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal shifts to the rich side for a specified period. Possible Cause • • • • • A/F sensor 1 A/F sensor 1 heater Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-506, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC$. Revision: 2008 August EC-840 2009 Rogue P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-841, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] Diagnosis Procedure A INFOID:0000000004529732 EC 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. C D 2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 1. E Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation". >> GO TO 3. F 3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Start engine and run it at idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace. G H 4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-506, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171or P0172. Refer to EC-679, "DTC Logic" or EC-683, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 5. I J 5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR K 1. 2. 3. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Check harness connector for water. Water should not exit. M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. N 6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F27 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage O P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Revision: 2008 August EC-841 2009 Rogue P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 4. Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector Terminal 45 F8 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between ECM harness connector or A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector Terminal F8 45 49 Ground Ground Continuity Not existed 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-608, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 11. 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Repair or replace. 11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 13. 12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA 1. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August EC-842 2009 Rogue P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. A Is “0.000” displayed? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 13. EC CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 13. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-506, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> INSPECTION END C D 14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA E With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. F >> INSPECTION END G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-843 2009 Rogue ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Description INFOID:0000000004534149 When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-535, "System Description" for the ASCD function. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529734 1.CHECK FOR ASCD BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. Monitor item Condition BRAKE SW1 1. 2. Brake pedal Indication Slightly depressed OFF Fully released ON Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Ground Connector Terminal E16 110 (ASCD brake switch signal) Ground Condition Brake pedal Slightly depressed Fully released Voltage (V) Approx. 0 Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END. NO >> Refer to EC-844, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529735 1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground. ASCD brake switch Connector Terminal E112 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • 10A fuse (No. 1) • Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-844 2009 Rogue ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. ASCD brake switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E112 2 E16 110 EC Continuity C Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D E 4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-845, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. F 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". H >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000004534150 I 1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed J K Continuity Existed Not existed L Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. M 2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II 1. 2. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-19, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed N Continuity O Existed Not existed P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Revision: 2008 August EC-845 2009 Rogue ASCD INDICATOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ASCD INDICATOR Description INFOID:0000000004529737 ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and SET, and is integrated in combination meter. CRUISE lamp illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that ASCD system is ready for operation. SET lamp illuminates when the following conditions are met. • CRUISE lamp is illuminated. • SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of the ASCD setting. SET lamp remains lit during ASCD control. Refer to EC-535, "System Description" for the ASCD function. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529738 1.ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions. ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION • MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →at the 2nd time CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • When vehicle speed: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) SPECIFICATION ON → OFF • ASCD: Operating ON • ASCD: Not operating OFF Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-846, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529739 1.CHECK DTC Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to MWI-9, "SPEEDOMETER : System Diagram". 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-846 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > COOLING FAN A Description INFOID:0000000004529740 The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant EC pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. COOLING FAN MOTOR The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows. Cooling fan speed Middle (MID) High (HI) Cooling fan motor terminals (+) (-) 1 3 and 4 2 3 and 4 1 and 2 3 1 and 2 4 1 and 2 3 and 4 D E F The cooling fan operates at low (LOW) speed when cooling fan motors-1 and -2 are circuited in series under the middle speed condition. Refer to EC-542, "System Description". Component Function Check G INFOID:0000000004529741 H 1.CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-III screen. 3. Check that cooling fans operates at low speed. 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON. 3. Check that cooling fan operates at low speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. Refer to “PROCEDURE A” in EC-848, "Diagnosis Procedure". 2.CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Touch “HI” on the CONSULT-III screen. Check that cooling fans operates at higher speed than low speed. Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF. 3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 5. Restart engine and check that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. Refer to “PROCEDURE B” in EC-848, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC-847 I J K L M 1. 2. Revision: 2008 August C 2009 Rogue N O P COOLING FAN [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529742 PROCEDURE A 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Check the voltage between cooling fan motor-2 harness connectors and ground. Cooling fan motor-2 Connector Terminal 1 E54 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 3. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 40A fusible link (letter M) • Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Disconnect cooling fan relay-4. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between cooling fan relay-4 harness connectors and ground. Cooling fan relay-4 Connector Terminal E57 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-848 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-1 harness connectors and ground. A Cooling fan motor-1 Connector E53 Terminal 3 4 Ground Continuity EC Ground Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C D 7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E13. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-2 harness connectors and cooling fan relay-4 harness connectors. Cooling fan motor-2 Cooling fan relay-4 Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E54 3 E57 3 3. E F Continuity Existed G Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-4 harness connectors and cooling fan motor-1 harness connectors and ground. H Cooling fan relay-4 Cooling fan motor-1 Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E57 5 E53 2 4. Continuity I Existed Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-4 harness connectors and IPDM E/R harness connectors. J Cooling fan relay-4 IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E57 1 E13 31 Continuity K Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 8.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-4 M Refer to EC-852, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. N 9.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS O Refer to EC-852, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. P 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-849 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > PROCEDURE B 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21, E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Power supply and ground circuit. Refer to PCS-15, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Check the voltage between cooling fan motor-2 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan motor-2 Connector Terminal 1 E54 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 3. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 40A fusible link (letter M) • Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Disconnect cooling fan relay-5. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between cooling fan relay-5 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan relay-5 Connector Terminal E59 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and fuse Revision: 2008 August EC-850 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan motor-1 Connector E53 4. A Terminal 3 4 Ground Continuity Ground Existed EC C D Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-5 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan relay-5 Connector Terminal E59 5 E Ground Continuity Ground Existed F 5. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 8.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-2 harness connector and cooling fan relay-5 harness connector. Cooling fan motor-2 Cooling fan relay-5 Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E54 4 E59 3 3. IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E54 3 E10 7 4. IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E59 1 E15 50 5. J Existed Continuity Existed Continuity Connector E53 Terminal 1 2 IPDM E/R Connector E10 Terminal 4 8 Existed Existed EC-851 O P Continuity 6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. Revision: 2008 August M N Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-1 harness connectors and IPDM E/R harness connectors. Cooling fan motor-1 K L Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-5 harness connectors and IPDM E/R harness connectors. Cooling fan relay-5 I Continuity Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-2 harness connectors and IPDM E/R harness connectors. Cooling fan motor-2 H 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-5 Refer to EC-852, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. 10.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS Refer to EC-852, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000004529743 1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 and -2 harness connectors E53, E54. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation. Cooling fan motor terminals (+) (-) 1 3 and 4 2 3 and 4 1 and 2 3 1 and 2 4 1 and 2 3 and 4 Operation Cooling fans operates at low speed. Cooling fans operates at high speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) INFOID:0000000004529744 1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove cooling fan relay. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 3 and 5 Conditions Continuity 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed No current supply Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. PBIB0098E Revision: 2008 August EC-852 2009 Rogue ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL A Description INFOID:0000000004529745 The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred EC through the CAN communication line from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529746 C 1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions. Monitor item LOAD SIGNAL Condition Rear window defogger switch D E Indication ON ON OFF OFF F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-853, "Diagnosis Procedure". G 2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions. Monitor item LOAD SIGNAL Condition Lighting switch H Indication ON at 2nd position ON OFF OFF I Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Go to EC-853, "Diagnosis Procedure". J 3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION K Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions. Monitor item HEATER FAN SW Condition Heater fan control switch Indication ON ON OFF OFF L M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-853, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure N INFOID:0000000004529747 1.INSPECTION START O Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-853, "Component Function Check". Which circuit is related to the incident? Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2. Headlamp>>GO TO 3. Heater fan>>GO TO 4. 2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM Refer to DEF-4, "System Diagram". Revision: 2008 August EC-853 2009 Rogue P ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END 3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM Refer to EXL-8, "System Diagram" (XENON TYPE) or EXL-136, "System Diagram" (HALOGEN TYPE). >> INSPECTION END 4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM Refer to VTL-3, "System Description". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-854 2009 Rogue FUEL INJECTOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > FUEL INJECTOR A Description INFOID:0000000004529748 The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs. EC C D PBIA9664J Component Function Check E INFOID:0000000004529749 1.INSPECTION START F Turn ignition switch to START. Are any cylinders ignited? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-855, "Diagnosis Procedure". G 2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION H With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Let engine idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. 1. 2. 3. I J Clicking noise should be heard. K Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-855, "Diagnosis Procedure". L M PBIB3332E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529750 N 1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground. O P Revision: 2008 August EC-855 2009 Rogue FUEL INJECTOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Fuel injector Cylinder Connector Terminal 1 F37 1 2 F38 1 3 F39 1 4 F40 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 64) • Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector. Fuel injector Cylinder Connector ECM Terminal Connector Terminal 1 F37 2 32 2 F38 2 31 3 F39 2 4 F40 2 F7 30 Continuity Existed 29 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR Refer to EC-856, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529751 1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-856 2009 Rogue FUEL INJECTOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows. [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] A Terminals Resistance 1 and 2 10.4 - 15.3 Ω [at 10 -60°C (50 - 140°F)] EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-857 2009 Rogue FUEL PUMP [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > FUEL PUMP Description INFOID:0000000004529752 Sensor Input signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed* Battery Battery voltage* ECM function Actuator Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay ↓ Fuel pump *: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump. Condition Fuel pump operation Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second. Engine running and cranking Operates. When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds. Except as shown above Stops. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529753 1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION 1. 2. - Turn ignition switch ON. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers. : Vehicle front Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> EC-858, "Diagnosis Procedure". JMBIA0929ZZ Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529754 1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal F7 14 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II Revision: 2008 August EC-858 2009 Rogue FUEL PUMP [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect IDPDM E/R harness connector E13. 3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. ECM IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F7 14 E13 33 A EC Continuity Existed C Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 3. D 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R connector E13 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R E F >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK 15A FUSE G 1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 57) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 15A fuse. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace fuse. H 5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. I Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E14 46 B40 5 Continuity J K Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. L 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • Harness connectors M11, B1 • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and IPDM E/R N O >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Connector Terminal B40 3 2. P Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground. Ground Continuity Ground Existed Also heck harness for short to power. Revision: 2008 August EC-859 2009 Rogue FUEL PUMP [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK FUEL PUMP Refer to EC-860, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace fuel pump. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529755 1.CHECK FUEL PUMP 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 3 and 5 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Revision: 2008 August EC-860 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > IGNITION SIGNAL A Description INFOID:0000000004529756 The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns EC ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529757 C 1.INSPECTION START D Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine. Does the engine start? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO >> Go to EC-861, "Diagnosis Procedure". E 2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION F With CONSULT-III 1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-861, "Diagnosis Procedure". G H 3.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground. J ECM Connector I Terminal Ground Voltage signal 9 K 10 11 F7 Ground L 21 JMBIA0900GB M NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-861, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure N INFOID:0000000004529758 O 1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. P Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal E16 105 Revision: 2008 August Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage EC-861 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-595, "Diagnosis Procedure". [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] 2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser-1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between condenser-1 harness connector and ground. Condenser Connector Terminal F13 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser-1 harness connector. IPDM E/R Condenser-1 Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E15 47 F13 1 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Go to EC-595, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser-1 >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK CONDENSER-1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between condenser-1 harness connector and ground. Condenser-1 Connector Terminal F13 2 Ground Continuity Ground Existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK CONDENSER Refer to EC-865, "Component Inspection (Condenser-1)" Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace condenser. Revision: 2008 August EC-862 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. 3. 4. A Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground. Ignition coil Cylinder Connector Terminal 1 F33 3 2 F34 3 3 F35 3 4 F36 3 EC C Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage D E Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F 8.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground. Ignition coil Cylinder Connector Terminal 1 F33 2 2 F34 2 3 F35 2 4 F36 2 G Ground Continuity H Ground Existed I J 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K 9.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector. Ignition coil ECM Cylinder Connector Terminal 1 F33 1 2 F34 1 3 F35 1 4 F36 1 Connector Terminal L M Continuity 11 F7 10 9 N Existed 21 O 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 10.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR Refer to EC-864, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Revision: 2008 August EC-863 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000004529759 1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance [Ωat 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ 1 and 3 2 and 3 Except 0 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. 2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 4. Start engine. 5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. 7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 12. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 JMBIA0066GB cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20kV or more. • It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Revision: 2008 August EC-864 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection (Condenser-1) INFOID:0000000004529760 A 1.CHECK CONDENSER-1 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser-1 harness connector. Check resistance between condenser-1 terminals as follows. Terminals 1 and 2 EC C Resistance Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace condenser-1. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-865 2009 Rogue MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP Description INFOID:0000000004529761 The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is located on the combination meter. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL remains illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. For details, refer to EC-866, "Diagnosis Procedure". SEF217U Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529762 1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check that MIL illuminate. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-866, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004529763 1.CHECK DTC Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. 2.CHECK DTC WITH METER Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace. 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> Repair or replace. Revision: 2008 August EC-866 2009 Rogue ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) Description A INFOID:0000000004529764 EC C D E F PBIB1068E From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere. When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged during driving. WARNING: When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following: • Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop. • Never smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. • Always furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher. CAUTION: • Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: - Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely. - Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-923, "Inspection". - Disconnect battery ground cable. • Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed. • Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed. • Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses. • After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connections. • Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire. Component Function Check H I J K L M INFOID:0000000004529765 N 1.CHECK ORVR FUNCTION Check whether the following symptoms are present. • Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong. • Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling. Are any symptoms present? YES >> Go to EC-867, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure O P INFOID:0000000004529766 1.INSPECTION START Check whether the following symptoms are present. A: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong. Revision: 2008 August G EC-867 2009 Rogue ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > B: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling. Which symptom is present? A >> GO TO 2. B >> GO TO 7. 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4. 3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER Check if water will drain from EVAP canister. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 6. PBIB1213E 4.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER Replace EVAP canister with a new one. >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection. >> Repair or replace EVAP hose. 6.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-870, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 9. 8.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER Revision: 2008 August EC-868 2009 Rogue ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check if water will drain from EVAP canister. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 11. A EC C PBIB1213E 9.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER D Replace EVAP canister with a new one. E >> GO TO 10. 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection. >> Repair or replace EVAP hose. G 11.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. H I 12.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Replace filler neck tube. J K 13.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-870, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. L M 14.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace fuel filler tube. N 15.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I O Check one-way valve for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. P 16.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II 1. 2. Check that fuel is drained from the tank. Remove fuel filler tube and hose. Revision: 2008 August EC-869 2009 Rogue ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows. When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing stick it should close. Do not drop any material into the tank. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. SEF665U Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529767 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE With CONSULT-III Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-15, "2WD : Removal and Installation" (2WD), FL-18, "AWD : Removal and Installation" (AWD). 2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer. Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other side to a fuel container. Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. 4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. Connect vacuum pump to hose end. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Always replace O-ring with new one. Turn fuel tank upside down. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm3, −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. 1. JMBIA0907GB Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Revision: 2008 August EC-870 2009 Rogue ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE A Without CONSULT-III 1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-15, "2WD : Removal and Installation" (2WD), FL-18, "AWD : Removal and Installation" (AWD). EC 2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: Remove fuel gauge retainer. Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container. C 3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. 4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. D Connect vacuum pump to hose end. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Always replace O-ring with new one. E Turn fuel tank upside down. 3 Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm , −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. F G H I J JMBIA0907GB Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-871 2009 Rogue POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION Description INFOID:0000000004529768 PBIB0492E This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions. PBIB1588E Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004529769 1.CHECK PCV VALVE With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace PCV valve. PBIB1589E Revision: 2008 August EC-872 2009 Rogue REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004529770 The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an EC electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. C D E PBIB2657E F Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004529771 1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. G Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. H ECM − + Connector Terminal Terminal F8 39 (Refrigerant pressure sensor signal) 40 (Sensor ground) Voltage (V) I 1.0 - 4.0 J Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-873, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure K INFOID:0000000004529772 L 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF. 2. Stop engine. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M N 2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O 1. 2. 3. P Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground. Refrigerant pressure sensor Connector Terminal E49 3 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. Revision: 2008 August EC-873 2009 Rogue REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E49 1 F8 40 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector. Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E49 2 F8 39 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. NO >> Repair or replace. Revision: 2008 August EC-874 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > ECU DIAGNOSIS A ECM Reference Value INFOID:0000000004529773 EC VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL Remarks: z Specification data are reference values. z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. * Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. I.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. this IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors. Monitor Item Condition D E Values/Status Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-588, "Diagnosis Procedure". B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-588, "Diagnosis Procedure". A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-588, "Diagnosis Procedure". COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up HO2S2 (B1) • Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load HO2S2 MNTR (B1) • Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load LEAN ←→ RICH VHCL SPEED SE • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. Almost the same speed as speedometer indication BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V ACCEL SEN 2*1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V TP SEN 1-B1 Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V TP SEN 2-B1*1 Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V FUEL T/TMP SE • Ignition switch: ON Indicates fuel tank temperature INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON Indicates intake air temperature EVAP SYS PRES • Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V FUEL LEVEL SE • Ignition switch: ON Depending on fuel level of fuel tank Revision: 2008 August C F G More than 70°C (158°F) Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm EC-875 Fluctuates around 2.2 V 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 1.0 V H I J K L M 2009 Rogue N O P ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Monitor Item Condition START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) AIR COND SIG • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON PW/ST SIGNAL • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON HEATER FAN SW • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON INJ PULSE-B1 • • • • Values/Status OFF → ON → OFF Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.) ON Selector lever: P or N ON Selector lever: Except above OFF Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF Steering wheel: Being turned ON Rear window defogger switch: ON and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position ON Rear window defogger switch and lighting switch: OFF OFF ON → OFF → ON Heater fan switch: ON ON Heater fan switch: OFF OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 10° - 20° BTDC IGN TIMING • • • • 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 10% - 35% CAL/LD VALUE • • • • 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s MASS AIRFLOW • • • • 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s PURG VOL C/V • • • • Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting.) 0% 2,000 rpm 20% - 90% Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle −5° - 5°CA INT/V TIM (B1) • • • • 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 20°CA Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 0% INT/V SOL (B1) • • • • 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 60% • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates) ON Revision: 2008 August EC-876 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Monitor Item Condition Values/Status A • For 1 second after turning ignition switch: ON • Engine running or cranking ON • Except above OFF VENT CONT/V • Ignition switch: ON OFF THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON FUEL PUMP RLY EC • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load ON • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH) Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication VEHICLE SPEED • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication HO2S2 HTR (B1) IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running C D Idle air volume learning has not been performed yet. YET Idle air volume learning has already been performed successfully. CMPLT Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned ON. 0 - 65,535 km (0 - 40,723 miles) F TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON A/F S1 HTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine.) 4 - 100% AC PRESS SEN • Engine: Idle • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates) 1.0 - 4.0 V VHCL SPEED SE • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating The preset vehicle speed is displayed MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON MAIN switch: Pressed ON MAIN switch: Released OFF CANCEL switch: Pressed ON CANCEL switch: Released OFF RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON SET/COAST switch: Released OFF Brake pedal: Fully released ON Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON CANCEL SW RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON BRAKE SW1 (ASCD brake switch) • Ignition switch: ON BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch) • Ignition switch: ON VHCL SPD CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON LO SPEED CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON AT OD MONITOR • Ignition switch: ON OFF AT OD CANCEL • Ignition switch: ON OFF CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON Revision: 2008 August EC-877 G H I J K L M SET SW MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time → at the 2nd time E N O P ON → OFF 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Monitor Item Condition SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • When vehicle speed: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine: running Values/Status ASCD: Operating ON ASCD: Not operating OFF –0.330 - 0.330 *1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal. TERMINAL LAYOUT PBIA9221J PHYSICAL VALUES NOTE: • ECM is located behind the passenger side instrument lower panel. For this inspection, remove passenger side instrument lower panel. • Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. • Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. Terminal No. Description + – Signal name Input/ Output 2 (P) 112 (B) Throttle control motor power supply Input Value (Approx.) Condition [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 2.9 - 8.8 V 4 (R) 112 (B) A/F sensor 1 heater Output [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed JMBIA0082GB 0 - 14 V 5 (GR) 6 (L) Throttle control motor 1 (Open) Output [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed JMBIA0083GB 0 - 14 V 6 (L) 5 (GR) Throttle control motor 2 (Close) Output [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully released JMBIA0084GB Revision: 2008 August EC-878 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. + Description – Signal name 9 (R) Ignition signal No. 3 10 (W) Ignition signal No. 2 11 (SB) 112 (B) 21 (G) Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output A 0 - 0.1 V EC [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle C JMBIA0900GB Output D 0 - 0.2 V Ignition signal No. 1 E [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Ignition signal No. 4 F JMBIA0901GB 12 (B) 16 (B) 13 (Y) 14 (GR) 15 (V) 24 (L) — 112 (B) 112 (B) 112 (B) 112 (B) ECM ground Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Fuel pump relay Throttle control motor relay ECM relay (Self shut-off) Revision: 2008 August — Output Output Output Output — — G [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 10 V H I JMBIA0902GB J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON [Engine is running] 0 - 1.0 V L [Ignition switch: ON] • More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) M [Ignition switch: ON → OFF] 0 - 1.0 V ↓ BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) N [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • A few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) EC-879 K O P 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. + Description – Signal name Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Idle speed • Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting 25 (Y) 112 (B) EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve JMBIA0087GB Output BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Approx. 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine.) JMBIA0903GB 29 (P) 30 (LG) 31 (BR) BATTERY VOLTAGE Fuel injector No. 4 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector No. 3 112 (B) (11 - 14 V) JMBIA0089GB Output BATTERY VOLTAGE Fuel injector No. 2 (11 - 14 V) 32 (GR) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Fuel injector No. 1 JMBIA0090GB [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 1.0 V 33 (P) 35 (L) Heated oxygen sensor 2 35 (L) — Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) — — — 36 (R) — Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) — — — Revision: 2008 August Input EC-880 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. + 37 (W) 38 (G) Description – 36 (R) 36 (R) Signal name Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 39 (Y) 40 (W) 40 (W) — 45 (V) 49 (LG) A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 46 (P) 52 (O) Engine coolant temperature sensor 47 (B) 36 (R) Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) 49 (LG) 112 (B) A/F sensor 1 50 (BR) 56 (R) Intake air temperature sensor 52 (O) — Sensor ground (Engine coolant temperature sensor) 56 (R) — Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor, Intake air temperature sensor) 58 (L) 56 (R) Refrigerant pressure sensor Sensor ground (Refrigerant pressure sensor) Mass air flow sensor Input Input Input Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed EC More than 0.36 V C Less than 4.75 V D [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V E F [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Both A/C switch and blower fan mo- 1.0 - 4.0 V tor switch: ON (Compressor operates) G H — — — Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V I Input [Engine is running] 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature. J [Ignition switch: ON] 5V Input [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Input [Engine is running] 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with intake air temperature. — — — — — — [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0.8 - 1.2 V O [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm 1.4 - 1.8 V P — K L M Input 59 (V) 64 (Y) Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 60 (B) — Sensor ground [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] — — — Revision: 2008 August A EC-881 N 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. + – 61 (W) 67 (—) 64 (Y) — Description Signal name Knock sensor Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] Input — Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output [Engine is running] • Idle speed 2.5 V — — 3.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 65 (W) 60 (B) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) JMBIA0514GB Input 3.0 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm JMBIA0515GB 67 (—) — Sensor ground (Knock sensor) — — — 1.0 - 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 69 (G) 64 (Y) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) JMBIA0904GB Input 1.0 - 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed is 2,000 rpm JMBIA0905GB 72 (L) 40 (W) Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 76 (P) 60 (B) Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 77 (R) 112 (B) Power supply for ECM (Back-up) Input [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Revision: 2008 August EC-882 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. + Description – Signal name Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed A EC 0V 7 - 10 V 78 (O) 112 (B) Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Output C [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000rpm D JMBIA0906GB 81 (SB) 82 (G) 84 (Y) 100 (W) Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 Input Input [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released E 0.6 - 0.9 V F [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V G H 83 (R) 84 (Y) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V I 84 (Y) — Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) — — — J [Ignition switch: ON] • ASCD steering switch: OFF 4V [Ignition switch: ON] • MAIN switch: Pressed 0V [Ignition switch: ON] • CANCEL switch: Pressed 1V [Ignition switch: ON] • RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed 3V [Ignition switch: ON] • SET/COAST switch: Pressed 2V 85 (R) 92 (W) ASCD steering switch Input K L M N 86 (BR) 96 (P) EVAP control system pressure sensor Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8 V 87 (V) 100 (W) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 88 (L) 112 (B) Data link connector [Ignition switch: ON] • GST: Disconnected BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 91 (Y) 96 (P) Sensor power supply (EVAP control system pressure sensor) — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 92 (W) — Sensor ground (ASCD steering switch) — — — Revision: 2008 August Input/ Output EC-883 O 2009 Rogue P ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. Description Signal name – 93 (O) 112 (B) Ignition switch Input 95 (O) 104 (B) Fuel tank temperature sensor Input 96 (P) — Sensor ground (EVAP control system pressure sensor) 97 (P) — 98 (L) Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output + [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with fuel tank temperature. — — — CAN communication line — — — — CAN communication line — — — 100 (W) — Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) — — — 102 (LG) 112 (B) PNP switch [Ignition switch: ON] • Selector lever: P or N BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • Selector lever: Except above 0V 104 (B) — Sensor ground (Fuel tank temperature sensor) — — 105 (R) 112 (B) Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 106 (Y) 112 (B) 0V Stop lamp switch [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 107 (B) 108 (B) — ECM ground — — 109 (W) 112 (B) EVAP canister vent control valve [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 110 (GR) 112 (B) 0V ASCD brake switch [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 111 (B) 112 (B) — ECM ground — — Input — Input Input — Output Input — : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Revision: 2008 August EC-884 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Wiring Diagram — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000004529774 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0957GB Revision: 2008 August EC-885 2009 Rogue P ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0958GB Revision: 2008 August EC-886 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0959GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-887 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0960GB Revision: 2008 August EC-888 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0961GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-889 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0962GB Revision: 2008 August EC-890 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0963GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-891 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0964GB Revision: 2008 August EC-892 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0965GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-893 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0966GB Revision: 2008 August EC-894 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0967GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-895 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0968GB Revision: 2008 August EC-896 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0969GB P Fail Safe INFOID:0000000004529775 NON DTC RELATED ITEM Revision: 2008 August EC-897 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut Detected items Remarks Reference page Malfunction indicator lamp circuit When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by illuminating MIL when there is malfunction on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating the fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. EC-866 DTC RELATED ITEM DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve control does not function. P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions. CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. Condition Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-III display) Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) Approx. 4 minutes or more after starting engine 80°C (176°F) 40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) (Depends on the time) Except as shown above When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running. P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2132 P2133 P2135 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. Therefore, the acceleration will be poor. P0500 Vehicle speed sensor When the fail-safe system for vehicle speed sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running. P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:) ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. ECM deactivates ASCD operation. P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range. Therefore, acceleration will be poor. Vehicle condition Driving condition When engine is idling Normal When accelerating Poor acceleration P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. Revision: 2008 August EC-898 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2119 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction:) ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor C (When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) While the vehicle being driven, it slows down gradually because of fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more. D The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. Therefore, the acceleration will be poor. INFOID:0000000004529776 If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart. 1 EC (When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:) ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. DTC Inspection Priority Chart Priority A E F G H Detected items (DTC) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • U0101 U0140 U1001 CAN communication line P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor P0116 P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0128 Thermostat function P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor P0327 P0328 Knock sensor P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor P0500 Vehicle speed sensor P0605 P0607 ECM P0643 Sensor power supply P0705 P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch P1610 - P1615 NATS P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-899 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Priority 2 3 Detected items (DTC) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • P0031 P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P2A00 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0137 P0138 P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor P0603 ECM power supply P0710 P0715 P0720 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0746 P0776 P0778 P0840 P1740 P1777 P1778 CVT related sensors, solenoid valves and switches P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) P1805 Brake switch P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay P2101 Electric throttle control function P2118 Throttle control motor • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • P0011 Intake valve timing control P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function P0300 - P0304 Misfire P0420 Three way catalyst function P0442 P0456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK) P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK) P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system P1148 Closed loop control P1212 TCS communication line P1421 Cold start control P1564 ASCD steering switch P1572 ASCD brake switch P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor P1715 Primary speed sensor P2119 Electric throttle control actuator DTC Index INFOID:0000000004529777 ×:Applicable —: Not applicable Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III 3 SRT code Trip MIL Reference page GST*2 ECM* CAN COMM CIRCUIT U0101 0101*4 — 1 × EC-599 CAN COMM CIRCUIT U0140 0140*4 — 1 × EC-600 CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 — 2 — EC-601 NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. P0000 0000 — — Flashing*7 — INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — 2 × EC-602 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 — 2 × EC-606 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 — 2 × EC-606 HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 — 2 × EC-609 HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 — 2 × EC-609 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 — 2 × EC-612 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0101 0101 — 2 × EC-615 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 — 1 × EC-622 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 0103 — 1 × EC-622 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 — 2 × EC-627 Revision: 2008 August EC-900 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Reference page A EC IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 — 2 × EC-627 ECT SEN/CIRC P0116 0116 — 2 × EC-630 ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — 1 × EC-632 ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — 1 × EC-632 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0122 0122 — 1 × EC-635 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0123 0123 — 1 × EC-635 ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 — 2 × EC-638 IAT SENSOR-B1 P0127 0127 — 2 × EC-641 THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 — 2 × EC-643 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 — 2 × EC-645 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 — 2 × EC-649 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 — 2 × EC-652 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 × 2 × EC-655 HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 × 2 × EC-660 HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 × 2 × EC-666 HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × 2 × EC-673 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — 2 × EC-679 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — 2 × EC-683 FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 — 2 × EC-687 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 — 2 × EC-690 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 — 2 × EC-690 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0222 0222 — 1 × EC-693 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0223 0223 — 1 × EC-693 MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — 2 × EC-696 CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — 2 × EC-696 CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — 2 × EC-696 CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — 2 × EC-696 CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — 2 × EC-696 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — 2 — EC-701 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — 2 — EC-701 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — 2 × EC-703 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — 2 × EC-707 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × 2 × EC-711 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 × 2 × EC-716 EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 × 2 × EC-721 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0443 0443 — 2 × EC-727 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — 2 × EC-731 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 — 2 × EC-731 VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 — 2 × EC-734 VENT CONTROL VALVE P0448 0448 — 2 × EC-738 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0451 0451 — 2 × EC-742 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 — 2 × EC-745 Revision: 2008 August EC-901 2009 Rogue C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Reference page EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 — 2 × EC-750 EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 — 2 × EC-755 EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 ×*6 2 × EC-761 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 — 2 × EC-768 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 — 2 × EC-769 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 — 2 × EC-771 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 — 2 × EC-771 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5 P0500 0500 — 2 × EC-773 ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 — 2 × EC-775 ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 — 2 × EC-777 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P0603 0603 — 2 × EC-779 ECM P0605 0605 — 1 or 2 × or — EC-781 ECM P0607 0607 — 1 × EC-783 SENSOR POWER/CIRC P0643 0643 — 1 × EC-784 PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 — 2 × TM-53 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 — 1 × TM-56 P0715 0715 — 2 × TM-59 P0720 0720 — 2 × TM-63 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 — 2 × TM-69 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 — 2 × TM-71 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 — 2 × TM-73 PRS CNT SOL/A FCTN P0746 0746 — 1 × TM-75 PRS CNT SOL/B FCTN P0776 0776 — 2 × TM-77 PRS CNT SOL/B CIRC P0778 0778 — 2 × TM-80 TR PRS SENS/A CIRC P0840 0840 — 2 × TM-87 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P0850 0850 — 2 × EC-786 CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 — 1 × EC-789 TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 — 2 — EC-790 ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — 1 × EC-791 CTP LEARNING-B1 P1225 1225 — 2 — EC-795 CTP LEARNING-B1 P1226 1226 — 2 — EC-797 COLD START CONTROL P1421 1421 — 2 × EC-799 ASCD SW P1564 1564 — 1 — EC-801 ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 — 1 — EC-804 ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 — 1 — EC-809 LOCK MODE P1610 1610 — 2 — ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM P1611 1611 — 2 — CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU P1612 1612 — 2 — INPUT SPD SEN/CIRC VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT* 5 Revision: 2008 August EC-902 SEC-34*8 SEC-168*9 SEC-35*8 SEC-169*9 SEC-37*8 SEC-171*9 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Reference page A SEC-38*8 EC CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY P1614 1614 — 2 — DIFFERENCE OF KEY P1615 1615 — 2 — IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 — 2 — EC-811 LU-SLCT SOL/CIRC P1740 1740 — 2 × TM-104 STEP MOTOR CIRC P1777 1777 — 1 × TM-107 STEP MOTOR FNCT P1778 1778 — 2 × TM-110 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — 2 — EC-813 ETC MOT PWR-B1 P2100 2100 — 1 × EC-815 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 P2101 2101 — 1 × EC-817 ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 — 1 × EC-815 ETC MOT-B1 P2118 2118 — 1 × EC-821 ETC ACTR-B1 P2119 2119 — 1 × EC-823 APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — 1 × EC-825 APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — 1 × EC-825 APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — 1 × EC-828 APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — 1 × EC-828 TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 — 1 × EC-832 APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — 1 × EC-836 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P2A00 2A00 — 2 × EC-840 SEC-172*9 SEC-40*8 SEC-174*9 C D E F G H I J *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. K *4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. *5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates. *6: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG. *7: When the ECM is in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to “How to Display SRT Status”. L *8: Models with intelligent system *9: Models without intelligent system M How to Set SRT Code INFOID:0000000004529778 To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions. WITH CONSULT-III Perform corresponding DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on “SRT Item”. WITHOUT CONSULT-III The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained below. The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes. Revision: 2008 August EC-903 2009 Rogue N O P ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > DRIVING PATTERN PBIB3622E • The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc. Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest. Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within zone A. *: Normal conditions refer to the following: Revision: 2008 August EC-904 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > • Sea level • Flat road A • Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) • Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnoEC sis may also be performed. Pattern 1: • The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F) [where the voltage between the ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and 52 C (Sensor ground) is 3.0 - 4.3V]. • The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) [where the voltage between the ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor sig- D nal) and 52 (Sensor ground) is lower than 1.4V]. • The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) [where the voltage between the ECM terminal 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and 104 (Sensor ground) is less E than 4.1V]. Pattern 2: • When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. F Pattern 3: • Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure. • Release the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed G from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH). Pattern 4: • The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steadystate driving. H • If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again. *1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 I MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle PBIB2244E speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again. *2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. J Suggested Transmission Gear Position for CVT Models Set the selector lever in the D position. K Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000004534166 The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979. The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID(OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the ECM. (eg., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed) L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-905 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item OBDMID 01H Self-diagnostic test item Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) HO2S 02H 03H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank 1) Revision: 2008 August DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) Description TID Unit and Scaling ID P0131 83H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0131 84H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0130 85H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0130 86H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0133 87H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) P0133 88H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) P2A00 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P2A00 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency P0138 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0137 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0143 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0144 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage EC-906 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item OBDMID Self-diagnostic test item DTC P0151 05H Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) HO2S 06H 07H 21H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank2) Three way catalyst function (Bank1) CATALYST 22H Three way catalyst function (Bank2) Revision: 2008 August Test value and Test limit (GST display) A Description TID Unit and Scaling ID 83H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle EC P0151 84H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0150 85H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0150 86H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0153 87H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) P0153 88H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency P0158 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0157 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0163 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0164 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index P0420 82H 01H Switching time lag engine exhaust index value P2423 83H 0CH Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index P0430 82H 01H Switching time lag engine exhaust index value P2424 83H 0CH Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst EC-907 2009 Rogue C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item EGR SYSTEM OBDMID 31H 35H Self-diagnostic test item EGR function EVAP SYSTEM O2 SENSOR HEATER Description TID Unit and Scaling ID P0400 80H 96H Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (short term) P0400 81H 96H Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (long term) P0400 82H 96H Low Flow Faults: Difference between max EGR temp and EGR temp under idling condition P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp P1402 84H 96H High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase rate P0011 80H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0014 81H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0011 82H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0014 83H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0021 80H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0024 81H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0021 82H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0024 83H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) VVT Monitor (Bank1) VVT SYSTEM 36H DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) VVT Monitor (Bank2) 39H EVAP control system leak (Cap Off) P0455 80H 0CH Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after pull down 3BH EVAP control system leak (Small leak) P0442 80H 05H Leak area index (for more than 0.04 inch) P0456 80H 05H 3CH EVAP control system leak (Very small leak) Leak area index (for more than 0.02 inch) P0456 81H FDH Maximum internal pressure of EVAP system during monitoring P0441 83H 0CH Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after vent control valve close 3DH Purge flow system 41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) Low Input:P0031 High Input:P0032 81H 0BH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 42H Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1) Low Input:P0037 High Input:P0038 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 43H Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 1) P0043 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 45H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) Low Input:P0051 High Input:P0052 81H 0BH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 46H Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2) Low Input:P0057 High Input:P0058 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 47H Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 2) P0063 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage Revision: 2008 August EC-908 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item OBDMID Self-diagnostic test item DTC P0411 SECONDARY AIR 71H 81H FUEL SYSTEM 82H Secondary Air system Test value and Test limit (GST display) A Description TID Unit and Scaling ID 80H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Incorrect Flow Detected EC Bank1: P0491 Bank2: P0492 81H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow P2445 82H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck Off P2448 83H 01H Secondary Air Injection System High Airflow Bank1: P2440 Bank2: P2442 84H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open P2440 85H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open P2444 86H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck On Fuel injection system function (Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim P0171 or P0172 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped Fuel injection system function (Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim P0174 or P0175 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-909 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item MISFIRE OBDMID A1H Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID P0301 80H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the first cylinder P0302 81H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the second cylinder P0303 82H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the third cylinder P0304 83H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fourth cylinder P0305 84H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fifth cylinder P0306 85H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the sixth cylinder P0307 86H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the seventh cylinder P0308 87H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the eighth cylinder P0300 88H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the multiple cylinders P0301 89H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the first cylinder P0302 8AH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the second cylinder P0303 8BH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the third cylinder P0304 8CH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fourth cylinder P0305 8DH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fifth cylinder P0306 8EH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the sixth cylinder P0307 8FH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the seventh cylinder P0308 90H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the eighth cylinder P0300 91H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the single cylinder P0300 92H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the single cylinder P0300 93H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the multiple cylinders Multiple Cylinder Misfires Revision: 2008 August Description Unit and Scaling ID EC-910 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item OBDMID A2H A3H A4H Self-diagnostic test item DTC A7H A8H A9H Description TID P0301 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0301 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles No. 1 Cylinder Misfire EC P0302 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0302 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0303 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0303 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles No. 2 Cylinder Misfire No. 3 Cylinder Misfire 0BH No. 4 Cylinder Misfire C D E F G H P0304 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0305 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0305 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles J P0306 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles K MISFIRE A6H A Unit and Scaling ID P0304 A5H Test value and Test limit (GST display) No. 5 Cylinder Misfire No. 6 Cylinder Misfire I P0306 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles L P0307 P0307 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles M P0308 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0308 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles No. 7 Cylinder Misfire No. 8 Cylinder Misfire N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-911 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS Symptom Table INFOID:0000000004529780 SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) AM HA 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION AL SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION AK HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT AJ ENGINE STALL AH AB AC AD AE Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 Incorrect idle speed adjustment Ignition AG HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) Air AF AA Warranty symptom code Fuel HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE SYMPTOM 4 3 4 2 Reference page EC-858 4 EC-923 2 EC-855 4 EC-550 1 EC-872 EC-503 1 1 2 3 3 Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-503 Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-861 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-595 Main power supply and ground circuit 2 EC-615 EC-622 2 Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 EC-632 EC-638 3 3 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 Knock sensor circuit 2 Revision: 2008 August 2 2 EC-825 EC-828 EC-836 1 EC-912 EC-645 EC-649 EC-652 EC-655 EC-840 EC-635 EC-693 EC-795 EC-797 EC-832 Throttle position sensor circuit Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 2 EC-817 EC-823 Electric throttle control actuator 3 EC-701 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > SYMPTOM HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) A AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-703 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-707 Warranty symptom code Vehicle speed signal circuit ECM 2 2 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 2 3 3 PNP switch circuit Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 Electrical load signal circuit Air conditioner circuit 3 3 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 2 3 3 3 4 3 3 Reference page C D E 3 EC-773 3 EC-779 EC-781 3 EC-612 3 EC-786 4 EC-873 3 2 EC F G H I EC-853 3 3 3 2 HAC-9 BRC-15 BRC-93 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. J K SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-913 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > Fuel Fuel tank ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Warranty symptom code HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) SYMPTOM AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA FL-17 FL-20 5 Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-6 5 Vapor lock — Valve deposit Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane) Air — 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 — Air duct EM-28 Air cleaner EM-28 Air leakage from air duct (Mass air flow sensor — electric throttle control actuator) Electric throttle control actuator 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-28 5 5 EM-31 Air leakage from intake manifold/ Collector/Gasket Cranking Battery Generator circuit Engine Reference page EM-31 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PG-92 CHG-18 Starter circuit 3 Signal plate 6 EM-53 PNP switch 4 TM-54 Cylinder head Cylinder head gasket 5 STR-5 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 3 EM-85 Cylinder block 4 Piston Piston ring Connecting rod 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-96 Bearing Crankshaft Valve mechanism Timing chain EM-77 Camshaft EM-53 Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 Intake valve 5 EM-31 5 3 Exhaust valve Revision: 2008 August 5 EC-914 EM-77 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > SYMPTOM Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ Gasket HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Warranty symptom code A AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA Cooling Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler Reference page D E 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-33 EX-4 EM-36 EM-39 LU-12 LU-8 LU-9 Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-5 Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-20 Thermostat 5 CO-24 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 Cooling fan H I 5 CO-9 J CO-22 5 Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated coolant NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS) G CO-26 Water pump Water gallery C F Three way catalyst Lubrication EC 1 CO-9 SEC-15 SEC-155 1 K L 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-915 2009 Rogue NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION Description INFOID:0000000004529781 FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED) If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and engine speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. NOTE: This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-515, "System Description". Revision: 2008 August EC-916 2009 Rogue PRECAUTIONS [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < PRECAUTION > PRECAUTION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" EC INFOID:0000000004539399 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIRBAG” and “SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the “SRS AIRBAG”. • Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000004539392 When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc. C D E F G H I J K PIIB3706J Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service L INFOID:0000000004541615 WARNING: Comply with the following warnings to prevent any serious accident. • Disconnect the battery cable (negative terminal) or the power supply fuse before installing, removing, or touching the xenon headlamp (bulb included). The xenon headlamp contains high-voltage generated parts. • Never work with wet hands. • Check the xenon headlamp ON-OFF status after assembling it to the vehicle. Never turn the xenon headlamp ON in other conditions. Connect the power supply to the vehicle-side connector. (Turning it ON outside the lamp case may cause fire or visual impairments.) • Never touch the bulb glass immediately after turning it OFF. It is extremely hot. CAUTION: Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction. • Install the xenon bulb securely. (Insufficient bulb socket installation may melt the bulb, the connector, the housing, etc. by high-voltage leakage or corona discharge.) • Never perform HID circuit inspection with a tester. • Never touch the xenon bulb glass with hands. Never put oil and grease on it. • Dispose of the used xenon bulb after packing it in thick vinyl without breaking it. • Never wipe out dirt and contamination with organic solvent (thinner, gasoline, etc.). Revision: 2008 August EC-917 2009 Rogue M N O P PRECAUTIONS [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < PRECAUTION > On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000004529785 The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: • Always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to illuminate. • Always connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) • Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-82, "Description". • Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit. • Always connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc. • Always erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. General Precautions INFOID:0000000004529786 • Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. • Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is running. • Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned OFF. • Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect negative battery cable. SEF289H • Never disassemble ECM. • If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the ECM value. The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts because of a slight variation. • If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related diagnostic information will be cleared within 24 hours. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values • When connecting ECM harness connector (1), fasten (B) it securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure. 2. ECM A. Loosen PBIA9222J PBIB2947E Revision: 2008 August EC-918 2009 Rogue PRECAUTIONS [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < PRECAUTION > • When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM, Never damage pin terminals (berds or breaks). Check that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors. • Securely connect ECM harness connectors. A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs. • Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc. • Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. • Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference Value inspection and Check that ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-875, "Reference Value". • Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. • Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. • Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator. • Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents. • Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), crankshaft position sensor (POS). A EC C PBIB0090E D E F G MEF040D H • After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE if the repair is completed. The Component Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed. I J K SEF217U L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-919 2009 Rogue PRECAUTIONS [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < PRECAUTION > • When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow the two tester probes to contact. Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor. • Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. • Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque. SEF348N • Never depress accelerator pedal when starting. • Immediately after starting, Never rev up engine unnecessarily. • Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown. SEF709Y • When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, always observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location. - Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units. - Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the harness of electronic controls. Never let them run parallel for a long distance. - Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave ratio can be kept smaller. - Always ground the radio to vehicle body. Revision: 2008 August EC-920 SEF708Y 2009 Rogue PREPARATION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < PREPARATION > PREPARATION A PREPARATION Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000004529787 NOTE: The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name EC C Description D Checks fuel pressure (J-44321) Fuel pressure gauge kit E F LEC642 Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000004529788 Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Description Leak detector i.e.: (J-41416) G H Locates the EVAP leak I J S-NT703 Applies positive pressure through EVAP service port EVAP service port adapter i.e.: (J-41413-OBD) K L M S-NT704 Fuel filler cap adapter i.e.: (MLR-8382) Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure N O S-NT815 Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature sensor S-NT705 Revision: 2008 August EC-921 2009 Rogue P PREPARATION [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < PREPARATION > Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Description Reconditions the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with antiseize lubricant shown below. a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor Oxygen sensor thread cleaner i.e.: (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12) AEM488 Anti-seize lubricant Lubricantes oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads. i.e.: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) S-NT779 Revision: 2008 August EC-922 2009 Rogue FUEL PRESSURE [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE A FUEL PRESSURE Inspection INFOID:0000000004529789 EC FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE C With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. D E With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system. F G FUEL PRESSURE CHECK CAUTION: Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. NOTE: • Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure cannot be completely released because S35 models do not have fuel return system. • Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit [SST (J-44321)] to check fuel pressure. 1. Release fuel pressure to zero. 2. Install fuel pressure gauge adapter [SST (J-44321-6)] (B) with fuel pressure gauge (A). • Fuel feed hose (1) 3. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage. 4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. 5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge. H I J K L At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) 6. If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. If OK, Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. If NG, Repair or replace. M JMBIA0930ZZ N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-923 2009 Rogue EVAP LEAK CHECK [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > EVAP LEAK CHECK Inspection INFOID:0000000004529790 CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system. NOTE: • Do not start engine. • Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) to the EVAP service port may cause a leak. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service port. Turn ignition switch ON. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) and hose with pressure pump. Locate the leak using a leak detector (commercial service tool). Refer to EC-549, "System Diagram". SEF462UA SEF200U WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service port. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi). Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) and hose with pressure pump. SEF462UA Revision: 2008 August EC-924 2009 Rogue EVAP LEAK CHECK [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > 5. Locate the leak using a leak detector (commercial service tool). Refer to EC-549, "System Diagram". A EC C SEF200U D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-925 2009 Rogue EVAP CANISTER [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > ON-VEHICLE REPAIR EVAP CANISTER Exploded View INFOID:0000000004529791 PBIB1383E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004529792 REMOVAL 1. Lift up the vehicle. 2. Remove EVAP canister fixing bolt. 3. Remove EVAP canister. NOTE: The EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP canister system pressure sensor can be removed without removing the EVAP canister. INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Tighten EVAP canister fixing bolt to the specified torque. DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve. PBIB1384E ASSEMBLY Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. CAUTION: Always replace O-ring with a new one. Revision: 2008 August EC-926 2009 Rogue EVAP CANISTER [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] < ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > Inspection INFOID:0000000004529793 A Check EVAP canister as follows: 1. Block port (B). 2. Blow air into port (A) and check that it flows freely out of port (C). 3. Release blocked port (B). 4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and check that vacuum pressure exists at the ports (A) and (C). 5. Block port (A) and (B). 6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage. EC C D JMBIA0961ZZ E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-927 2009 Rogue SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [FOR USA (FEDERAL) AND CANADA] SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Idle Speed INFOID:0000000004672618 Transmission CVT Condition Specification 700 ± 50 rpm No load* (in P or N position) *: Under the following conditions • A/C switch: OFF • Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) • Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000004672619 Transmission CVT Condition Specification 15 ± 5° BTDC No load* (in P or N position) *: Under the following conditions • A/C switch: OFF • Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) • Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000004672620 Condition Specification (Using CONSULT-III or GST) At idle 10 – 35 % At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35 % Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000004672621 Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V) Output voltage at idle 0.8 – 1.2V* 1.0 – 4.0 g·m/sec at idle* 4.0 – 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm* Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST) *: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load. Revision: 2008 August EC-928 2009 Rogue DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [FOR MEXICO] < BASIC INSPECTION > BASIC INSPECTION A DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW Work Flow INFOID:0000000004494106 EC OVERALL SEQUENCE C D E F G H I J K L M N O P JMBIA1416GB DETAILED FLOW Revision: 2008 August EC-929 2009 Rogue DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [FOR MEXICO] < BASIC INSPECTION > 1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-932, "Diagnostic Work Sheet".) >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK DTC 1. 2. - Check DTC. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed. Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.) Erase DTC. (Refer to “”EC-990, "Diagnosis Description".) Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer. (Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-1268, "Symptom Table".) 3. Check related service bulletins for information. Are any symptoms described and is any DTCs detected? Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5. 3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-1272, "Description" and EC1254, "Fail Safe". Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. >> GO TO 5. 4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-1272, "Description" and EC1254, "Fail Safe". Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. >> GO TO 6. 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected again. If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-1256, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble diagnosis order. NOTE: • Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected. • Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this check. If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". 6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION Perform EC-933, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Do you have CONSULT-III? Revision: 2008 August EC-930 2009 Rogue DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [FOR MEXICO] < BASIC INSPECTION > YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 9. A 7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE With CONSULT-III EC Check that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value using CONSULT-III in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-1012, "Component Function Check". C Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. D DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE 8. Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1013, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9. E 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE F Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-1268, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms. G >> GO TO 10. 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE H Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. NOTE: The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to “Circuit Inspection” in GI44, "Circuit Inspection". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check the voltage of related ECM terminals using CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-1232, "Reference Value". 11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. 3. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. (Refer to “”EC-990, "Diagnosis Description".) I J K L M >> GO TO 12. 12.FINAL CHECK When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check again, and then check that the malfunction have been completely repaired. When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the symptom is not detected. Is DTC detected and does symptom remain? YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6. NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, check to always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to “”EC-990, "Diagnosis Description".) If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific DRIVING PATTERN in EC-1260, "How to Set SRT Code". Revision: 2008 August EC-931 2009 Rogue N O P DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [FOR MEXICO] < BASIC INSPECTION > Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000004494107 DESCRIPTION There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like WORKSHEET SAMPLE below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink, and DTC to be detected. Examples: • Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L WORKSHEET SAMPLE MTBL0017 Revision: 2008 August EC-932 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR MEXICO] < BASIC INSPECTION > INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT A BASIC INSPECTION BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004494108 EC 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. 3. 4. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for scheduled maintenance. Open engine hood and check the following: Harness connectors for improper connections Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections Hoses and ducts for leakage Air cleaner clogging Gasket Check that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. Headlamp switch is OFF. Air conditioner switch is OFF. Rear window defogger switch is OFF. SEF983U Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge. Check that engine stays below 1,000 rpm. C D E F G H I SEF976U Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load. 6. Check that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST. Are any DTCs detected? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. J 5. K L M SEF977U 2.REPAIR OR REPLACE N Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnosis Procedure. O >> GO TO 3 3.CHECK IDLE SPEED 1. P Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load. Revision: 2008 August EC-933 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT < BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for approximately 1 minute. 3. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-936, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-1281, "Idle Speed". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 4. [FOR MEXICO] PBIA8513J 4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING 1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-937, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 5. 5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Perform EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 6. 6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Perform EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. 7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN 1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-936, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-1281, "Idle Speed". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 8. 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the Following. • Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1124, "DTC Logic". • Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1120, "DTC Logic". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4. 9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION 1. 2. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, although this is rare.) Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-936, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 4. 10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING 1. 2. Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light. Revision: 2008 August EC-934 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT < BASIC INSPECTION > For procedure, refer to EC-937, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-1281, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> GO TO 11. [FOR MEXICO] A EC 11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING 1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-937, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". C D >> GO TO 12. 12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Perform EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". E >> GO TO 13. F 13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Perform EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. G 14.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN H 1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. For procedure, refer to EC-936, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-1281, "Idle Speed". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 17. I J 15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN K 1. 2. Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light. For procedure, refer to EC-937, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement". For specification, refer to EC-1281, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> GO TO 16. L M 16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION N Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-70, "Removal and Installation". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4. O 17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1124, "DTC Logic". • Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1120, "DTC Logic". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 18. NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4. P 18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION Revision: 2008 August EC-935 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR MEXICO] < BASIC INSPECTION > 1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, although this is rare.) 2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-936, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 4. 19.INSPECTION END If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, go to EC-936, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description INFOID:0000000004494109 When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004494110 1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS Refer to EC-936, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement" (With Intelligent key system), EC-936, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement" (Without Intelligent key system). >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-937, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> END IDLE SPEED IDLE SPEED : Description INFOID:0000000004494111 This describes how to check the idle speed. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “BASIC INSPECTION”. IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004494112 1.CHECK IDLE SPEED With CONSULT-III Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Revision: 2008 August EC-936 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR MEXICO] < BASIC INSPECTION > With GST Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST. A >> INSPECTION END EC IGNITION TIMING IGNITION TIMING : Description INFOID:0000000004494113 This describes how to check the ignition timing. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “BASIC INSPECTION”. IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004494114 C D 1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING 1. - E Attach timing light (A) to No. 1 ignition coil wire as shown. : Vehicle front F G JMBIA0928ZZ 2. - Check ignition timing. Timing indicator (1) H I >> INSPECTION END J K ALBIA0048ZZ ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description L INFOID:0000000004494115 M Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement N INFOID:0000000004494116 O 1.START 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P >> END THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Revision: 2008 August EC-937 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR MEXICO] < BASIC INSPECTION > THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000004494117 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected. THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004494118 1.START 1. 2. 3. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound. >> END IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000004494119 Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed within the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions: • Each time the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced. • Idle speed or ignition timing is out of the specification. IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004494120 1.PRECONDITIONING Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied. Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. • Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle) • Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F) • PNP switch: ON • Electric load switch: OFF (Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger) On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the headlamp will not illuminate. • Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) • Vehicle speed: Stopped • Transmission: Warmed-up - With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TENP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “CVT” system indicates less than 0.9V. - Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING With CONSULT-III Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-937, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. 5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds. Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 5. 1. Revision: 2008 August EC-938 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR MEXICO] < BASIC INSPECTION > 3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING A Without CONSULT-III NOTE: • It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. EC • It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. 1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-937, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL C RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. E Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking and turns ON. F 8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turns ON. 9. Start engine and let it idle. 10. Wait 20 seconds. G H I SEC897C J >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING K Rev up the engine two or three times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. For procedure, refer to EC-494, "Idle Speed" and EC-494, "Ignition Timing". For specifications, refer to EC-494, "Idle Speed" and EC-494, "Ignition Timing". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following • Check that throttle valve is fully closed. • Check PCV valve operation. • Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. M N O 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident. It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-1012, "Description". If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning again: • Engine stalls. Revision: 2008 August L EC-939 2009 Rogue INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT [FOR MEXICO] < BASIC INSPECTION > • Incorrect idle. >> INSPECTION END MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description INFOID:0000000004494121 This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “Diagnosis Procedure”. MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004494122 1.START With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”. With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST. Check that DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102. 1. 2. 3. >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-940 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS A ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM System Diagram INFOID:0000000004494123 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P JMBIA1032GB Revision: 2008 August EC-941 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > System Description INFOID:0000000004494124 ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control. Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004494125 JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-942 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) A Vehicle front EC C D JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. E Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front F G H I JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector J K Vehicle front L M N JMBIA1069ZZ 1. Fuel injector 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve O Vehicle front P Revision: 2008 August EC-943 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0922ZZ 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-944 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0927ZZ D 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front E F G JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. H Accelerator pedal position sensor I J K JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. L SET/COAST switch M N O P JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-945 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Description INFOID:0000000004494126 Component Reference A/F sensor 1 EC-1068, "Description" A/F sensor 1 heater EC-1031, "Description" Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-1187, "Description" ASCD brake switch EC-1166, "Description" ASCD steering switch EC-1163, "Description" ASCD vehicle speed sensor EC-1171, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-1124, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-1120, "Description" Cooling fan motor EC-973, "System Description" Electric throttle control actuator EC-1185, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-1055, "Description" EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-1133, "Description" Fuel injector EC-1217, "Description" Fuel pump EC-1220, "Description" Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-1083, "Description" Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EC-1034, "Description" Ignition signal EC-1223, "Description" Intake air temperature sensor EC-1052, "Description" Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-985, "System Description" Knock sensor EC-1118, "Description" Mass air flow sensor EC-1040, "Description" Park/neutral position switch EC-1149, "Description" PCV valve EC-1229, "Description" Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-1230, "Description" Stop lamp switch EC-1175, "Description" Throttle control motor EC-1183, "Description" Throttle control motor relay EC-1177, "Description" Throttle position sensor EC-1058, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-946 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM A System Diagram INFOID:0000000004494127 EC C D E F G H JMBIA1014GB System Description INFOID:0000000004494128 J INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*3 Piston position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Battery Battery voltage*3 Knock sensor Engine knocking condition Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas EPS control unit Power steering operation*2 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ABS operation command*2 Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 BCM Air conditioner operation*2 ECM function Actuator M Fuel injection & mixture ratio control N Fuel injector O P *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. EC-947 K L *1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. Revision: 2008 August I 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > *3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor. VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below. • • • • • • During warm-up When starting the engine During acceleration Hot-engine operation When selector lever is changed from N to D High-load, high-speed operation • During deceleration • During high engine speed operation MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL) PBIB2793E The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to EC-1068, "DTC Logic". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture). This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sensor 2. • Open Loop Control The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. - Deceleration and acceleration - High-load, high-speed operation - Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit - Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature - High engine coolant temperature - During warm-up - After shifting from N to D - When starting the engine MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally Revision: 2008 August EC-948 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. A Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between the two ratios. EC “Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim includes short-term fuel trim and long-term fuel trim. “Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the- C oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean. “Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation D of the short-term fuel trim from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment. FUEL INJECTION TIMING E F G SEF337W Two types of systems are used. • Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is running. • Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM. The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. FUEL SHUT-OFF H I J K Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds. L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-949 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004534174 JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-950 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0918ZZ D 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front E F G H JMBIA0919ZZ 1. 4. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front I J K L M JMBIA1069ZZ 1. Fuel injector 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve N Vehicle front O P JMBIA0922ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-951 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-952 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0924ZZ D 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor E F G JMBIA0925ZZ H 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch I J K JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator M Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004494130 Component N Reference A/F sensor 1 EC-1068, "Description" Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-1187, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-1124, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-1120, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-1055, "Description" Fuel injector EC-1217, "Description" Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-1034, "Description" Intake air temperature sensor EC-1052, "Description" Revision: 2008 August L EC-953 O P 2009 Rogue MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Reference Knock sensor EC-1118, "Description" Mass air flow sensor EC-1040, "Description" Park/neutral position switch EC-1149, "Description" Throttle position sensor EC-1058, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-954 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM A System Diagram INFOID:0000000004494131 EC C D E F JMBIA0174GB G System Description INFOID:0000000004494132 H INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 Piston position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Battery Battery voltage*2 Knock sensor Engine knocking Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Combination meter Vehicle speed*1 ECM function Actuator I J Ignition timing control Ignition coil (with power transistor) K L M *1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Ignition order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2 The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor. During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM. • At starting • During warm-up • At idle • At low battery voltage • During acceleration The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not Revision: 2008 August EC-955 2009 Rogue N O P ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004534175 JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-956 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) A Vehicle front EC C D JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. E Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front F G H I JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector J K Vehicle front L M N JMBIA1069ZZ 1. Fuel injector 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve O Vehicle front P Revision: 2008 August EC-957 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0922ZZ 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-958 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0927ZZ D 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front E F G JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. H Accelerator pedal position sensor I J K JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. L SET/COAST switch M N O P JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-959 2009 Rogue ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Description INFOID:0000000004494134 Component Reference Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-1187, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-1124, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-1120, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-1055, "Description" Ignition signal EC-1223, "Description" Knock sensor EC-1118, "Description" Mass air flow sensor EC-1040, "Description" Park/neutral position switch EC-1149, "Description" Throttle position sensor EC-1058, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-960 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL A System Diagram INFOID:0000000004494135 EC C D E F G H JMBIA1015GB System Description INFOID:0000000004494136 J INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Input signal to ECM Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*2 Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure EPS control unit Power steering operation*1 Combination meter Vehicle speed*1 BCM I Air conditioner ON ECM function Actuator K L Air conditioner cut control IPDM E/R ↓ Air conditioner relay ↓ Compressor M N signal*1 *1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. O *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. • When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. • When cranking the engine. • At high engine speeds. • When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. • When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. • When engine speed is excessively low. Revision: 2008 August EC-961 P 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004534289 JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-962 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0918ZZ D 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front E F G H JMBIA0919ZZ 1. 4. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front I J K L M JMBIA1069ZZ 1. Fuel injector 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve N Vehicle front O P JMBIA0922ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-963 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-964 2009 Rogue AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0924ZZ D 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor E F G JMBIA0925ZZ H 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch I J K JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator M Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004494138 Component N Reference Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-1187, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-1124, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-1120, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-1055, "Description" Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-1230, "Description" Revision: 2008 August L EC-965 O P 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) System Diagram INFOID:0000000004494139 JMBIA0935GB System Description INFOID:0000000004494140 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Input signal to ECM ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Combination meter Vehicle speed* TCM Powertrain revolution* ECM function ASCD vehicle speed control Actuator Electric throttle control actuator *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line BASIC ASCD SYSTEM Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions. Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/ h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH). ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed. Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE lamp and SET lamp on combination meter. If any malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control. NOTE: Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. SET OPERATION Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE lamp on combination meter illuminates.) When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET lamp on combination meter illuminates.) ACCELERATE OPERATION If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed. CANCEL OPERATION When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled. • CANCEL switch is pressed • More than 2 switches on ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared) • Brake pedal is depressed Revision: 2008 August EC-966 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R • Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed A • TCS system is operated When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform the driver by blinking indicator lamp. EC • Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may blink slowly. When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/ C ACCELERATE switch. • Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly. If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle D speed memory will be erased. COAST OPERATION When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed. E RESUME OPERATION When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after canceling operation other than pressing the MAIN switch, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet following conditions. • Brake pedal is released • Selector lever is in a position other than P and N • Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH) Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004534290 F G H I J K L M N O P JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Revision: 2008 August EC-967 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-968 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA1069ZZ D 1. Fuel injector 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front E F G H JMBIA0922ZZ 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve I J K L M N JMBIA0502GB O P JMBIA0920ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-969 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch Revision: 2008 August EC-970 3. SET/COAST switch 2009 Rogue AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0926ZZ D 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front E Component Description INFOID:0000000004494142 F Component Reference ASCD steering switch EC-1163, "Description" ASCD clutch switch EC-1166, "Description" ASCD brake switch EC-1166, "Description" Stop lamp switch EC-1175, "Description" Electric throttle control actuator EC-1185, "Description" ASCD indicator EC-1208, "Description" G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-971 2009 Rogue CAN COMMUNICATION [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > CAN COMMUNICATION System Description INFOID:0000000004494143 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. Refer to LAN-24, "CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN communication for detail.. Revision: 2008 August EC-972 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > COOLING FAN CONTROL A System Diagram INFOID:0000000004494144 EC C D E F JMBIA0177GB G System Description INFOID:0000000004494145 H INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Input signal to ECM Engine speed*1 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure Battery Battery voltage*1 Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 Air conditioner ON signal* Actuator I Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) BCM ECM function Cooling fan control IPDM E/R ↓ Cooling fan relay ↓ Cooling fan motor J K 2 *1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. L *2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-973 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Cooling Fan Operation JMBIA0936GB Cooling Fan Relay Operation The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line. Cooling fan speed Cooling fan relay 1 2 3 4 5 Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Low (LOW) OFF OFF OFF ON OFF High (HI) ON ON ON OFF ON Revision: 2008 August EC-974 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004534291 A EC C D E F G H I JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve J K L M N O P JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-975 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front JMBIA0919ZZ 1. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 4. Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA1069ZZ 1. Fuel injector 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front JMBIA0922ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-976 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve A EC C D E F JMBIA0502GB G H I JMBIA0920ZZ J 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector K Vehicle front L M N JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August O P EC-977 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004494147 Component Reference Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-1124, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-1120, "Description" Cooling fan motor EC-973, "System Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-1055, "Description" Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-1230, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-978 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM System Diagram A INFOID:0000000004494148 EC C D E F JMBIA1070ZZ G EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING H I J K L M N JMBIA1071ZZ 1. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve A. From fuel tank P NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses. System Description INFOID:0000000004494149 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Revision: 2008 August O EC-979 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Sensor Input signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1 Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*1 Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 ECM function Actuator EVAP canister purge flow control EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve *1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank. The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating. Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004534293 JMBIA0916ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-980 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 A EC 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve C D E F JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. G Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) H Vehicle front I J K JMBIA0918ZZ 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. L Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front M N O P JMBIA0919ZZ 1. 4. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-981 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA1069ZZ 1. Fuel injector 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Vehicle front JMBIA0922ZZ 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-982 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector A EC Vehicle front C D E JMBIA0927ZZ F 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front G H I JMBIA0924ZZ 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. J Accelerator pedal position sensor K L M JMBIA0925ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. N SET/COAST switch O P Revision: 2008 August EC-983 2009 Rogue EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004494151 Component Reference A/F sensor 1 EC-1068, "Description" Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-1187, "Description" Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-1124, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-1120, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-1055, "Description" EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-1133, "Description" Mass air flow sensor EC-1040, "Description" Throttle position sensor EC-1058, "Description" Revision: 2008 August EC-984 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL A System Diagram INFOID:0000000004494152 EC C D E F JMBIA0060GB G System Description INFOID:0000000004494153 H INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator I Engine speed and piston position Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Combination meter Vehicle speed* Intake valve timing control Intake valve timing control solenoid valve J *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line K SYSTEM DESCRIPTION This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range. L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-985 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004534294 JMBIA0916ZZ 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. Cooling fan motor-2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 8. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 9. Cooling fan motor-1 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. ECM 12. IPDM E/R 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 15. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor) 16. Knock sensor 17. EVAP canister purge volume control 18. Fuel injector solenoid valve JMBIA0917ZZ 1. Electric throttle control actuator 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-986 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0918ZZ D 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor Vehicle front E F G H JMBIA0919ZZ 1. 4. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector 2. Cooling fan motor-1 Cooling fan motor-2 5. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector Vehicle front I J K L M JMBIA1069ZZ 1. Fuel injector 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve N Vehicle front O P JMBIA0922ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-987 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. PCV valve JMBIA0502GB JMBIA0920ZZ 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector 5. Three way catalyst (Under floor) 3. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Vehicle front JMBIA0927ZZ 1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 2. Data link connector Vehicle front Revision: 2008 August EC-988 2009 Rogue INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C JMBIA0924ZZ D 1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor E F G JMBIA0925ZZ H 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCERELATE switch 4. CANSEL switch 5. MAIN switch 3. SET/COAST switch I J K JMBIA0926ZZ 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator M Vehicle front Component Description INFOID:0000000004494155 Component N Reference Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-1124, "Description" Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-1120, "Description" Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-1055, "Description" Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-985, "System Description" Revision: 2008 August L EC-989 O P 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000004494156 INTRODUCTION The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic service Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of ISO 15031-5 Freeze Frame data Service $02 of ISO 15031-5 System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of ISO 15031-5 1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-5 1st Trip Freeze Frame data Test values and Test limits Service $06 of ISO 15031-5 Calibration ID Service $09 of ISO 15031-5 The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below. ×: Applicable —: Not applicable DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data 1st trip Freeze Frame data SRT code SRT status Test value CONSULT-III × × × × × × — GST × × × — × × × ECM × ×* — — — × — *: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other. The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel illuminates when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-1254, "Fail Safe".) TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip> If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. ×: Applicable MIL Items DTC 1st trip 2nd trip —: Not applicable 1st trip DTC Blinking illuminate Blinking illuminate 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is being detected × — — — — — × — Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is being detected — — × — — × — — One trip detection diagnoses (Refer to EC-1257, "DTC Index".) — × — — × — — — Except above — — — × — × × — DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA DTC and 1st Trip DTC Revision: 2008 August EC-990 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC A will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required EC driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is saved and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st C and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or illuminate the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase D DTC and 1st Trip DTC”. For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-1257, "DTC Index". These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored E non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III. 1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illuminating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests. F When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-929, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is G duplicated, the item requires repair. Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short-term fuel trim, long-term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected. Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data. The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data. Priority 1 I J K Items Freeze frame data 2 3 H L Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304 Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172 Except the above items (Includes CVT related items) M 1st trip freeze frame data For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory. Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC”. How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC With CONSULT-III With GST CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc. These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012. Revision: 2008 August EC-991 2009 Rogue N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > (CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) No Tools The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc. These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN. • 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. • Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST and the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if available) is recommended. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0]. If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t]. How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC With CONSULT-III NOTE: • If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. • If the DTC is not for CVT related items (see EC-1257, "DTC Index"), skip step 1. 1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-42, "Diagnosis Description". 2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. 3. Select “SELFDIAGNOSTIC RESULT”. 4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.) With GST NOTE: • If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool). No Tools NOTE: • If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results). • If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be cleared within 24 hours. • The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures. SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of ISO 15031-5. As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains “CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items. NOTE: Revision: 2008 August EC-992 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours. A If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the vehicle is returned to the customer untested. EC NOTE: If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection. C SRT Item The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. D SRT item (CONSULT-III indication) Performance Priority* Corresponding DTC No. Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420 EVAP SYSTEM 2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 1 EVAP control system P0442 2 EVAP control system P0456 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139 HO2S E F G *: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE), one by one based on the priority for models with CONSULT-III. SRT Set Timing SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and is shown in the table below. H I J Example Self-diagnosis result All OK Case 1 Case 2 NG exists Case 3 Diagnosis ← ON → Ignition cycle OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2) P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1) P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” P0400 OK OK — — P0402 — — — — P1402 NG — NG NG (Consecutive NG) (1st trip) DTC 1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC DTC (= MIL ON) SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG. —: Self-diagnosis is not carried out. Revision: 2008 August EC-993 2009 Rogue K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1) for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following reasons: • The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. • The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. • During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from the ECM after repair. • If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”. NOTE: SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”. SRT Service Procedure If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page. Revision: 2008 August EC-994 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L JMBIA1574GB How to Display SRT Status WITH CONSULT-III Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. For items whose SRT codes are set “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed. NOTE: Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item. WITH GST Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool) NO TOOLS A SRT code itself cannot be displayed, however SRT status can. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds. 2. SRT status is indicated as shown below. • When all SRT codes are set, MIL illuminates continuously. Revision: 2008 August EC-995 2009 Rogue M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will flash periodically for 10 seconds. [FOR MEXICO] JMBIA1515GB MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) Description The MIL is located on the instrument panel. 1. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. If the MIL does not illuminate, refer to MWI-22, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Diagram". 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. SEF217U On Board Diagnostic System Function The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions. Revision: 2008 August EC-996 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Diagnostic Test Mode KEY and ENG. Status Function Explanation of Function Mode I Ignition switch in ON position BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.). If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. A EC C Engine stopped D Engine running Mode II Ignition switch in ON position MALFUNCTION WARNING When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will illuminate to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected. The following malfunctions will illuminate or blink the MIL in the 1st trip. • Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) • One trip detection diagnoses SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS E F This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read. G H Engine stopped I Diagnostic Test Mode I — Bulb Check In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to MWI22, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Diagram". J Diagnostic Test Mode I — Malfunction Warning MIL K Condition ON When the malfunction is detected. OFF No malfunction. L This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) Diagnostic Test Mode II — Self-diagnostic Results In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-997 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA1140GB A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes as per the following. Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-seconds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF. In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-1257, "DTC Index") How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode NOTE: • It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. • It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. • Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after the ignition switch is turned OFF. HOW TO SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) 1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for depressed approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts blinking. NOTE: Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. 10 seconds. This blinking is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds. 4. Fully release the accelerator pedal. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Revision: 2008 August EC-998 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs. A EC C PBIB0092E HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) 1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to “How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”. 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds. The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM. 3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. • If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours. • Do not erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses. D E F OBD System Operation Chart Relationship Between MIL, 1st Trip DTC, DTC and Detectable Items • When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. • When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. • The MIL will turn off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. A is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, the counter will reset. • The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. • The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip. G H I J K Summary Chart Items MIL (turns off) DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 1st Trip DTC (clear) 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) Fuel Injection System Misfire Other 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B) For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”. For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”. L M N O *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. P *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip. Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire ”, “Fuel Injection System” Revision: 2008 August EC-999 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA1417GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the 3 times (pattern B) without any malDTC and the freeze frame data will be functions. stored in ECM. *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip *4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for freeze frame data will be cleared at the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the will not be displayed any longer after the moment OK is detected. 1st trip freeze frame data will be vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) stored in ECM. without the same malfunction. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven once (pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM. Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire ”, “Fuel Injection System” Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as per the following: All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. Revision: 2008 August EC-1000 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > • The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. • The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction. A • The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”) Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: EC The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time: Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ± 375 rpm Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) × (1 ±0.1) [%] Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: C • When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F). • When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F). D Example: If the stored freeze frame data is as follows: Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F) E To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions: Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C (158°F) • The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above. F • The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction. • The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. • The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is G stored in ECM. Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire ”, “Fuel Injection System” H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1001 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > JMBIA1418GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the 3 times (pattern B) without any malDTC and the freeze frame data will be functions. stored in ECM. *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for cle is driven once (pattern B) without the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the will not be displayed any longer after the same malfunction. 1st trip freeze frame data will be vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) stored in ECM. without the same malfunction. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire ”, “Fuel Injection System” Revision: 2008 August EC-1002 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E JMBIA1920GB • The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4). • The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. • The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40. Driving pattern B means operating vehicle as per the following: All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. • The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. • The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions. • The MIL will turn off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART). CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000004494157 F G H I FUNCTION J Diagnostic test mode Function Work Support This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-III screen. Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.* Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. Active Test Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/results can be confirmed. Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle requires periodic maintenance. ECU Part Number ECM part number can be read. K L M N *: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. • Diagnostic trouble codes • 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes O • Freeze frame data • 1st trip freeze frame data • System readiness test (SRT) codes P • Test values ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION Revision: 2008 August EC-1003 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE DTC & SRT Confirmation Self Diagnostic Result Work Support DTC WORK SUPPORT × × × × × × Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × × Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × × Mass air flow sensor × Engine coolant temperature sensor × Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 × Heated oxygen sensor 2 × Vehicle speed signal × Accelerator pedal position sensor × Throttle position sensor × × × × × × × × × × × × × Knock sensor Refrigerant pressure sensor × Closed throttle position switch (accelerator pedal position sensor signal) × Air conditioner switch × Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × Stop lamp switch × × × × Load signal OUTPUT Active Test SRT STATUS DTC*1 Battery voltage ENGINE COTNROL COMPONENT PARTS Data Monitor FREEZE FRAME DATA*2 Intake air temperature sensor INPUT ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS Item Primary speed sensor × × ASCD steering switch × × ASCD brake switch × × Fuel injector × × Power transistor (Ignition timing) × × Throttle control motor relay × Throttle control motor × EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve × × × × × Air conditioner relay Fuel pump relay × × × × × Cooling fan relay × × Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater × × ×*3 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × × ×*3 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve × × × Calculated load value × × X: Applicable *1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs. *2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-III screen in freeze frame data mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-990, "Diagnosis Description". *3: Always “CMPLT” is displayed. Revision: 2008 August EC-1004 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > WORK SUPPORT MODE A Work Item WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING IDLING. CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS. When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM. When learning the idle air volume SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT. When clearing mixture ratio selflearning value D VIN REGISTRATION • IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM. When registering VIN in ECM E TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition timing EC C F *: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE G Self Diagnostic Item Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-1257, "DTC Index".) H Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data Freeze frame data item* Description DIAG TROUBLE CODE [PXXXX] • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC-1257, "DTC Index".) FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • One mode the following mode is displayed. Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop I J K CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. L L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than short-term fuel trim. M S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule. N ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. Revision: 2008 August O P EC-1005 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Freeze frame data item* Description FUEL SYS-B2 L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] • These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model. INT MANI PRES [kPa] COMBUST CONDITION *: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data. DATA MONITOR MODE Monitored Item Monitored item Unit ENG SPEED rpm Description Remarks • Indicates the engine speed computed from the signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). • Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed drops below the idle rpm. • If the signal is interrupted while the engine is running, an abnormal value may be indicated. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. MAS A/F SE-B1 V • The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed. B/FUEL SCHDL msec • “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on board correction. • When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. % • The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. • This data also includes the data for the air-fuel ratio learning control. °C or °F • The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. • When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed. A/F SEN1 (B1) V • The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed. HO2S2 (B1) V • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed. HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small. LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large. VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from combination meter is displayed. A/F ALPHA-B1 COOLAN TEMP/S BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed. V • The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is displayed. • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. V • The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed. • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. °C or °F • The intake air temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicated. ACCEL SEN 1 ACCEL SEN 2 TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1 INT/A TEMP SE Revision: 2008 August • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. EC-1006 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Monitored item Unit Description Remarks ON/OFF • Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. • After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal. EC CLSD THL POS ON/OFF • Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal. ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal. C AIR COND SIG P/N POSI SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal. D PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF • [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system (determined by the signal sent from EPS control unit) is indicated. LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal. ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position. OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting switch are OFF. IGNITION SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch signal. HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch signal. BRAKE SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch signal. INJ PULSE-B1 msec • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals. • When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated. IGN TIMING BTDC • Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM according to the input signals. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. START SIGNAL A E F G H I J % • “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the current air flow divided by peak air flow. K g·m/s • Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM according to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor. L PURG VOL C/V % • Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. • The opening becomes larger as the value increases. INT/V TIM (B1) °CA • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance angle. CAL/LD VALUE MASS AIRFLOW INT/V SOL(B1) % N • The control value of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. • The advance angle becomes larger as the value increases. O P AIR COND RLY ON/OFF • The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF • Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to the input signals. THRTL RELAY ON/OFF • Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condition determined by the ECM according to the input signals. Revision: 2008 August M EC-1007 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Monitored item COOLING FAN Unit Description HI/LOW/OFF • Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (determined by ECM according to the input signals). HI: High speed operation LOW: Low speed operation OFF: Stop ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to the input signals. HO2S2 HTR (B1) rpm • Indicates the engine speed computed from the turbine revolution sensor signal. km/h or mph • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed. YET/CMPLT • Display the condition of Idle Air Volume Learning YET: Idle air volume learning has not been performed yet. CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already been performed successfully. I/P PULLY SPD VEHICLE SPEED IDL A/V LEARN TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile • Distance traveled while MIL is activated. A/F S1 HTR(B1) % • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value computed by ECM according to the input signals. • The current flow to the heater becomes larger as the value increases. AC PRESS SEN V • The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed. VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from combination meter is displayed. SET VHCL SPD km/h or mph • The preset vehicle speed is displayed. MAIN SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal. CANCEL SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal. RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCELERATE switch signal. SET SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST switch signal. BRAKE SW1 ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch signal. BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch signal. NON/CUT • Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off. NON/CUT • Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low, and ASCD operation is cut off. AT OD MONITOR ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D according to the input signal from the TCM. AT OD CANCEL ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D cancel request signal. VHCL SPD CUT LO SPEED CUT Revision: 2008 August Remarks EC-1008 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > Monitored item Unit Description Remarks CRUISE LAMP ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. SET LAMP ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. — • Indicates the correction of factor stored in ECM. The factor is calculated from the difference between the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air-fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 signal. A/F ADJ-B1 A EC C D NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. ACTIVE TEST MODE E Test Item TEST ITEM CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) F CONDITION JUDGMENT FUEL INJECTION • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Fuel injector • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 IGNITION TIMING • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Timing light: Set • Retard the ignition timing using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. H Engine runs rough or stops. • • • • • • I POWER BALANCE • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine. • A/C switch OFF • Selector lever position: P or N • Cut off each fuel injector signal one at a time using CONSULT-III. COOLING FAN* • Ignition switch: ON • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” and “OFF” using CONSULT-III. Cooling fan moves and stops. • Harness and connectors • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay) • Cooling fan motor ENG COOLANT TEMP • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Engine coolant temperature sensor • Fuel injector FUEL PUMP RELAY • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” using CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound. • Harness and connectors • Fuel pump relay PURG VOL CONT/V • Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm. • Change the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve opening percent using CONSULT-III. Engine speed changes according to the opening percent. • Harness and connectors • Solenoid valve V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change intake valve timing using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Harness and connectors Compression Fuel injector Power transistor Spark plug Ignition coil J K L M N *: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat. DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE SRT STATUS Mode Revision: 2008 August G EC-1009 2009 Rogue O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > For details, refer to EC-990, "Diagnosis Description". SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status. DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode Test mode A/F SEN1 HO2S2 Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-1078 A/F SEN1(B1) P1276 P0130 EC-1068 HO2S2(B1) P1146 P0138 EC-1089 HO2S2(B1) P1147 P0137 EC-1083 HO2S2(B1) P0139 P0139 EC-1096 *: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to S35 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens. Diagnosis Tool Function INFOID:0000000004494158 DESCRIPTION Generic Scan Tool (OBD II scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-4 has several functions explained below. ISO 15765-4 is used as the protocol. The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service manual. SEF139P FUNCTION Diagnostic Service Function Service $01 READINESS TESTS This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value that were stored by ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-990, "Diagnosis Description". Service $03 DTCs This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored by ECM. Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes: • Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01) • Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03) • Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01) • Clear freeze frame data (Service $02) • Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01) • Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07) Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored. Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emissionrelated powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions. Service $08 Service $09 — (CALIBRATION ID) This diagnostic service is not applicable on this vehicle. This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs. INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-1010 2009 Rogue ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM < FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > 2. Connect “GST” to data link connector (1), which is located under LH dash panel. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. [FOR MEXICO] A EC C JMBIA1073ZZ D 4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual. (*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are shown.) E F G SEF398S 5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service procedure. For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the tool maker. H I J SEF416S K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1011 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE Description INFOID:0000000004494159 The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or more malfunctions. The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate the MIL. The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: • B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction) • A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle) • MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004494160 1.START Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied. • Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) • Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) • Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) • Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) • Engine speed: Idle • Transmission: Warmed-up - After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” (CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F). • Electrical load: Not applied - Rear window defogger switch and air conditioner switch lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight ahead. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE With CONSULT-III NOTE: Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display. 1. Perform EC-933, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that monitor items are within the SP value. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> END NO >> Go to EC-1013, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: 2008 August EC-1012 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494161 A OVERALL SEQUENCE EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P PBIB2318E Revision: 2008 August EC-1013 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > PBIB3213E DETAILED PROCEDURE 1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-1012, "Component Function Check". Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each indication is within the SP value. Revision: 2008 August EC-1014 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is A out of the SP value even a little. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 17. EC NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2. NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3. 2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” C Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19. D 3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 6. NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25. F G 4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. 3. 4. Stop the engine. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 6. H I J 5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL 1. 2. Stop the engine. Change engine oil. NOTE: This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving conditions. K L M >> INSPECTION END 6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE N Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-1279, "Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8. NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7. O 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8. 8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” Revision: 2008 August EC-1015 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Start engine. 2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 9. 9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST 1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. 2. Check that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 10. 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following below. 1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-1223, "Component Function Check".) 2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-1217, "Component Function Check".) 3. Intake air leakage 4. Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-23, "Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace fuel injector and then GO TO 11. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11. 11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 12. 12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1. • For DTC P0130, refer to EC-1068, "DTC Logic". • For DTC P0131, refer to EC-1072, "DTC Logic". • For DTC P0132, refer to EC-1075, "DTC Logic". • For DTC P0133, refer to EC-1078, "DTC Logic". • For DTC P2A00, refer to EC-1202, "DTC Logic". Are any DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 13. 13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE according to corresponding DTC. >> GO TO 14. 14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 15. 15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. Stop the engine. Revision: 2008 August EC-1016 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. A >> GO TO 16. 16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” EC 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1268, "Symptom Table". 17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18. NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25. 18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. - C D E F G Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. Engine oil level is too high Engine oil viscosity Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive Noise from engine Noise from transmission, etc. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following. Valve clearance malfunction Intake valve timing control function malfunction Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc. H I J >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30. 19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM K Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20. L M 20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” N Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21. O 21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR P 1. 2. Stop the engine. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again. >> GO TO 22. Revision: 2008 August EC-1017 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-1040, "DTC Logic". Then GO TO 29. NO >> GO TO 23. 23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 24. NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29. 24.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Replace ECM. Go to EC-936, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> GO TO 29. 25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element • Uneven dirt in air cleaner element • Improper specification in intake air system Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 27. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26. 26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27. 27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 28. NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30. 28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct • Looseness of oil filler cap • Disconnection of oil level gauge • Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve • Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve • Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket • Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts Revision: 2008 August EC-1018 2009 Rogue TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc. A >> GO TO 30. 29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” EC Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1268, "Symptom Table". C 30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” D Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then check that each indication is within the SP value. Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1268, "Symptom Table". E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1019 2009 Rogue POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494162 1.INSPECTION START Start engine. Is engine running? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal E16 93 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 64) • Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-I 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector F7 Terminal Continuity Ground Existed 12 16 107 E16 Ground 108 111 112 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. Revision: 2008 August EC-1020 2009 Rogue POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors F121, E7 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ground EC >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II C 1. 2. 3. D Reconnect ECM harness connectors. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. IPDM E/R Connector Terminal E15 47 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage E Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Go to EC-1223, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 8. F 8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. G Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. H ECM Connector E16 Terminal 105 Ground Voltage Ground After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop to approximately 0V. I Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO-1 >> Battery voltage does not exist: GO TO 9. NO-2 >> Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds: GO TO 11. J K 9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal F7 24 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage L M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 11. N 10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V O 1. 2. 3. P Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. ECM 4. IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 105 E15 48 Continuity Existed Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: 2008 August EC-1021 2009 Rogue POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI 1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. ECM IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F7 24 E15 51 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness or connectors F121, E7 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK 20A FUSE 1. Disconnect 20A fuse (No. 62) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 20A fuse. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Replace 20A fuse. 14.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 15.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector F7 Terminal Continuity Ground Existed 12 16 107 E16 Ground 108 111 112 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. Revision: 2008 August EC-1022 2009 Rogue POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 16. 16.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness or connectors F121, E7 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ground EC >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. C 17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1023 2009 Rogue U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT Description INFOID:0000000004534295 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004534296 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. U0101 Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with TCM DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more. • CAN communication line between TCM and ECM (CAN communication line is open or shorted) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> EC-1026, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004534297 Go to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: 2008 August EC-1024 2009 Rogue U0140 CAN COMM CIRCUIT [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > U0140 CAN COMM CIRCUIT A Description INFOID:0000000004534298 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004534299 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC E DTC No. U0140 Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with BCM DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with BCM for 2 seconds or more. • CAN communication line between BCM and ECM (CAN communication line is open or shorted) F G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> EC-1025, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure I INFOID:0000000004534300 J Go to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1025 2009 Rogue U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT Description INFOID:0000000004534301 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494164 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. U1001 Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication line DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> EC-1026, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004534302 Go to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: 2008 August EC-1026 2009 Rogue P0011 IVT CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0011 IVT CONTROL A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494166 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC NOTE: If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform the trouble diagnosis for EC-1147, "DTC Logic". Trouble diagnosis name DTC No. P0011 Intake valve timing control performance Detecting condition C Possible cause D There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree. • • • • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve control solenoid valve Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft • Timing chain installation • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control E F DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING G If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at idle. H I >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I J With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE 100 - 120 km/h (63 - 75 mph) ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F) B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.5 msec Selector lever D position L M N CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. 4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1028, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> GO TO 3. O P 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. With CONSULT-III Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds. Revision: 2008 August K EC-1027 2009 Rogue P0011 IVT CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (221°F) Selector lever 1st or 2nd position Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.) CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1028, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494167 1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP 1. 2. Start engine. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illuminated. Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated? YES >> Go to LU-5, "Inspection". NO >> GO TO 2. PBIA8559J 2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-1029, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. 3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-1123, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). 4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EC-1126, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). 5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) Check the following. Revision: 2008 August EC-1028 2009 Rogue P0011 IVT CONTROL < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end • Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft. [FOR MEXICO] A EC C JMBIA0096ZZ 6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION D Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misalignment. Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misalignment? YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-70, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 7. E 7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT F Refer to EM-53, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Clean lubrication line. G 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". I >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494168 J 1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 1 and 2 7.0 - 7.5 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] 1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) K L M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. N 2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II 1. 2. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Is the inspection result normal? Revision: 2008 August EC-1029 O P JMBIA0097ZZ 2009 Rogue P0011 IVT CONTROL < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Revision: 2008 August EC-1030 [FOR MEXICO] 2009 Rogue P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER A Description INFOID:0000000004494169 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater C Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494170 D E DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0031 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 heater P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 heater F G H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than between 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1031, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END M N INFOID:0000000004494171 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION O 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August K L 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Diagnosis Procedure J EC-1031 2009 Rogue P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F27 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage [FOR MEXICO] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F27 3 F7 4 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-1033, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1032 2009 Rogue P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494172 A 1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows. C Terminals Resistance 3 and 4 1.80 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 3 and 1, 2 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2 EC D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. E 2.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). F G H >> INSPECTION END I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1033 2009 Rogue P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER Description INFOID:0000000004494173 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air ECM function Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Actuator Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed, amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. OPERATION Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Above 3,600 rpm OFF Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. • Engine: After warming up • Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load ON DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494174 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0037 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st tip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1035, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1034 2009 Rogue P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494175 A 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. EC C 2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground. D E HO2S2 Connector Terminal F31 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. G 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • IPDM E/R connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse H I >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 K L ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 3 F7 13 Continuity Existed M 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER O Refer to EC-1036, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. P 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. Revision: 2008 August EC-1035 2009 Rogue P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494176 1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 2 and 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2, 3 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1036 2009 Rogue P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A Description INFOID:0000000004494177 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow. The longer pulse width advances valve timing. The shorter pulse width retards valve timing. When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position. EC C D JMBIA0098GB DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494178 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0075 E Trouble diagnosis name Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit DTC detecting condition Possible cause An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through intake valve timing control solenoid valve. • Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING I If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J >> GO TO2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K 1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1037, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure L INFOID:0000000004494179 M 1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Connector Terminal F45 2 O P Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. Revision: 2008 August N EC-1037 2009 Rogue P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F45 1 F8 78 Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-1038, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534361 1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 1 and 2 7.0 - 7.5 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] 1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. 2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II 1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Revision: 2008 August EC-1038 2009 Rogue P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. [FOR MEXICO] A EC C JMBIA0097ZZ D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1039 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0101 MAF SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004494181 The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. PBIA9559J DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494182 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P0101 A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving condition. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Mass air flow sensor A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air leaks • Mass air flow sensor • Intake air temperature sensor Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance B) Possible cause DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead of running engine at idle speed. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1042, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5. 3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR FUNCTION 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. If engine cannot be started, go to EC-1042, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: 2008 August EC-1040 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”. 5. Increases engine speed to approximately 4,000 rpm. 6. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed increases. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-1042, "Diagnosis Procedure". [FOR MEXICO] A EC C D E F G PBIB3457E 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B 1. H Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm THRTL SEN 1-B1 More than 1.5V THRTL SEN 2-B1 More than 1.5V Selector lever Suitable position Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. I J CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1042, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END K 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B M L Perform component function check. Refer to EC-1041, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1042, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004494183 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B 1. 2. With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select Service $01 with GST. Revision: 2008 August EC-1041 2009 Rogue N O P P0101 MAF SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01. 4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in response to increases to approximately 4,000 rpm in engine speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1042, "Diagnosis Procedure". [FOR MEXICO] SEF534P Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494184 1.INSPECTION START Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-1040, "DTC Logic". Which malfunction is detected? A >> GO TO 3. B >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check the following for connection. • Air duct • Vacuum hoses • Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Reconnect the parts. 3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground. MAF sensor Connector Terminal E18 5 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-1042 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 4 F7 56 Continuity A EC Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. C D 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM E F >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 3 F8 58 G Continuity H Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. I J 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM K L >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 10.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1054, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). M N 11.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-1044, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. O P 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1043 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494185 1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Voltage Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Crushed air ducts Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element Uneven dirt of air cleaner element Improper specification of intake air system parts Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Revision: 2008 August EC-1044 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Monitor item Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 A MAS A/F SE-B1 Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm EC 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* C *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. 1. 2. 3. Without CONSULT-III Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. D ECM Connector E + − Terminal Terminal Condition Voltage Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm F G 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. H Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. I 4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition K L MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 J Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm M 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* N *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1045 2009 Rogue P0101 MAF SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Voltage Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-1046 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004534362 The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. EC C D PBIA9559J DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494187 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0102 P0103 Trouble diagnosis name Mass air flow sensor circuit low input Mass air flow sensor circuit high input E DTC detecting condition Possible cause An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air leaks • Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Mass air flow sensor G H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Which DTC is detected? P0102 >> GO TO 2. P0103 >> GO TO 3. J K 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 L 1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1048, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END M 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I N 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1048, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4. O P 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II 1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1048, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1047 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494188 1.INSPECTION START Confirm the detected DTC. Which DTC is detected? P0102 >> GO TO 2. P0103 >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check the following for connection. • Air duct • Vacuum hoses • Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Reconnect the parts. 3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground. MAF sensor Connector Terminal E18 5 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 4 F8 56 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. Revision: 2008 August EC-1048 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM EC >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 8.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. D MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 3 F8 58 Continuity E Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. F 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM H >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I 10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-1049, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. J 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". L >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534364 M 1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition O P MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 N Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Revision: 2008 August EC-1049 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. 2. 3. 4. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition Voltage Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Crushed air ducts Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element Uneven dirt of air cleaner element Improper specification of intake air system parts Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. 1. 2. 3. Without CONSULT-III Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. Revision: 2008 August EC-1050 2009 Rogue P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition Voltage EC Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm C 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* D *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. E 4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. Monitor item Condition G H MAS A/F SE-B1 Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 F Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm I 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* J *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. 1. 2. 3. 4. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. K L ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal Condition M Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) F8 58 (MAF sensor signal) 56 (Sensor gound) Voltage Approx. 0.4V Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2V 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2V to Approx. 2.4V* N O *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-1051 P 2009 Rogue P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004494190 The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature. PBIA9559J Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 50 (Intake air temperature sensor) and 58 (Sensor ground). SEF012P DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494191 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0112 Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0113 Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air temperature sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1052, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494192 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Revision: 2008 August EC-1052 2009 Rogue P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. A 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. EC Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground. MAF sensor Connector Terminal E18 2 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5V C D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM G >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H 1. 2. 3. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. MAF sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E18 1 F8 56 Continuity J Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. K L 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM M N >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1054, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). O P 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1053 2009 Rogue P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494193 1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Revision: 2008 August EC-1054 2009 Rogue P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004494194 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. EC C D SEF594K E F Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 G H *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 52 (Sensor ground). DTC Logic SEF012P I INFOID:0000000004494195 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. J Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition P0117 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible Cause K • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Engine coolant temperature sensor L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING M If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. N >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1055, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure P INFOID:0000000004494196 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-1055 2009 Rogue P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground. ECT sensor Connector Terminal F80 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. ECT sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F80 2 F8 52 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1056, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494197 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-1056 2009 Rogue P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] [FOR MEXICO] A Resistance 20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90 kΩ 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. EC C JMBIA0080ZZ D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1057 2009 Rogue P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004494198 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494199 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-1147, "DTC Logic". DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0122 Throttle position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. P0123 Throttle position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1058, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494200 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August EC-1058 2009 Rogue P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. A Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal F29 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5V EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 4 F8 36 Continuity Existed G 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator E F 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 1. D ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 3 F8 38 H I J Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K L 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-1060, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. M N 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1060, "Special Repair Requirement". O >> INSPECTION END P 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1059 2009 Rogue P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494201 1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to the D position. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. ECM − + Connector F8 Terminal 37 (TP sensor 1 signal) 38 (TP sensor 2 signal) Connector F8 Condition Voltage Terminal 36 (Sensor ground) Accelerator pedal Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1060, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004494202 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-1060 2009 Rogue P0125 ECT SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0125 ECT SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004534365 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. EC C D SEF594K E F Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 G H *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 52 (Sensor ground). DTC Logic SEF012P I INFOID:0000000004494204 DTC DETECTION LOGIC J NOTE: If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118. Refer to EC-1055, "DTC Logic". K DTC No. P0125 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Insufficient engine coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control • Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not practical, even when some time has passed after starting the engine. • Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for closed loop fuel control. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (High resistance in the circuit) • Engine coolant temperature sensor • Thermostat L M DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING N If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. O >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION P With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is above 5°C (41°F). With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is the temperature above 5°C (41°F)? 1. 2. 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-1061 2009 Rogue P0125 ECT SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. 2. Check 1st tip DTC. If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication increases to more than 5°C (41°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will be OK. CAUTION: Never overheat engine. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> EC-1062, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494205 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSORCO-25, "REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" Refer to EC-1062, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. 3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm that the engine coolant does not flow. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-25, "Removal and Installation". 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534366 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-1062 2009 Rogue P0125 ECT SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] [FOR MEXICO] A Resistance 20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90 kΩ 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. EC C JMBIA0080ZZ D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1063 2009 Rogue P0127 IAT SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0127 IAT SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004534370 The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature. PBIA9559J Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 *: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 50 (Intake air temperature sensor) and 58 (Sensor ground). SEF012P DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494208 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0127 Trouble diagnosis name Intake air temperature too high DTC detecting condition Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal from engine coolant temperature sensor. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Intake air temperature sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F) Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the engine coolant temperature. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down engine. NOTE: Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F). 1. - Revision: 2008 August EC-1064 2009 Rogue P0127 IAT SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Start engine. 3. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1065, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR MEXICO] Diagnosis Procedure A EC C INFOID:0000000004494209 D 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION E 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. F 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR G Refer to EC-1065, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). H 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END J Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534371 1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR K 1. 2. 3. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) M 1.800 - 2.200 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1065 2009 Rogue P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494211 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC PP0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 or P0304, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304. Refer to EC-1113, "DTC Logic". Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long enough. This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck being open. DTC No. P0128 Trouble diagnosis name Thermostat function DTC detecting condition The engine coolant temperature does not reach to specified temperature even though the engine has run long enough. Possible cause • Thermostat • Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat • Engine coolant temperature sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher. • For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 56°C (133°F). • Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Turn A/C switch OFF. Turn blower fan switch OFF. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S” If it is below 56°C (133°F), go to next step. If it is above 56°C (133°F), cool down the engine to less than 56°C (133°F). Then go to next steps. 6. Start engine drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. VHCL SPEED SE More than 56 km/h (35 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 75°C (160°F) within 10 minutes, turn ignition switch OFF because the test result will be OK. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1114, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494212 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1067, "Component Inspection". Revision: 2008 August EC-1066 2009 Rogue P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. [FOR MEXICO] A 2.CHECK THERMOSTAT EC Refer to CO-25, "Removal and Installation". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace thermostat. C Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534372 D 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Temperature [°C (°F)] E F Resistance 20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90 kΩ 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. G H JMBIA0080ZZ I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1067 2009 Rogue P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 Description INFOID:0000000004494214 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). JMBIA0112GB PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494215 DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control. DTC No. P0130 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit DTC detecting condition A) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other than approx. 2.2V. B) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2V. Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Let it idle for 2 minutes. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1070, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7. Revision: 2008 August EC-1068 2009 Rogue P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION A 1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-1070, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I C 1. 2. 3. D Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START”. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. ENG SPEED 1,100 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 11.5 msec Selector lever D position E F If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3. G H 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-II Release accelerator pedal fully. NOTE: Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. Which does “TESTING” change to? COMPLETED>>GO TO 6. OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4. I J 6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-III K Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT” Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-1070, "Diagnosis Procedure". L 7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-1069, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1070, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check O P With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position. Shift the selector lever to the D position, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH). CAUTION: Revision: 2008 August N INFOID:0000000004494216 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK 1. 2. 3. M EC-1069 2009 Rogue P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. 5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine. 7. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. 8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. 9. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1070, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure [FOR MEXICO] INFOID:0000000004494217 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F27 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 4. ECM Terminal 1 2 Connector F8 Terminal 45 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-1070 2009 Rogue P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 A ECM Terminal 1 2 Connector Terminal F8 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed EC 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace. E 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 F Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1071 2009 Rogue P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 Description INFOID:0000000004534590 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). JMBIA0112GB PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494219 DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low. DTC No. P0131 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit low voltage • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0V. • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is the indication constantly approx. 0V? YES >> Go to EC-1073, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-1072 2009 Rogue P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 3. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds. 1. 2. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec Selector lever Suitable position EC C D E NOTE: • Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising. • If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step 1. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1073, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure F G H INFOID:0000000004494220 I 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. J K 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. L M A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F27 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. O 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse P >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-1073 2009 Rogue P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal 1 F27 4. ECM 2 Connector Terminal 45 F8 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 ECM Terminal 1 2 Connector Terminal F8 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace. 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1074 2009 Rogue P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 A Description INFOID:0000000004534598 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D JMBIA0112GB E F G H PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494222 I DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high. DTC No. P0132 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit high voltage DTC detecting condition Possible Cause • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5V. • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 J K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING M If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. N O >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V? YES >> Go to EC-1076, "Diagnosis Procedure". P 1. 2. 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-1075 2009 Rogue P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 3. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds. 1. 2. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec Selector lever Suitable position NOTE: • Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. • If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step 1. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1076, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494223 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F27 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-1076 2009 Rogue P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. A/F sensor 1 Connector ECM Terminal 1 F27 4. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. 2 Connector Terminal 45 F8 49 EC Continuity C Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 ECM Terminal 1 2 Connector Terminal F8 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed D E F 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace. I 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). J K L >> INSPECTION END M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1077 2009 Rogue P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 Description INFOID:0000000004534603 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). JMBIA0112GB PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494225 DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not. DTC No. P0133 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit slow response DTC detecting condition Possible Cause • The response of the A/F signal computed by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than the specified time. • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 • A/F sensor 1 heater • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks • Exhaust gas leaks • PCV • Mass air flow sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. Revision: 2008 August EC-1078 2009 Rogue P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I A With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. EC 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. C 6. Touch “START”. Is “COMPLETED” displayed on COUSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 3 D NO >> GO TO 4. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-1080, "Diagnosis Procedure". E F 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for approximately 10 seconds. If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-1012, "Component Function Check". 2. Wait for approximately 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. 3. Check that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-1012, "Component Function Check". 4. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-1080, "Diagnosis Procedure". G H I J 5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE K With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select Service $01 with GST. 3. Calculate the total value of “Short-term fuel trim” and “Long-term fuel trim” indications. Is the total percentage within ±15%? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. L M 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Intake air leaks • Exhaust gas leaks • Incorrect fuel pressure • Lack of fuel • Fuel injector • Incorrect PCV hose connection • PCV valve • Mass air flow sensor N O P >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. Revision: 2008 August EC-1079 2009 Rogue P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 4. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds. 5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for approximately 1 minute. 6. Check 1st trip DTC detected?. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1080, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494226 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation". >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). JMBIA0163GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. 2. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-940, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-1102, "DTC Logic" or EC-1106, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-1080 2009 Rogue P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F27 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage [FOR MEXICO] A EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. C 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse E F >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. H A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal Connector 1 F27 4. ECM 45 F8 2 Terminal 49 Continuity I Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 ECM Terminal Connector 1 2 F8 Terminal 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed J K L 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M 9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER N Refer to EC-1033, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 13. O 10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR P Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-1044, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. 11.CHECK PCV VALVE Revision: 2008 August EC-1081 2009 Rogue P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to EC-1229, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or replace. 13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1082 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0137 HO2S2 A Description INFOID:0000000004494227 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. EC C D SEF327R DTC Logic E INFOID:0000000004494228 DTC DETECTION LOGIC F The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. G H I JMBIA1669GB J DTC No. P0137 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit low voltage DTC detecting condition The maximum voltage from the sensor does not reach the specified voltage. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. N 2.PRECONDITIONING O If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). P >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Revision: 2008 August EC-1083 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F). 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. 10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-1085, "Diagnosis Procedure". CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. >> GO TO 3. 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-1084, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1085, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004494229 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August EC-1084 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM A ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. EC C 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III D Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM E ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1085, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure F G INFOID:0000000004494230 H 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. I J 2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-940, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-1102, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 3. K L 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M 1. 2. 3. 4. N Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 O ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 1 F8 35 Continuity Existed P 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-1085 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > HO2S2 2. ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-1086, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494231 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Revision: 2008 August EC-1086 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. [FOR MEXICO] A EC C JMBIA1670GB “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. D E 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. F G H ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage I Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. J Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. K 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II L Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 M + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes Voltage N The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. O Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. P 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August EC-1087 2009 Rogue P0137 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1088 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0138 HO2S2 A Description INFOID:0000000004534626 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. EC C D SEF327R DTC Logic E INFOID:0000000004494233 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. MALFUNCTION A To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. G H I J PBIB1848E K MALFUNCTION B To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. L M N PBIB2376E DTC No. O An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 P The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage. • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector DTC detecting condition A) P0138 Possible cause Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit high voltage B) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Revision: 2008 August EC-1089 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1091, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B NOTE: For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F). 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. 10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. Which is displayed on CONSULT-III OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Go to EC-1091, "Diagnosis Procedure". CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALUNCTION B AGAIN 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. >> GO TO 3. 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B Perform component function check. Refer to EC-1091, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1091, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004494234 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I 1. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Revision: 2008 August EC-1090 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. A EC ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. C Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. D 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II E Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors under the following condition. F ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. G H 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III I Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM J ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1091, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure K L INFOID:0000000004494235 M 1.INSPECTION START N Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-1089, "DTC Logic". Which malfunction is detected? A >> GO TO 2. B >> GO TO 9. O 2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-1091 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 1 F8 35 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 2. ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-1094, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Revision: 2008 August EC-1092 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". A >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION EC 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. C 10.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE D 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-940, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-1106, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 11. E F 11.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 1 F8 35 G H Continuity I Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 12.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. K Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. L HO2S2 2. ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Continuity M Existed Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. N HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed O 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 13.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-1094, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. Revision: 2008 August EC-1093 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 14. 14.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. >> INSPECTION END 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534627 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. 7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. JMBIA1670GB “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August EC-1094 2009 Rogue P0138 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A ECM Connector + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. EC C Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. D 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. E ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes F Voltage The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. G Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. H 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III I Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. J ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage K Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. L Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. M 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1095 2009 Rogue N O P P0139 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0139 HO2S2 Description INFOID:0000000004534633 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. SEF327R DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494238 DTC DETECTION LOGIC The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (mamifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. SEF302U DTC No. P0139 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit slow response DTC detecting condition It takes more time for the sensor to respond between rich and lean than the specified time. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Revision: 2008 August EC-1096 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. A 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Open engine hood. 7. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. EC 8. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III diaplay. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. 9. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. C Which is displayed on CONSULT-III? OK >> INSPECTION END D NG >> GO TO 4. CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM THE RESULT OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. E Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. F >> GO TO 3. 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-1097, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1098, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check I J Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. ECM H INFOID:0000000004494239 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. G ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times A change of voltage should be more than 0.80V for 1 second during this procedure. K L M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. N O 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Revision: 2008 August P Condition Voltage Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes A change of voltage should be more than 0.80V for 1 second during this procedure. EC-1097 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position A change of voltage should be more than 0.80V for 1 second during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1098, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494240 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-940, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-1102, "DTC Logic" or EC-1106, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 1 F8 35 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Revision: 2008 August Continuity Existed EC-1098 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A HO2S2 ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F31 4 F8 33 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed EC 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 D Refer to EC-1099, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. E 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 F Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END G H I 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". J >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534634 K 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. L M 2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Revision: 2008 August EC-1099 2009 Rogue N O P P0139 HO2S2 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. [FOR MEXICO] JMBIA1670GB “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. 3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 minutes Voltage The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition. Revision: 2008 August EC-1100 2009 Rogue P0139 HO2S2 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A ECM Connector F8 + − Terminal Terminal 33 (HO2S2 signal) 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Voltage Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this procedure. The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this procedure. EC C Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6. D 6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). E F G >> INSPECTION END H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1101 2009 Rogue P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494242 DTC DETECTION LOGIC With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic). Sensor Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) A/F sensor 1 DTC No. P0171 Input signal to ECM Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injection system too lean ECM function Fuel injection control DTC detecting condition • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) Actuator Fuel injector Possible cause • • • • • • • • Intake air leaks A/F sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Lack of fuel Mass air flow sensor Incorrect PCV hose connection DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-940, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Start engine. Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4. 3.RESTART ENGINE If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. Does engine start? YES >> Go to EC-1103, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1103, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 5. Revision: 2008 August EC-1102 2009 Rogue P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE EC 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH) C CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1103, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure D E INFOID:0000000004494243 1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. F Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). G H I JMBIA0163GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 2. J 2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK K 1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. 2. Check PCV hose connection. Intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 3. L M 3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. N O A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 5. Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector F8 Terminal 45 49 Continuity P Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-1103 2009 Rogue P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector F8 Terminal 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed 6. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1279, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. NO >> Repair or replace 6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-1281, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. For specification, refer to EC-1281, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or grounds. Refer to EC-1040, "DTC Logic". 1. 2. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Let engine idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. Clicking noise should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-1217, "Component Function Check". PBIB3332E Revision: 2008 August EC-1104 2009 Rogue P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds. EC C Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector. D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. E F PBIA9666J 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1105 2009 Rogue P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494244 DTC DETECTION LOGIC With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensors 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic). Sensor Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) A/F sensor 1 DTC No. P0172 Input signal to ECM Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injection system too rich ECM function Actuator Fuel injection control DTC detecting condition • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) Fuel injector Possible cause • • • • • A/F sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Mass air flow sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-940, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Start engine. Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4. 3.RESTART ENGINE If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal. Does engine start? YES >> Go to EC-1107, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1107, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 5. 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-1106 2009 Rogue P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Start engine 3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE [FOR MEXICO] A EC 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1107, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END C D Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494245 1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. E Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). F G H JMBIA0163GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 2. I J 2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 3. K 3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT L 1. 2. 3. 4. M Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 5. Terminal 1 2 N ECM Connector Terminal 45 F8 49 Continuity O Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. P A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 6. Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector F8 Terminal 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed Also check harness for short to power. Revision: 2008 August EC-1107 2009 Rogue P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1279, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. NO >> Repair or replace 6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-1281, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST. For specification, refer to EC-1281, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or grounds. Refer to EC-1040, "DTC Logic". 1. 2. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. Clicking noise should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-1217, "Component Function Check". PBIB3332E 8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-1108 2009 Rogue P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check that fuel does not drip from fuel injector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A EC Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". C >> INSPECTION END D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1109 2009 Rogue P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004534374 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494247 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0222 Throttle position sensor 1 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. P0223 Throttle position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1110, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494248 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-1110 2009 Rogue P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal F29 1 A Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. D E Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 4 F8 36 Continuity F Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H 1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. I Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 2 F8 37 Continuity J Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR L Refer to EC-1112, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. M 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR N 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-1060, "Special Repair Requirement". O >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1111 2009 Rogue P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534375 1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to the D position. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. ECM − + Connector F8 Terminal 37 (TP sensor 1 signal) 38 (TP sensor 2 signal) Connector F8 Condition Voltage Terminal 36 (Sensor ground) Accelerator pedal Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1112, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004534376 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-1112 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494251 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring. C Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input signal to ECM ECM function Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. 1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink. When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again. 2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0300 Multiple cylinder misfires detected Multiple cylinder misfire. P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires. P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires. P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. Possible cause • • • • • • • • • • • D E F G H I Improper spark plug Insufficient compression Incorrect fuel pressure The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted Fuel injector Intake air leak The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted Lack of fuel Signal plate A/F sensor 1 Incorrect PCV hose connection J K L DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING M If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. N >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I O 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Restart engine and let it idle for approximately 15 minutes. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1114, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. P 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-1113 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain time. Refer to the table below. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at the same time. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving. Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH) Base fuel schedule Base fuel schedule in freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1) Engine coolant temperature (T) condition When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F), T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F). When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F), T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F). Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data. Engine speed Time Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1114, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494252 1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE 1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. 2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. 3. Check PCV hose connection. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR 1. Start engine and let engine idle. Revision: 2008 August EC-1114 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Listen to each fuel injector operation. A Clicking noise should be heard. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-1218, "Component Inspection". EC C PBIB3332E 5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I D CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. E F G H I J Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 JMBIA0066GB cm (19.7 in) each other . Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20kV or more. • It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 6. K L M N 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II O 1. 2. 3. P Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1223, "Component Function Check". Revision: 2008 August EC-1115 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7.CHECK SPARK PLUG Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-18, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8. SEF156I 8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. Spark should be generated. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-18, "Removal and Installation". 9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-23, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets. 10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE 1. Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1279, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 11. 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. NO >> Repair or replace. 12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING Check the following items. Refer to EC-933, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Items Specifications idle speed 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing 15 ± 5°BTDC (in P or N position) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Follow the EC-933, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". 13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-1116 2009 Rogue P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A A/F sensor 1 Connector Connector 1 F28 5. Terminal ECM Terminal 45 F8 2 49 Continuity EC Existed Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F28 Terminal ECM Connector 1 2 F8 Terminal 45 49 Ground Continuity Ground Not existed C D E 6. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F 14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER G Refer to EC-1033, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Replace A/F sensor 1. H 15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR With CONSULT-III 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. For specification, refer to EC-1281, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". With GST 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. For specification, refer to EC-1281, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-1040, "DTC Logic". 16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE J K L M Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-1268, "Symptom Table". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 17. NO >> Repair or replace. N 17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set. Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-990, "Diagnosis Description". >> GO TO 18. 18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August I EC-1117 2009 Rogue O P P0327, P0328 KS [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0327, P0328 KS Description INFOID:0000000004494253 The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494254 DTC DETECTION LOGIC Trouble diagnosis name DTC detected condition P0327 Knock sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0328 Knock sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC No. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Knock sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1118, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494255 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector and disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. Knock sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F16 2 F8 67 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-1118 2009 Rogue P0327, P0328 KS [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. A Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. Knock sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F16 1 F8 61 EC Continuity Existed C 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D 4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR E Refer to EC-1119, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace knock sensor. F 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". G >> INSPECTION END H Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494256 1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR 1. 2. 3. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ. Terminals Resistance 1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] J K CAUTION: Never use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace knock sensor. L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1119 2009 Rogue P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) Description INFOID:0000000004494257 The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. JMBIA0062ZZ JMBIA0714GB DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494258 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0335 Trouble diagnosis name Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit DTC detecting condition Possible cause • The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of engine cranking. • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running. • The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. • Harness or connectors [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted.] (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Signal plate DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. Revision: 2008 August EC-1120 2009 Rogue P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1121, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494259 EC 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. C D 2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. E Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground. F CKP sensor (POS) Connector Terminal F20 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5V G Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 3. H 3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector. I J CKP sensor (POS) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F20 1 F8 76 Continuity K Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit. L 4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT M Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector F8 E16 Sensor Terminal Name Connector Terminal 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 N O Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-873, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. Revision: 2008 August EC-1121 2009 Rogue P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Replace malfunctioning components. [FOR MEXICO] 6.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-1189, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-1189, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 8.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector. CKP sensor (POS) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F20 2 F8 60 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector. CKP sensor (POS) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F20 3 F8 65 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 10.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-1123, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). 11.CHECK GEAR TOOTH Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Replace the signal plate. 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1122 2009 Rogue P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494260 A 1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. 3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. 4. Remove the sensor. 5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). EC C D E JMBIA0063ZZ F 2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows. Terminals (Polarity) G Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) H Except 0 or ∞ 2 (+) - 3 (-) I Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1123 2009 Rogue P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) Description INFOID:0000000004494261 The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. JMBIA0064ZZ JMBIA0714GB DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494262 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-1147, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P0340 Trouble diagnosis name Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit DTC detecting condition • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during engine cranking. • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM during engine running. • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) • Camshaft (INT) • Starter motor (Refer to STR-5, "System Diagram".) • Starting system circuit (Refer to STR-5, "System Diagram".) • Dead (Weak) battery DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Revision: 2008 August EC-1124 2009 Rogue P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1125, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. [FOR MEXICO] A EC 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II 1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1125, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure C D INFOID:0000000004494263 E 1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM Turn ignition switch to START position. Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check starting system. F G 2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. H I 3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground. CMP sensor (PHASE) Connector Terminal F26 1 J K Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5V L Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M 4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F26 2 F8 64 O Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. Revision: 2008 August N EC-1125 2009 Rogue P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F26 3 F8 69 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EC-1126, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). 7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT) Check the following. • Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end • Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft. JMBIA0096ZZ 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494264 1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. 3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector. 4. Remove the sensor. 5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). JMBIA0065ZZ 2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows. Revision: 2008 August EC-1126 2009 Rogue P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Terminals (Polarity) A Resistance 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] EC 2 (+) - 3 (-) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1127 2009 Rogue P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494265 DTC DETECTION LOGIC The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2. A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching frequency will increase. When the frequency ratio of A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed. SEF484YB DTC No. P0420 Trouble diagnosis name Catalyst system efficiency below threshold DTC detecting condition • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly. • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage capacity. Possible cause • • • • • • • Three way catalyst (manifold) Exhaust tube Intake air leaks Fuel injector Fuel injector leaks Spark plug Improper ignition timing DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Do not maintain engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Repeat the following procedure 3 times. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. Stop vehicle with engine running. NOTE: Never turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” NOTE: • Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. • It will take at most 3 minutes until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT”. 5. Check 1 st trip DTC. With GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 2. Repeat the following procedure 3 times. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more for at least 3 consecutive minutes. Revision: 2008 August EC-1128 2009 Rogue P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NOTE: Keep the vehicle speed as steady as possible during the cruising. Stop vehicle with engine running. NOTE: Never turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Check 1 st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-265, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Component Function Check [FOR MEXICO] A EC C INFOID:0000000004494266 D 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Open engine hood. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition. ECM E F G ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F8 33 (HO2S2 signal) F8 35 (Sensor ground) Condition Keeping engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load Voltage The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more than 5 seconds. 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1129, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure H I INFOID:0000000004494267 J 1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM K Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace. L 2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. M Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold). N O P JMBIA0163GB Is exhaust gas leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-1129 2009 Rogue P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Repair or replace. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING Check the following items. Refer to EC-933, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". Items Specifications idle speed 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Follow the EC-933, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". 5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 29 F7 30 31 32 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Perform EC-1217, "Diagnosis Procedure". 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20kV or more. Revision: 2008 August EC-1130 JMBIA0066GB 2009 Rogue P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: A When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? EC YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II C 1. 2. 3. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. E Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1223, "Diagnosis Procedure". F 8.CHECK SPARK PLUG Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-18, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9. G H I SEF156I 9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. Spark should be generated. K L Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-18, "Removal and Installation". 10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Does fuel drip from fuel injector? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. O P 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the trouble fixed? EC-1131 M N 1. 2. Revision: 2008 August J 2009 Rogue P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. Revision: 2008 August EC-1132 [FOR MEXICO] 2009 Rogue P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description INFOID:0000000004494268 The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. A EC C D E SEF337U DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494269 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit open An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve • Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit shorted An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve • Harness or connectors (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve G H I J DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.CONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1133, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END N O INFOID:0000000004494270 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August L M 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Diagnosis Procedure K EC-1133 2009 Rogue P P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Connector Terminal F32 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F32 2 F7 25 Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 4. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION With CONSULT-III Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 1. 2. 3. 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-1135, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1134 2009 Rogue P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494271 A 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition (PURG VOL C/V value) Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) 100% Existed 0% Not existed EC C D E F JMBIA0068ZZ G Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. 3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. H I Condition 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No supply Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) J Existed Not existed K Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1135 2009 Rogue P0500 VSS [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0500 VSS Description INFOID:0000000004494272 The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communication line. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494273 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-1146, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P0500 Trouble diagnosis name Vehicle speed sensor DTC detecting condition Possible cause The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even when vehicle is being driven. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted) • Vehicle speed sensor • Combination meter • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-1137, "Diagnosis Procedure". 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Revision: 2008 August EC-1136 2009 Rogue P0500 VSS [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ENG SPEED 1,350 - 6,000 rpm COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) B/FUEL SCHDL 5.5 - 31.8 msec Selector lever Except P or N position PW/ST SIGNAL OFF A EC C 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1137, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END D 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-1137, "Component Function Check". Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1137, "Diagnosis Procedure". E Component Function Check G INFOID:0000000004494274 F 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK With GST 1. Lift up drive wheels. 2. Start engine. 3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1137, "Diagnosis Procedure". H Diagnosis Procedure K INFOID:0000000004494275 I J 1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” Refer to BRC-15, "CONSULT-III Function" (ABS models), BRC-93, "CONSULT-III Function" (VDC models). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace. L M 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER N Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". >> INSPECTION END O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1137 2009 Rogue P0506 ISC SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0506 ISC SYSTEM Description INFOID:0000000004494276 The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation, etc.). DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494277 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. DTC No. P0506 Trouble diagnosis name Idle speed control system RPM lower than expected DTC detecting condition The idle speed is less than the target idle speed by 100 rpm or more. Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator • Intake air leak DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement", before conducting DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1138, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494278 1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Stop engine. Replace ECM. Revision: 2008 August EC-1138 2009 Rogue P0506 ISC SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Go to EC-936, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". A >> INSPECTION END EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1139 2009 Rogue P0507 ISC SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0507 ISC SYSTEM Description INFOID:0000000004534638 The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation, etc.). DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494280 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. DTC No. P0507 Trouble diagnosis name Idle speed control system RPM higher than expected DTC detecting condition The idle speed is more than the target idle speed by 200 rpm or more. Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator • Intake air leak • PCV system DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement", before conducting DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1140, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494281 1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and let it idle. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Revision: 2008 August EC-1140 2009 Rogue P0507 ISC SYSTEM [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is intake air leak detected? YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. NO >> GO TO 3. A 3.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. Stop engine. Replace ECM. Go to EC-936, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1141 2009 Rogue P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY Description INFOID:0000000004494282 Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning value memory, etc. PBIA9222J DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494283 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name ECM power supply circuit P0603 DTC detecting condition ECM back-up RAM system does not function properly. Possible cause • Harness or connectors [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is open or shorted.] • ECM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for four times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1142, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494284 1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal F8 77 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. Revision: 2008 August EC-1142 2009 Rogue P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors E8, F122 • 20A fuse (No. 62) • IPDM E/R harness connector E15 • Harness for open or short between ECM and battery EC C >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. E 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See EC-1142, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END F G 5.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. H Replace ECM. Go to EC-936, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". I >> INSPECTION END J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1143 2009 Rogue P0605 ECM [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0605 ECM Description INFOID:0000000004494285 The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. PBIA9222J DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494286 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0605 Trouble diagnosis name Engine control module DTC detecting condition A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. Possible cause • ECM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1145, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B 1. wait at least 1 second. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1145, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C 1. wait at least 1 second. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. 3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1145, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1144 2009 Rogue P0605 ECM [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494287 A 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See EC-1144, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END EC C 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. D Replace ECM. Go to EC-936, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". E >> INSPECTION END F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1145 2009 Rogue P0607 ECM [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0607 ECM Description INFOID:0000000004494288 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494289 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P0607 Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication bus DTC detecting condition When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ECM. Possible cause • ECM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1146, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494290 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See EC-1146, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC P0607 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Replace ECM. Go to EC-936, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1146 2009 Rogue P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY A DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494291 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC Trouble diagnosis name DTC No. Sensor power supply circuit short P0643 DTC detecting condition Possible cause ECM detects that the voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high. • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) (TP sensor circuit is shorted.) [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is shorted.] • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Throttle position sensor • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) C DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D E F 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. G H >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1147, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure J INFOID:0000000004494292 K 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION L 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M 2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. N Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 4 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5V O P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. Revision: 2008 August EC-1147 2009 Rogue P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector F8 E16 Sensor Terminal Name Connector Terminal 47 Electric throttle control actuator F29 1 59 CMP sensor (PHASE) F26 1 83 APP sensor E110 4 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK COMPONENT Check the following. • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-1126, "Component Inspection".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. 5.CHECK TP SENSOR Refer to EC-1060, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-937, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-1189, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. 8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-1189, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1148 2009 Rogue P0850 PNP SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P0850 PNP SWITCH A Description INFOID:0000000004494293 When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. DTC Logic EC INFOID:0000000004494294 C DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Park/neutral position switch P0850 DTC detecting condition The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch does not change during driving after the engine is started. D Possible cause • Harness or connectors [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit is open or shorted.] • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E F 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. G H 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK PNP SWITCH FUNCTION 1. 2. J With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions. Position (Selector lever) L Known-good signal N or P position ON Except above position OFF M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-1150, "Diagnosis Procedure". N 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. ENG SPEED 1,300 - 6,375 rpm COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) B/FUEL SCHDL 3.0 - 31.8 msec Revision: 2008 August EC-1149 K O P 2009 Rogue P0850 PNP SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph) Selector lever Suitable position 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1150, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-1150, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1150, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004494295 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Ground Connector Terminal E16 102 (PNP switch signal) Ground Condition Selector lever P or N Except above Voltage BATTERY VOLTAGE Approx. 0V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1150, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494296 1.CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between PNP switch harness connector and ground. PNP switch Connector Terminal F21 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E15 • 10A fuse (No. 58) • Harness for open or short between PNP switch and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-1150 2009 Rogue P0850 PNP SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. PNP switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F21 2 E16 102 EC Continuity C Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. D E 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM F >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 5.CHECK PNP SWITCH Refer to .TM-58, "Component Inspection (CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor)" Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace PNP switch. H I 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". J >> INSPECTION END K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1151 2009 Rogue P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494297 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: DTC P1148 is displayed with another DTC for A/F sensor 1. Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC. DTC No. P1148 Trouble diagnosis name Closed loop control function Revision: 2008 August DTC detecting condition The closed loop control function for bank 1 does not operate even when vehicle is being driven in the specified condition. The closed loop control function for bank 2 does not operate even when vehicle is being driven in the specified condition. EC-1152 Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • A/F sensor 1 • A/F sensor 1 heater 2009 Rogue P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE DTC Logic A INFOID:0000000004494298 DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC NOTE: • If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-1146, "DTC Logic". If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is indicated. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition • • P1217 Engine over temperature (Overheat) • • C D E Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over• IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay-1) heat). • Cooling fan relays-2 and -3 Cooling fan system does not operate proper• Cooling fan motor ly (Overheat). • Radiator hose Engine coolant was not added to the system • Radiator using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank range. • Water pump • Thermostat • Water control valve CAUTION: When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to CO-9, "Draining" and CO-10, "Refilling". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-6, "Draining" and LU-7, "Refilling". 1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-19, "FOR MEXICO : Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio". 2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F G H I J K 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-1153, "Component Function Check". NOTE: Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1154, "Diagnosis Procedure". Component Function Check M N INFOID:0000000004494299 1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I O WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. Revision: 2008 August L EC-1153 2009 Rogue P P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the proper range? YES >> Go to EC-1154, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 2. [FOR MEXICO] SEF621W 2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. Did customer fill the coolant? YES >> Go to EC-1154, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that cooling fan motors-1 and -2 operate at each speed (LOW/HI). Without CONSULT-III Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1154, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494300 1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that cooling fan motors-1 and -2 operate at each speed (LOW/HI). Without CONSULT-III 1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis Description". 2. Check that cooling fan motors-1 and -2 operate at each speed (Low/High). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-1210, "Diagnosis Procedure". 1. 2. 3. 2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-9, "Inspection". Is leakage detected? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4. 3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II Check the following for leak. • Hose • Radiator • Water pump Revision: 2008 August EC-1154 2009 Rogue P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. 4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP A Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-13, "RADIATOR : Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace radiator cap. EC 5.CHECK THERMOSTAT C Check thermostat. Refer to CO-26, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace thermostat. D 6.CHECK WATER CONTROL VALVE E Check water control valve. Refer to CO-26, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace water control valve F 7.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR G Refer to EC-1056, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. H 8.CHECK MAIN 13 CAUSES I If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following. Engine Step Inspection item OFF 1 • • • • 2 Equipment Standard Reference page • Visual No blocking • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester MA-18, "FOR NORTH AMERICA : Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" 3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck 4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester CO-13, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection" ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-9, "Inspection" ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses Both hoses should be hot CO-26, "Inspection" ON*1 7 • Cooling fan motor • CONSULT-III Operating EC-1209, "Component Function Check" OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical tester 4 Gas analyzer Negative — ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature gauge • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driving — • Coolant overflow to reservoir tank • Visual No overflow during driving and idling CO-9, "Inspection" • Visual Should be initial level in reservoir tank CO-9, "Inspection" Within the specified value CO-26, "Inspection" Blocked radiator Blocked condenser Blocked radiator grille Blocked bumper OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator OFF 11 • Water control valve Revision: 2008 August — J K • Remove and inspect the valve EC-1155 CO-13, "RADIATOR : Inspection" L M N O P 2009 Rogue P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page OFF 12 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping) EM-85, "Inspection" 13 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston EM-96, "Inspection" *1: Turn the ignition switch ON. *2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. *3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. *4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. For more information, refer to CO-4, "Troubleshooting Chart". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1156 2009 Rogue P1225 TP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1225 TP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004534377 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. EC C D PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494302 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1225 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance E DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low. Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G H 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1157, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure L M INFOID:0000000004494303 N 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1157 2009 Rogue P1225 TP SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. 2. [FOR MEXICO] Electric throttle control actuator : Vehicle front Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. ALBIA0061ZZ 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-1157, "Diagnosis Procedure". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004534381 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-1158 2009 Rogue P1226 TP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1226 TP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004534410 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. EC C D PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494306 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1226 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance E DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly. Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) G H DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1159, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure L M INFOID:0000000004534643 N 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. P Revision: 2008 August EC-1159 2009 Rogue P1226 TP SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. 2. [FOR MEXICO] Electric throttle control actuator : Vehicle front Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. ALBIA0061ZZ 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-1157, "Diagnosis Procedure". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004534411 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-1160 2009 Rogue P1421 COLD START CONTROL [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1421 COLD START CONTROL A Description INFOID:0000000004494309 ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition. This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions. DTC Logic EC INFOID:0000000004494310 C DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC. DTC No. P1421 Trouble diagnosis name Cold start emission reduction strategy monitoring DTC detecting condition ECM does not control ignition timing and engine idle speed properly when engine is started with prewarming up condition. D Possible cause • Lack of intake air volume • Fuel injection system • ECM E F DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. G H >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F). If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is within the specified value, go to the following step. If “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication is out of the specified value, cool engine down or warm engine up and go to step 1. 5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1161, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3. 4. Diagnosis Procedure J K L M N INFOID:0000000004494311 1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING O Perform EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. P 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following. • Crushed intake air passage • Intake air passage clogging Revision: 2008 August EC-1161 2009 Rogue P1421 COLD START CONTROL < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part [FOR MEXICO] 3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-1102, "DTC Logic". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Go to EC-1103, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Erase DTC. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. See EC-1161, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END 5.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Replace ECM. Go to EC-936, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1162 2009 Rogue P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH A Description INFOID:0000000004494312 ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC of switch, and determines which button is operated. Refer to EC-966, "System Description" for the ASCD function. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494313 C NOTE: If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-1144, "DTC Logic". D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1564 E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition ASCD steering switch • An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steering switch is out of the specified range. • ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck ON. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) • ASCD steering switch • ECM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. I J 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Wait at least 10 seconds. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1163, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END K L M N Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494314 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION O 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YS >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P 2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August G H 1.PRECONDITIONING 1. F EC-1163 2009 Rogue P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check each item indication under the following conditions. Monitor item Condition Indication MAIN SW MAIN switch CANCEL SW CANCEL switch RESUME/ACC SW RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET SW SET/COAST switch 1. 2. Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors. ECM Connector ECM Terminal Connector 85 (ASCD steering switch signal) E16 92 (Switch ground) E16 Condition Terminal Voltage MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0 V CANSEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1 V SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 2 V RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3 V All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M352. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector. Combination switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal — 18 E16 92 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Combination switch (spiral cable) • Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT Revision: 2008 August EC-1164 2009 Rogue P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch. [FOR MEXICO] A Combination switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal — 21 E10 85 Continuity EC Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. C 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors M77, E105 • Combination switch (spiral cable) • Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch E F >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH Refer to EC-1165, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. G H 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". I >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494315 J 1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH 1. 2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M352. Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals under following conditions. Combination meter Connector Terminals L Condition Resistance Approx. 0 Ω MAIN switch: Pressed M352 18 and 21 K CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250 Ω SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 660 Ω RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480 Ω All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000 Ω M N Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1165 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Description INFOID:0000000004494316 When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-966, "System Description" for the ASCD function. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494317 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-1144, "DTC Logic". • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed. 1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. DTC No. P1572 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h (19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent to the ECM at the same time. B) ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven. ASCD brake switch Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.) • Harness or connectors (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.) • Stop lamp switch • ASCD brake switch • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation • ECM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. NOTE: The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can be detected. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A -I 1. 2. 3. Start engine. Press MAIN switch and check that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph) Selector lever Suitable position 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1167, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. Revision: 2008 August EC-1166 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A -II 1. A Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. EC NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. C Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph) Selector lever Suitable position Driving location Depress the brake pedal for more than five seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed. D 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1167, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END E F Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494318 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I 1. 2. 3. G With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. Monitor item BRAKE SW1 Condition Brake pedal H I Indication Slightly depressed OFF Fully released ON J Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Ground Connector Terminal E16 110 (ASCD brake switch signal) Ground Condition Brake pedal Slightly depressed Fully released K Voltage L Approx. 0V Battery voltage M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. N 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II O With CONSULT-III Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Monitor item BRAKE SW2 Condition Brake pedal P Indication Slightly depressed ON Fully released OFF Without CONSULT-III Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-1167 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Ground Connector Terminal E16 106 (Stop lamp switch signal) Ground Condition Brake pedal Slightly depressed Fully released Voltage Battery voltage Approx. 0V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 7. 3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground. ASCD brake switch Connector Terminal E112 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Junction block connector E105, M77 • 10A fuse (No.1) • Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. ASCD brake switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E112 2 E16 110 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-1169, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. 7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-1168 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > A Stop lamp switch Connector Terminal E115 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. C 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • 10A fuse (No.11) • Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery D E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector. F G ECM Stop lamp switch Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 106 E115 2 Continuity H Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I 10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH J Refer to EC-1170, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. K 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END M Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000004494319 1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I N 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity P Existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II Revision: 2008 August EC-1169 2009 Rogue P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment". 2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000004494320 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II 1. 2. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Revision: 2008 August EC-1170 2009 Rogue P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004494321 The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina- EC tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD control. Refer to EC-966, "System Description" for ASCD functions. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494322 C NOTE: • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-1136, "DTC Logic" • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-1144, "DTC Logic" • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-1146, "DTC Logic". D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1574 Trouble diagnosis name ASCD vehicle speed sensor DTC detecting condition Possible cause The difference between the two vehicle speed signals is out of the specified range. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) (Combination meter circuit is open or shorted.) • Combination meter • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Wheel sensor • TCM • ECM F G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H I J 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2. K L 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Start engine. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1171, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END M N O P Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494323 1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-44, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. Revision: 2008 August E EC-1171 2009 Rogue P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” Refer to BRC-15, "CONSULT-III Function" (ABS models), BRC-93, "CONSULT-III Function" (VDC models). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace. 3.CHECK COMBINATION METER Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1172 2009 Rogue P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR) [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR) Description A INFOID:0000000004494324 ECM receives primary speed sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal EC for engine control. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494325 C DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer to EC-1120, "DTC Logic". • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer to EC-1124, "DTC Logic". • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-1144, "DTC Logic". • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-1146, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P1715 Trouble diagnosis name Input speed sensor (Primary speed sensor) (TCM output) D E F G DTC detecting condition Possible cause Primary speed sensor signal is different from the theoretical value calculated by ECM from secondary speed sensor signal and engine rpm signal. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Primary speed sensor circuit is open or shorted) • TCM H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING J If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L 1. Start engine and drive the vehicle at more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1173, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure M N INFOID:0000000004494326 O 1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-44, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. P 2.REPLACE TCM Replace TCM. Revision: 2008 August EC-1173 2009 Rogue P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR) [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1174 2009 Rogue P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P1805 BRAKE SWITCH A Description INFOID:0000000004494327 Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being driven. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494328 C DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P1805 DTC detecting condition Possible cause D A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven. • Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) • Stop lamp switch E Trouble diagnosis name Brake switch DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F 1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. 3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1175, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure G H INFOID:0000000004494329 I 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal. K Brake pedal Stop lamp Fully released Not illuminated Slightly depressed Illuminated L Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 2. M 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground. Stop lamp switch Connector Terminal E115 1 N O Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 Revision: 2008 August EC-1175 2009 Rogue P1805 BRAKE SWITCH < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > • 10A fuse (No. 11) • Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery [FOR MEXICO] >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector. ECM Stop lamp switch Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E16 106 E115 2 Continuity Existed 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-1176, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000004534680 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II 1. 2. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Continuity Not existed Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Revision: 2008 August EC-1176 2009 Rogue P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY A Description INFOID:0000000004494331 Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle EC control motor relay is controlled ON/OFF by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not C provided to the ECM. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494332 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P2100 P2103 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause E Throttle control motor relay circuit open ECM detects that the voltage of power source for throttle control motor is excessively low. • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open) • Throttle control motor relay Throttle control motor relay circuit short ECM detects that the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON. • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted) • Throttle control motor relay DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F G H 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V. Witch DTC is detected? P2100 >> GO TO 2. P2103 >> GO TO 3. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100 I J K 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1177, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END L M 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1177, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure N O INFOID:0000000004494333 P 1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-1177 2009 Rogue P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F7 15 E13 32 Continuity Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. ECM IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F7 2 E15 52 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK FUSE 1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 61) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check it 15A fuse is blown. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace 15A fuse. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-1178 2009 Rogue P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION A Description INFOID:0000000004494334 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position sensor provides feedback to the ECM, when open/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions C via the throttle control motor. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494335 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100 or P2119. Refer to EC-1177, "DTC Logic" or EC-1185, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P2101 Trouble diagnosis name Electric throttle control performance DTC detecting condition Electric throttle control function does not operate properly. Possible cause E F • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted) • Electric throttle control actuator G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING H If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine is running. I J >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1179, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure L M INFOID:0000000004494336 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION N 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. O 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I P 1. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-1179 2009 Rogue P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ECM Connector Terminal F7 2 Ground Ground Condition Voltage Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0V Ignition switch ON Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. IPDM E/R ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E13 32 F7 15 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II 1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. IPDM E/R ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E15 52 F7 2 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK FUSE 1. Disconnect 20A fuse (No. 61) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check it 20A fuse is blown. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace 20A fuse. Revision: 2008 August EC-1180 2009 Rogue P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. EC 9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal Terminal 5 F29 D E ECM Connector C F7 6 Continuity 5 Not existed 6 Existed 5 Existed 6 Not existed F G 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair or replace. H 10.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY I 1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Electric throttle control actuator (2) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. J K L ALBIA0061ZZ 11.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR M Refer to EC-1182, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 13. N 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. P 13.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace malfunction electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-1182, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1181 2009 Rogue P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494337 1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-1182, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004534428 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-1182 2009 Rogue P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR A Description INFOID:0000000004494339 The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position sensor provides feedback to the ECM, when open/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. C DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494340 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. D Trouble diagnosis name Throttle control motor circuit short P2118 DTC detecting condition ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor) E F DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING G If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1183, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure J K INFOID:0000000004494341 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION L 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. M 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N 1. 2. 3. O Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector. Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal Connector 5 F29 F7 6 Revision: 2008 August P ECM Terminal Continuity 5 Not existed 6 Existed 5 Existed 6 Not existed EC-1183 2009 Rogue P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace. [FOR MEXICO] 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Refer to EC-1184, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 5. 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-1184, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534646 1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-1182, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004534444 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-1184 2009 Rogue P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A Description INFOID:0000000004494344 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and sends the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals opens/closes the throttle valve C in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494345 D DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. P2119 Trouble diagnosis name Electric throttle control actuator DTC detecting condition A) Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction. B) Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range. C) ECM detects that the throttle valve is stuck open. Possible cause E F • Electric throttle control actuator G DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING H If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B J 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. 3. Set selector lever to P position. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 6. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. 7. Set selector lever to P position. 8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. 9. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1185, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 3. K L M N 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Set selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. 3. Set selector lever to N or P position. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. 5. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1185, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure O P INFOID:0000000004534645 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY Revision: 2008 August EC-1185 2009 Rogue P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove the intake air duct. 3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. 2. [FOR MEXICO] Electric throttle control actuator : Vehicle front Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. ALBIA0061ZZ 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-1157, "Diagnosis Procedure". >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004534445 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> END Revision: 2008 August EC-1186 2009 Rogue P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000004494348 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut. EC C D PBIB1741E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494349 F DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-1147, "DTC Logic". DTC No. E DTC detecting condition Possible cause P2122 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low input Trouble diagnosis name An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. P2123 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1) G H I DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING J If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. K L >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1187, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure N INFOID:0000000004494350 O 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. P 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-1187 2009 Rogue P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 4 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V [FOR MEXICO] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 2 E16 84 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 3 E16 81 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-1189, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Go to EC-1189, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1188 2009 Rogue P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494351 A 1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. EC C ECM − + Connector Terminal Connector 81 (APP sensor 1 signal) E16 Condition Terminal D 84 (Sensor ground) E16 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) Voltage Accelerator pedal 100 (Sensor ground) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. F 2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. E G Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Go to EC-1189, "Special Repair Requirement". H >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004494352 I Refer to EC-937, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". J 1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING >> GO TO 2. K 2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". L >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING M Refer to EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". N >> END O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1189 2009 Rogue P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004534681 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut. PBIB1741E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494354 DTC DETECTION LOGIC DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P2127 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. P2128 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1190, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494355 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. Revision: 2008 August EC-1190 2009 Rogue P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. A Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 5 Ground EC Voltage C Ground Approx. 5 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 3. D 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 5 E16 87 F Continuity G Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit. H 4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector F8 E16 J Sensor Terminal Name Connector Terminal 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 K Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 5.CHECK COMPONENT M Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-1123, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-873, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. N O 6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 1 E16 100 Revision: 2008 August P Continuity Existed EC-1191 2009 Rogue P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 6 E16 82 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-1192, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-1193, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534682 1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. ECM − + Connector Terminal Connector 81 (APP sensor 1 signal) E16 Condition Terminal 84 (Sensor ground) E16 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) Voltage Accelerator pedal 100 (Sensor ground) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Revision: 2008 August EC-1192 2009 Rogue P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Go to EC-1193, "Special Repair Requirement". [FOR MEXICO] A >> INSPECTION END Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004534688 EC Refer to EC-937, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". C 1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING >> GO TO 2. D 2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". E >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING F Refer to EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". G >> END H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1193 2009 Rogue P2135 TP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2135 TP SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004534415 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. PBIB0145E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494359 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-1147, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P2135 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2. Possible cause • Harness or connector (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 or 2) DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1194, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494360 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-1194 2009 Rogue P2135 TP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Electric throttle control actuator Connector Terminal F29 1 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V A EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II D 1. 2. 3. E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 1 F8 47 Continuity F Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit. G 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H 1. 2. 3. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Electric throttle control actuator ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F29 4 F8 36 Continuity J Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K L 5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector F8 E16 M Sensor Terminal Connector Terminal 47 Electric throttle control actuator Name F29 1 59 CMP sensor (PHASE) F26 1 83 APP sensor E110 4 N O Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. Revision: 2008 August EC-1195 2009 Rogue P2135 TP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Electric throttle control actuator Connector ECM Terminal Connector 2 F29 Terminal 37 F8 3 Continuity Existed 38 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-1196, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. 8.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Go to EC-1197, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534416 1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to the D position. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. ECM − + Connector F8 Terminal 37 (TP sensor 1 signal) 38 (TP sensor 2 signal) Connector F8 Condition Voltage Terminal 36 (Sensor ground) Accelerator pedal Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1060, "Special Repair Requirement". Revision: 2008 August EC-1196 2009 Rogue P2135 TP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END A Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004534422 1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING EC Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" >> GO TO 2. C 2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" D >> END E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1197 2009 Rogue P2138 APP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2138 APP SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004534715 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut. DTC Logic PBIB1741E INFOID:0000000004494364 DTC DETECTION LOGIC NOTE: If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-1147, "DTC Logic". DTC No. P2138 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit range/ performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2. • Harness or connector (APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1 or 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1198, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494365 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: 2008 August EC-1198 2009 Rogue P2138 APP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. EC Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 4 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5 V A C D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. E 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I F 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. APP sensor Connector Terminal E110 5 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5V G H Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 4. I 4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II J 1. 2. 3. K Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. APP sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E110 5 E16 87 Continuity L Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. M 5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3 76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1 87 APP sensor E110 5 72 F8 E16 O Sensor Name P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK COMPONENT Revision: 2008 August EC-1199 2009 Rogue P2138 APP SENSOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-1123, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-1230, "Diagnosis Procedure".) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. [FOR MEXICO] 7.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows. APP sensor Connector ECM Terminal 2 E110 1 Connector Terminal 84 E16 100 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows. APP sensor Connector E110 Terminal ECM Connector 6 3 Terminal E16 82 81 Continuity Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-1200, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 10. 10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". Go to EC-1201, "Special Repair Requirement". >> INSPECTION END 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004534716 1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Revision: 2008 August EC-1200 2009 Rogue P2138 APP SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. A ECM − + Connector Terminal Connector 81 (APP sensor 1 signal) E16 Condition EC Terminal 84 (Sensor ground) E16 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) Voltage Accelerator pedal 100 (Sensor ground) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. C D E 2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Go to EC-1201, "Special Repair Requirement". F >> INSPECTION END G Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004534717 1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING H Refer to EC-937, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". I >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING J Refer to EC-938, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". K >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING L Refer to EC-938, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". >> END M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1201 2009 Rogue P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 Description INFOID:0000000004534623 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). JMBIA0112GB PBIB3354E DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004494369 DTC DETECTION LOGIC To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored so it will not shift to LEAN side or RICH side. DTC No. P2A00 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit range/performance • The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal shifts to the lean side for a specified period. • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal shifts to the rich side for a specified period. Possible Cause • • • • • A/F sensor 1 A/F sensor 1 heater Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.PRECONDITIONING If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-940, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC$. Revision: 2008 August EC-1202 2009 Rogue P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to EC-1203, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [FOR MEXICO] Diagnosis Procedure A INFOID:0000000004494370 EC 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. C D 2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 1. E Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation". >> GO TO 3. F 3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Start engine and run it at idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Is intake air leak detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace. G H 4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE 1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-940, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171or P0172. Refer to EC-1102, "DTC Logic" or EC-1106, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 5. I J 5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR K 1. 2. 3. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. Check harness connector for water. Water should not exit. M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. N 6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector Terminal F27 4 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage O P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Revision: 2008 August EC-1203 2009 Rogue P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse [FOR MEXICO] >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 4. Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector Terminal 45 F8 49 Continuity Existed Check the continuity between ECM harness connector or A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. A/F sensor 1 Connector F27 Terminal 1 2 ECM Connector Terminal F8 45 49 Ground Ground Continuity Not existed 5. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-1033, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 11. 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Repair or replace. 11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 13. 12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA 1. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: 2008 August EC-1204 2009 Rogue P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. Is “0.000” displayed? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 13. [FOR MEXICO] A EC 13.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-940, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> INSPECTION END C D 14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA E With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. F >> INSPECTION END G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1205 2009 Rogue ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Description INFOID:0000000004534664 When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-966, "System Description" for the ASCD function. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004494372 1.CHECK FOR ASCD BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. Monitor item Condition BRAKE SW1 1. 2. Brake pedal Indication Slightly depressed OFF Fully released ON Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Ground Connector Terminal E16 110 (ASCD brake switch signal) Ground Condition Brake pedal Slightly depressed Fully released Voltage Approx. 0V Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END. NO >> Refer to EC-1206, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494373 1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground. ASCD brake switch Connector Terminal E112 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • 10A fuse (No. 1) • Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: 2008 August EC-1206 2009 Rogue ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. ASCD brake switch ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E112 2 E16 110 EC Continuity C Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D E 4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-1207, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. F 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". H >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000004534665 I 1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed J K Continuity Existed Not existed L Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2. M 2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II 1. 2. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-9, "Inspection and Adjustment". Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 1 and 2 Condition Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed N Continuity O Existed Not existed P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Revision: 2008 August EC-1207 2009 Rogue ASCD INDICATOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ASCD INDICATOR Description INFOID:0000000004494375 ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and SET, and is integrated in combination meter. CRUISE lamp illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that ASCD system is ready for operation. SET lamp illuminates when the following conditions are met. • CRUISE lamp is illuminated. • SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of the ASCD setting. SET lamp remains lit during ASCD control. Refer to EC-966, "System Description" for the ASCD function. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004494376 1.ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions. ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION • MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →at the 2nd time CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • When vehicle speed: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) SPECIFICATION ON → OFF • ASCD: Operating ON • ASCD: Not operating OFF Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1208, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494377 1.CHECK DTC Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to MWI-9, "SPEEDOMETER : System Diagram". 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1208 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > COOLING FAN A Description INFOID:0000000004494378 The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant EC pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. COOLING FAN MOTOR The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows. Cooling fan speed Middle (MID) High (HI) Cooling fan motor terminals (+) (-) 1 3 and 4 2 3 and 4 1 and 2 3 1 and 2 4 1 and 2 3 and 4 D E F The cooling fan operates at low (LOW) speed when cooling fan motors-1 and -2 are circuited in series under middle speed condition. Refer to EC-973, "System Description". Component Function Check G INFOID:0000000004494379 H 1.CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-III screen. 3. Check that cooling fans operates at low speed. 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON. 3. Check that cooling fan operates at low speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. Refer to “PROCEDURE A” in EC-1210, "Diagnosis Procedure". 2.CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Touch “HI” on the CONSULT-III screen. Check that cooling fans operates at higher speed than low speed. Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF. 3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. 5. Restart engine and check that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. Refer to “PROCEDURE B” in EC-1210, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC-1209 I J K L M 1. 2. Revision: 2008 August C 2009 Rogue N O P COOLING FAN [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494380 PROCEDURE A 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Check the voltage between cooling fan motor-2 harness connectors and ground. Cooling fan motor-2 Connector Terminal 1 E54 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 3. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 40A fusible link (letter M) • Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Disconnect cooling fan relay-4. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between cooling fan relay-4 harness connectors and ground. Cooling fan relay-4 Connector Terminal E57 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-1210 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-1 harness connectors and ground. [FOR MEXICO] A Cooling fan motor-1 Connector E53 Terminal 3 4 Ground Continuity EC Ground Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C D 7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E13. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-2 harness connectors and cooling fan relay-4 harness connectors. Cooling fan motor-2 Cooling fan relay-4 Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E54 3 E57 3 3. E F Continuity Existed G Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-4 harness connectors and cooling fan motor-1 harness connectors and ground. H Cooling fan relay-4 Cooling fan motor-1 Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E57 5 E53 2 4. Continuity I Existed Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-4 harness connectors and IPDM E/R harness connectors. J Cooling fan relay-4 IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E57 1 E13 31 Continuity K Existed 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 8.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-4 M Refer to EC-1214, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. N 9.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS O Refer to EC-1214, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. P 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-1211 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > PROCEDURE B 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ground connection E21, E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Power supply and ground circuit. Refer to PCS-15, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.. 3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector. Check the voltage between cooling fan motor-2 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan motor-2 Connector Terminal 1 E54 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 3. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 40A fusible link (letter M) • Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Disconnect cooling fan relay-5. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between cooling fan relay-5 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan relay-5 Connector Terminal E59 2 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage 4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 63) • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and fuse Revision: 2008 August EC-1212 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan motor-1 Connector E53 4. A Terminal 3 4 Ground Continuity Ground Existed EC C D Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-5 harness connector and ground. Cooling fan relay-5 Connector Terminal E59 5 E Ground Continuity Ground Existed F 5. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 8.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-2 harness connector and cooling fan relay-5 harness connector. Cooling fan motor-2 Cooling fan relay-5 Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E54 4 E59 3 3. IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E54 3 E10 7 4. IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E59 1 E15 50 5. J Existed Continuity Existed Continuity Connector E53 Terminal 1 2 IPDM E/R Connector E10 Terminal 4 8 Existed Existed EC-1213 O P Continuity 6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. Revision: 2008 August M N Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-1 harness connectors and IPDM E/R harness connectors. Cooling fan motor-1 K L Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-5 harness connectors and IPDM E/R harness connectors. Cooling fan relay-5 I Continuity Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-2 harness connectors and IPDM E/R harness connectors. Cooling fan motor-2 H 2009 Rogue COOLING FAN [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-5 Refer to EC-1214, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. 10.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS Refer to EC-1214, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector. Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000004494381 1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 and -2 harness connectors E53, E54. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation. Cooling fan motor terminals (+) (-) 1 3 and 4 2 3 and 4 1 and 2 3 1 and 2 4 1 and 2 3 and 4 Operation Cooling fans operates at low speed. Cooling fans operates at high speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) INFOID:0000000004494382 1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove cooling fan relay. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay terminals under the following conditions. Terminals 3 and 5 Conditions Continuity 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed No current supply Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. PBIB0098E Revision: 2008 August EC-1214 2009 Rogue ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL A Description INFOID:0000000004494383 The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred EC through the CAN communication line from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004494384 C 1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions. Monitor item LOAD SIGNAL Condition Rear window defogger switch D E Indication ON ON OFF OFF F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-1215, "Diagnosis Procedure". G 2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions. Monitor item LOAD SIGNAL Condition Lighting switch H Indication ON at 2nd position ON OFF OFF I Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Go to EC-1215, "Diagnosis Procedure". J 3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION K Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions. Monitor item HEATER FAN SW Condition Heater fan control switch Indication ON ON OFF OFF L M Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1215, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure N INFOID:0000000004494385 1.INSPECTION START O Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-1215, "Component Function Check". Which circuit is related to the incident? Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2. Headlamp>>GO TO 3. Heater fan>>GO TO 4. 2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM Refer to DEF-4, "System Diagram". Revision: 2008 August EC-1215 2009 Rogue P ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > >> INSPECTION END 3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM Refer to EXL-8, "System Diagram" (XENON TYPE) or EXL-136, "System Diagram" (HALOGEN TYPE). >> INSPECTION END 4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM Refer to VTL-3, "System Description" >> INSPECTION END Revision: 2008 August EC-1216 2009 Rogue FUEL INJECTOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > FUEL INJECTOR A Description INFOID:0000000004494386 The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs. EC C D PBIA9664J Component Function Check E INFOID:0000000004494387 1.INSPECTION START F Turn ignition switch to START. Are any cylinders ignited? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-1217, "Diagnosis Procedure". G 2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION H With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Let engine idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. 1. 2. 3. I J Clicking noise should be heard. K Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1217, "Diagnosis Procedure". L M PBIB3332E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494388 N 1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground. O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1217 2009 Rogue FUEL INJECTOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Fuel injector Cylinder Connector Terminal 1 F37 1 2 F38 1 3 F39 1 4 F40 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • IPDM E/R harness connector E14 • 15A fuse (No. 64) • Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector. Fuel injector Cylinder Connector ECM Terminal Connector Terminal 1 F37 2 32 2 F38 2 31 3 F39 2 4 F40 2 F7 30 Continuity Existed 29 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR Refer to EC-1218, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494389 1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Revision: 2008 August EC-1218 2009 Rogue FUEL INJECTOR < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows. [FOR MEXICO] A Terminals Resistance 1 and 2 10.4 - 15.3 Ω [at 10 -60°C (50 - 140°F)] EC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1219 2009 Rogue FUEL PUMP [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > FUEL PUMP Description INFOID:0000000004494390 Sensor Input signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed* Battery Battery voltage* ECM function Actuator Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay ↓ Fuel pump *: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump. Condition Fuel pump operation Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second. Engine running and cranking Operates. When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds. Except as shown above Stops. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004494391 1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION 1. 2. - Turn ignition switch ON. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers. : Vehicle front Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> EC-1220, "Diagnosis Procedure". JMBIA0929ZZ Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494392 1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal F7 14 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II Revision: 2008 August EC-1220 2009 Rogue FUEL PUMP [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect IDPDM E/R harness connector E13. 3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. ECM IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F7 14 E13 33 A EC Continuity Existed C Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 3. D 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E6, F123 • IPDM E/R connector E13 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R E F >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK 15A FUSE G 1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 57) from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 15A fuse. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace fuse. H 5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. I Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E14 46 B40 5 Continuity J K Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 6. L 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M Check the following. • Harness connectors E105, M77 • Harness connectors M11, B1 • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and IPDM E/R N O >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT 1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Connector Terminal B40 3 2. P Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground. Ground Continuity Ground Existed Also heck harness for short to power. Revision: 2008 August EC-1221 2009 Rogue FUEL PUMP < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. [FOR MEXICO] 8.CHECK FUEL PUMP Refer to EC-1222, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace fuel pump. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494393 1.CHECK FUEL PUMP 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance 3 and 5 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Revision: 2008 August EC-1222 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > IGNITION SIGNAL A Description INFOID:0000000004494394 The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns EC ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit. Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004494395 C 1.INSPECTION START D Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine. Does the engine start? YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2. YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. NO >> Go to EC-1223, "Diagnosis Procedure". E 2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION F With CONSULT-III 1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1223, "Diagnosis Procedure". G H 3.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground. J ECM Connector I Terminal Ground Voltage signal 9 K 10 11 F7 Ground L 21 JMBIA0900GB M NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1223, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure N INFOID:0000000004494396 O 1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. P Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. ECM Connector Terminal E16 105 Revision: 2008 August Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage EC-1223 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to EC-1020, "Diagnosis Procedure". [FOR MEXICO] 2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser-1 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between condenser-1 harness connector and ground. Condenser Connector Terminal F13 1 Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser-1 harness connector. IPDM E/R Condenser-1 Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E15 47 F13 1 Continuity Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Go to EC-1020, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F121 • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser-1 >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK CONDENSER-1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between condenser-1 harness connector and ground. Condenser-1 Connector Terminal F13 2 Ground Continuity Ground Existed 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK CONDENSER Refer to EC-1227, "Component Inspection (Condenser-1)" Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace condenser. Revision: 2008 August EC-1224 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 7.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. 3. 4. A Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground. Ignition coil Cylinder Connector Terminal 1 F33 3 2 F34 3 3 F35 3 4 F36 3 EC C Ground Voltage Ground Battery voltage D E Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F 8.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground. Ignition coil Cylinder Connector Terminal 1 F33 2 2 F34 2 3 F35 2 4 F36 2 G Ground Continuity H Ground Existed I J 3. Also check harness for short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K 9.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector. Ignition coil ECM Cylinder Connector Terminal 1 F33 1 2 F34 1 3 F35 1 4 F36 1 Connector Terminal L M Continuity 11 F7 10 9 N Existed 21 O 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 10.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR Refer to EC-1226, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Revision: 2008 August EC-1225 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000004494397 1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows. Terminals Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ 1 and 3 2 and 3 Except 0 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. 2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. 4. Start engine. 5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. 7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 12. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 JMBIA0066GB cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20kV or more. • It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Revision: 2008 August EC-1226 2009 Rogue IGNITION SIGNAL [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > Component Inspection (Condenser-1) INFOID:0000000004494398 A 1.CHECK CONDENSER-1 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser-1 harness connector. Check resistance between condenser-1 terminals as follows. Terminals 1 and 2 EC C Resistance Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace condenser-1. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1227 2009 Rogue MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP Description INFOID:0000000004494399 The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is located on the combination meter. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL remains illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. For details, refer to EC-1228, "Diagnosis Procedure". SEF217U Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004494400 1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check that MIL illuminates. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1228, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494401 1.CHECK DTC Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. 2.CHECK DTC WITH METER Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace. 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> Repair or replace. Revision: 2008 August EC-1228 2009 Rogue POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION Description A INFOID:0000000004494402 EC C D E F G PBIB0492E This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions. H I J K L M PBIB1588E Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004494403 N 1.CHECK PCV VALVE With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace PCV valve. O P PBIB1589E Revision: 2008 August EC-1229 2009 Rogue REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000004494404 The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. PBIB2657E Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004494405 1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. ECM − + Connector Terminal Terminal F8 39 (Refrigerant pressure sensor signal) 40 (Sensor ground) Voltage 1.0 - 4.0V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to EC-1230, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004494406 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF. 2. Stop engine. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Check ground connection E21. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-44, "Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. 2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground. Refrigerant pressure sensor Connector Terminal E49 3 Ground Voltage Ground Approx. 5V Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. Revision: 2008 August EC-1230 2009 Rogue REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [FOR MEXICO] < COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor EC >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. D E Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E49 1 F8 40 Continuity F Existed 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. G 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor I >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector. Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E49 2 F8 39 K Continuity L Existed 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> GO TO 7. M N 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F123, E6 • Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor O >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. NO >> Repair or replace. Revision: 2008 August J EC-1231 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > ECU DIAGNOSIS ECM Reference Value INFOID:0000000004494407 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL Remarks: z Specification data are reference values. z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. * Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. I.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. this IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors. Monitor Item Condition Values/Status Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-1013, "Diagnosis Procedure". B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-1013, "Diagnosis Procedure". A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-1013, "Diagnosis Procedure". COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up HO2S2 (B1) • Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 1.0V HO2S2 MNTR (B1) • Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load LEAN ←→ RICH VHCL SPEED SE • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as dication. speedometer indication BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) More than 70°C (158°F) Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V 11 - 14V ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V ACCEL SEN 2*1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V TP SEN 1-B1 Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V TP SEN 2-B1*1 Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Revision: 2008 August 0.6 - 0.9V Indicates intake air temperature OFF → ON → OFF Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF EC-1232 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Monitor Item AIR COND SIG Condition • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON PW/ST SIGNAL • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON HEATER FAN SW • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine Values/Status Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.) ON Selector lever: P or N ON Selector lever: Except above OFF Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF Steering wheel: Being turned ON Rear window defogger switch: ON and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position ON Rear window defogger switch and lighting switch: OFF OFF A EC C D ON → OFF → ON Heater fan switch: ON ON Heater fan switch: OFF OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON F BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec INJ PULSE-B1 • • • • 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 10° - 20° BTDC IGN TIMING • • • • 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC • • • • Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 10% - 35% 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s MASS AIRFLOW • • • • 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s PURG VOL C/V • • • • Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting.) 0% 2,000 rpm 20% - 90% Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle −5° - 5°CA INT/V TIM (B1) • • • • 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 20°CA Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 0% INT/V SOL (B1) • • • • 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 60% Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates) ON CAL/LD VALUE AIR COND RLY FUEL PUMP RLY THRTL RELAY • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine G H I J K L M N • For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch: ON • Engine running or cranking ON • Except above OFF • Ignition switch: ON ON Revision: 2008 August E EC-1233 O P 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Monitor Item Condition Values/Status • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load ON • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH) Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication VEHICLE SPEED • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as dication. the speedometer indication HO2S2 HTR (B1) IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running Idle air volume learning has not been performed yet. YET Idle air volume learning has already been performed successfully. CMPLT Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned ON. 0 - 65,535 km (0 - 40,723 miles) TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON A/F S1 HTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine.) 4 - 100% AC PRESS SEN • Engine: Idle • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates) 1.0 - 4.0V VHCL SPEED SE • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as dication. the speedometer indication SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON ASCD: Operating The preset vehicle speed is displayed MAIN switch: Pressed ON MAIN switch: Released OFF CANCEL switch: Pressed ON CANCEL switch: Released OFF RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON SET/COAST switch: Released OFF Brake pedal: Fully released ON Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON SET SW • Ignition switch: ON BRAKE SW1 (ASCD brake switch) • Ignition switch: ON BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch) • Ignition switch: ON VHCL SPD CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON LO SPEED CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON AT OD MONITOR • Ignition switch: ON OFF AT OD CANCEL • Ignition switch: ON OFF CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • When vehicle speed: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine: running MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time → at the 2nd time ON → OFF ASCD: Operating ON ASCD: Not operating OFF –0.330 - 0.330 *1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal. Revision: 2008 August EC-1234 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > TERMINAL LAYOUT A EC C PBIA9221J D PHYSICAL VALUES NOTE: • ECM is located behind the passenger side instrument lower panel. For this inspection, remove passenger side instrument lower panel. • Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. • Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. Terminal No. Description + – Signal name Input/ Output 2 (P) 112 (B) Throttle control motor power supply Input Value (Approx.) Condition [Ignition switch: ON] E F G BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) H 2.9 - 8.8 V 4 (R) 112 (B) A/F sensor 1 heater Output I [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed J JMBIA0082GB 0 - 14 V K 5 (GR) 6 (L) Throttle control motor 1 (Open) Output [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed L JMBIA0083GB M 0 - 14 V 6 (L) 5 (GR) Throttle control motor 2 (Close) Output [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully released N O JMBIA0084GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-1235 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. + Description – Signal name Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output 0 - 0.1 V 9 (R) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Ignition signal No. 3 JMBIA0900GB 10 (W) 112 (B) 11 (SB) Ignition signal No. 2 Output 0 - 0.2 V Ignition signal No. 1 21 (G) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Ignition signal No. 4 JMBIA0901GB 12 (B) 16 (B) 13 (Y) 14 (GR) 15 (V) 24 (L) — 112 (B) 112 (B) 112 (B) 112 (B) ECM ground Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Fuel pump relay Throttle control motor relay ECM relay (Self shut-off) Revision: 2008 August — Output Output Output Output — — [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 10 V JMBIA0902GB [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON [Engine is running] 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch ON] • More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON → OFF] 0 - 1.0 V ↓ BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • A few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) EC-1236 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. + Description – Signal name Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output A BATTERY VOLTAGE EC (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Idle speed • Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting 25 (Y) 112 (B) EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve C JMBIA0087GB Output BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Approx. 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine.) F JMBIA0903GB 29 (P) 31 (BR) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector No. 3 112 (B) G BATTERY VOLTAGE Fuel injector No. 4 30 (LG) D (11 - 14 V) H I JMBIA0089GB Output J BATTERY VOLTAGE Fuel injector No. 2 (11 - 14 V) 32 (GR) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Fuel injector No. 1 K L JMBIA0090GB [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 1.0 V M 33 (P) 35 (L) Heated oxygen sensor 2 35 (L) — Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) — — — 36 (R) — Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) — — — Revision: 2008 August Input EC-1237 N O P 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. + 37 (W) 38 (G) Description – 36 (R) 36 (R) Signal name Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 Input Input Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Both A/C switch and blower fan motor switch: ON (Compressor operates) 1.0 - 4.0 V — — 39 (Y) 40 (W) 40 (W) — 45 (V) 49 (LG) A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V 46 (P) 52 (O) Engine coolant temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature. 47 (B) 36 (R) Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 49 (LG) 112 (B) A/F sensor 1 Input [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. 50 (BR) 56 (R) Intake air temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with intake air temperature. 52 (O) — Sensor ground (Engine coolant temperature sensor) — — — 56 (R) — Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor, Intake air temperature sensor) — — — [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0.8 - 1.2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm 1.4 - 1.8 V 58 (L) 56 (R) Refrigerant pressure sensor Sensor ground (Refrigerant pressure sensor) Mass air flow sensor Input — — Input 59 (V) 64 (Y) Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 60 (B) — Sensor ground [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] — — — Revision: 2008 August EC-1238 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. + – 61 (W) 67 (—) 64 (Y) — Description Signal name Knock sensor Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] Input — Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output [Engine is running] • Idle speed 2.5 V — — A EC C 3.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 65 (W) 60 (B) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) D E JMBIA0514GB Input 3.0 V F [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm G JMBIA0515GB 67 (—) — Sensor ground (Knock sensor) — — — I 1.0 - 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 69 (G) 64 (Y) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) H J JMBIA0904GB K Input 1.0 - 4.0 V L [Engine is running] • Engine speed is 2,000 rpm M JMBIA0905GB 72 (L) 40 (W) Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 76 (P) 60 (B) Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V O 77 (R) 112 (B) Power supply for ECM (Back-up) Input [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) P Revision: 2008 August EC-1239 N 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. + Description – Signal name Value (Approx.) Condition Input/ Output [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0V 7 - 10 V 78 (O) 112 (B) Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Output [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000rpm JMBIA0906GB 81 (SB) 82 (G) 84 (Y) 100 (W) Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 Input Input [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V 83 (R) 84 (Y) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V 84 (Y) — Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) — — — [Ignition switch: ON] • ASCD steering switch: OFF 4V [Ignition switch: ON] • MAIN switch: Pressed 0V [Ignition switch: ON] • CANCEL switch: Pressed 1V [Ignition switch: ON] • RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed 3V [Ignition switch: ON] • SET/COAST switch: Pressed 2V [Ignition switch: ON] 5V [Ignition switch: ON] • GST: Disconnected BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) — — [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) — — 85 (R) 92 (W) ASCD steering switch 87 (V) 100 (W) Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) 88 (L) 112 (B) Data link connector 92 (W) — Sensor ground (ASCD steering switch) 93 (O) 112 (B) Ignition switch 97 (P) — CAN communication line Revision: 2008 August Input — Input/ Output — Input — EC-1240 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Terminal No. Description Value (Approx.) Condition – 98 (L) — CAN communication line — — — 100 (W) — Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) — — — 102 (LG) 112 (B) PNP switch 105 (R) 112 (B) Power supply for ECM 106 (Y) 112 (B) Stop lamp switch 107 (B) 108 (B) — ECM ground 110 (GR) 112 (B) 111 (B) 112 (B) Signal name Input/ Output + ASCD brake switch A EC C Input Input Input — Input [Ignition switch: ON] • Selector lever: P or N BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • Selector lever: Except above 0V [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Fully released 0V [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) F — — G [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed 0V H [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) D E I — ECM ground — — — J : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1241 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Wiring Diagram — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000004494408 JCBWM0957GB Revision: 2008 August EC-1242 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0958GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-1243 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0959GB Revision: 2008 August EC-1244 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0960GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-1245 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0961GB Revision: 2008 August EC-1246 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0962GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-1247 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0963GB Revision: 2008 August EC-1248 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0964GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-1249 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0965GB Revision: 2008 August EC-1250 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0966GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-1251 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0967GB Revision: 2008 August EC-1252 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JCBWM0968GB P Revision: 2008 August EC-1253 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > JCBWM0969GB Fail Safe INFOID:0000000004494409 NON DTC RELATED ITEM Revision: 2008 August EC-1254 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut Reference page Detected items Remarks Malfunction indicator lamp circuit When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by illuminating MIL when there is malfunction on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating the fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. EC EC-1228 C D DTC RELATED ITEM DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve control does not function. P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions. CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. E F Condition Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-III display) Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) Approx. 4 minutes or more after starting engine 80°C (176°F) G H I 40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) (Depends on the time) Except as shown above When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running. J The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. Therefore, the acceleration will be poor. K P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2132 P2133 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0500 Vehicle speed sensor When the fail-safe system for vehicle speed sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running. P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:) ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. ECM deactivates ASCD operation. P1805 A L Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range. Therefore, acceleration will be poor. Vehicle condition Driving condition When engine is idling Normal When accelerating Poor acceleration Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. EC-1255 N O P P2100 P2103 Revision: 2008 August M 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2119 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction:) ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. (When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:) ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. (When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) While the vehicle being driven, it slows down gradually because of fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P (CVT), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more. P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. Therefore, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000004494410 If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart. Priority 1 Detected items (DTC) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • U0101 U0140 U1001 CAN communication line P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0128 Thermostat function P0327 P0328 Knock sensor P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) P0500 Vehicle speed sensor P0605 P0607 ECM P0643 Sensor power supply P0705 P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch P1610 - P1615 NATS P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor Revision: 2008 August EC-1256 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Priority 2 3 Detected items (DTC) • • • • • • • • • • • • • P0031 P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P2A00 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0137 P0138 P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0603 ECM power supply P0710 P0715 P0720 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0746 P0776 P0778 P0840 P1740 P1777 P1778 CVT related sensors, solenoid valves and switches P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) P1805 Brake switch P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay P2101 Electric throttle control function P2118 Throttle control motor • • • • • • • • • • • • P0011 Intake valve timing control P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function P0300 - P0304 Misfire P0420 Three way catalyst function P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system P1148 Closed loop control P1421 Cold start control P1564 ASCD steering switch P1572 ASCD brake switch P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor P1715 Primary speed sensor P2119 Electric throttle control actuator C D F G H INFOID:0000000004529135 ×:Applicable —: Not applicable DTC* CONSULT-III I 1 3 SRT code Trip MIL Reference page GST*2 ECM* LOST COMM (TCM) U0101 0101*4 — 1 × EC-1024 LOST COMM (BCM) U0140 0140*4 — 1 × EC-1025 CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 — 2 — EC-1026 NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. P0000 0000 — — Flashing*7 — INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — 2 × EC-1027 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 — 2 × EC-1031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 — 2 × EC-1031 HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 — 2 × EC-1034 HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 — 2 × EC-1034 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 — 2 × EC-1037 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0101 0101 — 2 × EC-1040 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 — 1 × EC-1047 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 0103 — 1 × EC-1047 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 — 2 × EC-1052 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 — 2 × EC-1052 ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — 1 × EC-1055 ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — 1 × EC-1055 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0122 0122 — 1 × EC-1058 Revision: 2008 August EC E DTC Index Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) A EC-1257 2009 Rogue J K L M N O P ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Reference page TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0123 0123 — 1 × EC-1058 ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 — 2 × EC-1061 IAT SENSOR-B1 P0127 0127 — 2 × EC-1064 THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 — 2 × EC-1066 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 — 2 × EC-1068 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 — 2 × EC-1072 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 — 2 × EC-1075 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 × 2 × EC-1078 HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 × 2 × EC-1083 HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 × 2 × EC-1089 HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × 2 × EC-1096 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — 2 × EC-1102 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — 2 × EC-1106 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0222 0222 — 1 × EC-1110 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0223 0223 — 1 × EC-1110 MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — 2 × EC-1113 CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — 2 × EC-1113 CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — 2 × EC-1113 CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — 2 × EC-1113 CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — 2 × EC-1113 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — 2 — EC-1118 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — 2 — EC-1118 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — 2 × EC-1120 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — 2 × EC-1124 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × 2 × EC-1128 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — 2 × EC-1133 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 — 2 × EC-1133 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5 P0500 0500 — 2 × EC-1136 ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 — 2 × EC-1138 ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 — 2 × EC-1140 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P0603 0603 — 2 × EC-1142 ECM P0605 0605 — 1 or 2 × or — EC-1144 ECM P0607 0607 — 1 × EC-1146 SENSOR POWER/CIRC P0643 0643 — 1 × EC-1147 PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 — 2 × TM-53 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 — 1 × TM-56 INPUT SPD SEN/CIRC P0715 0715 — 2 × TM-59 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*5 P0720 0720 — 2 × TM-63 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 — 2 × TM-69 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 — 2 × TM-71 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 — 2 × TM-73 PRS CNT SOL/A FCTN P0746 0746 — 1 × TM-75 Revision: 2008 August EC-1258 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Reference page A EC PRS CNT SOL/B FCTN P0776 0776 — 2 × TM-77 PRS CNT SOL/B CIRC P0778 0778 — 2 × TM-80 TR PRS SENS/A CIRC P0840 0840 — 2 × TM-87 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P0850 0850 — 2 × EC-1149 CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 — 1 × EC-1152 ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — 1 × EC-1153 CTP LEARNING-B1 P1225 1225 — 2 — EC-1157 CTP LEARNING-B1 P1226 1226 — 2 — EC-1159 COLD START CONTROL P1421 1421 — 2 × EC-1161 ASCD SW P1564 1564 — 1 — EC-1163 ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 — 1 — EC-1166 ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 — 1 — EC-1171 LOCK MODE P1610 1610 — 2 — SEC-168*9 E F G SEC-35*8 P1611 1611 — 2 — CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU P1612 1612 — 2 — CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY P1614 1614 — 2 — DIFFERENCE OF KEY P1615 1615 — 2 — IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 — 2 — EC-1173 LU-SLCT SOL/CIRC P1740 1740 — 2 × TM-104 STEP MOTOR CIRC P1777 1777 — 1 × TM-107 STEP MOTOR FNCT P1778 1778 — 2 × TM-110 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — 2 — EC-1175 ETC MOT PWR-B1 P2100 2100 — 1 × EC-1177 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 P2101 2101 — 1 × EC-1179 ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 — 1 × EC-1177 ETC MOT-B1 P2118 2118 — 1 × EC-1183 ETC ACTR-B1 P2119 2119 — 1 × EC-1185 APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — 1 × EC-1187 APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — 1 × EC-1187 APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — 1 × EC-1190 APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — 1 × EC-1190 TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 — 1 × EC-1194 APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — 1 × EC-1198 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P2A00 2A00 — 2 × EC-1202 SEC-169*9 SEC-37*8 H SEC-171*9 SEC-38*8 I SEC-172*9 SEC-40*8 SEC-174*9 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. EC-1259 D SEC-34*8 ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM Revision: 2008 August C 2009 Rogue J K L M N O P ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > *5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates. *6: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG. *7: When the ECM is in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to “How to Display SRT Status”. *8: Models with intelligent system *9: Models without intelligent system How to Set SRT Code INFOID:0000000004494412 To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions. WITH CONSULT-III Perform corresponding DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on “SRT Item”. WITHOUT CONSULT-III The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained below. The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes. Revision: 2008 August EC-1260 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > DRIVING PATTERN A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JMBIA0864GB P • The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc. Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest. Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within zone A. *: Normal conditions refer to the following: Revision: 2008 August EC-1261 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > • Sea level • Flat road • Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) • Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnosis may also be performed. Pattern 1: • The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F) [where the voltage between the ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and 52 (Sensor ground) is 3.0 - 4.3V]. • The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) [where the voltage between the ECM terminals 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and 52 (Sensor ground) is lower than 1.4V]. Pattern 2: • When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. Pattern 3: • Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure. • Release the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH). Pattern 4: • The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steadystate driving. • If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again. *1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle PBIB2244E speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again. *2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. Suggested Transmission Gear Position for CVT Models Set the selector lever in the D position. Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000004494413 The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979. The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the ECM. (e.g., if the bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of the bank 1 is displayed) Revision: 2008 August EC-1262 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item OBDMID 01H Test value and Test limit (GST display) Self-diagnostic test item Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) HO2S 02H 03H 05H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) HO2S 06H 07H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank2) Revision: 2008 August A Description TID Unit and Scaling ID P0131 83H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0131 84H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0130 85H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0130 86H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0133 87H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) P0133 88H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) P2A00 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P2A00 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency DTC EC P0138 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0137 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0143 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0144 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage D E F G H I P0151 83H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0151 84H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0150 85H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0150 86H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0153 87H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) P0153 88H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency P0158 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0157 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0163 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0164 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage EC-1263 C J K L M N O P 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item OBDMID 21H Test value and Test limit (GST display) Self-diagnostic test item Three way catalyst function (Bank1) CATALYST 22H EGR SYSTEM EVAP SYSTEM O2 SENSOR HEATER 31H Three way catalyst function (Bank2) DTC Description TID Unit and Scaling ID P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index P0420 82H 01H Switching time lag engine exhaust index value P2423 83H 0CH Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index P0430 82H 01H Switching time lag engine exhaust index value P2424 83H 0CH Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst P0400 80H 96H Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (short term) P0400 81H 96H Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (long term) P0400 82H 96H Low Flow Faults: Difference between max EGR temp and EGR temp under idling condition P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp P1402 84H 96H High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase rate EGR function 39H EVAP control system leak (Cap Off) P0455 80H 0CH Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after pull down 3BH EVAP control system leak (Small leak) P0442 80H 05H Leak area index (for more than 0.04inch) EVAP control system (Very small leak) P0456 80H 05H Leak area index (for more than 0.02inch) 3CH P0456 81H FDH Maximum internal pressure of EVAP system during monitoring 3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after vent control value close 41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) Low Input:P0031 High Input:P0032 81H 0BH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 42H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) Low Input:P0037 High Input:P0038 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 43H Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank 1) P0043 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 45H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) Low Input:P0051 High Input:P0052 81H 0BH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 46H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) Low Input:P0057 High Input:P0058 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 47H Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank 2) P0063 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage Revision: 2008 August EC-1264 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item SECONDARY AIR OBDMID 71H 81H FUEL SYSTEM 82H Test value and Test limit (GST display) Self-diagnostic test item Secondary Air system DTC A Description TID Unit and Scaling ID P0411 80H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Incorrect Flow Detected Bank1: P0491 Bank2: P0492 81H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow P2445 82H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck Off P2448 83H 01H Secondary Air Injection System High Airflow EC Bank1: P2440 Bank2: P2442 84H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open P2440 85H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open P2444 86H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck On Fuel injection system function (Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim P0171 or P0172 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped Fuel injection system function (Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim P0174 or P0175 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1265 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item MISFIRE OBDMID A1H Test value and Test limit (GST display) Self-diagnostic test item DTC TID P0301 80H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the first cylinder P0302 81H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the second cylinder P0303 82H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the third cylinder P0304 83H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the fourth cylinder P0305 84H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the fifth cylinder P0306 85H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the sixth cylinder P0307 86H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the seventh cylinder P0308 87H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the eighth cylinder P0300 88H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the multiple cylinders P0301 89H 24H Misfiring counter at 200rev of the first cylinder P0302 8AH 24H Misfiring counter at 200rev of the second cylinder P0303 8BH 24H Misfiring counter at 200rev of the third cylinder P0304 8CH 24H Misfiring counter at 200rev of the fourth cylinder P0305 8DH 24H Misfiring counter at 200rev of the fifth cylinder P0306 8EH 24H Misfiring counter at 200rev of the fifth cylinder P0307 8FH 24H Misfiring counter at 200rev of the fifth cylinder P0308 90H 24H Misfiring counter at 200rev of the fifth cylinder P0300 91H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000rev of the single cylinder P0300 92H 24H Misfiring counter at 200rev of the single cylinder P0300 93H 24H Misfiring counter at 200rev of the multiple cylinders Multiple Cylinder Misfire Revision: 2008 August Description Unit and Scaling ID EC-1266 2009 Rogue ECM [FOR MEXICO] < ECU DIAGNOSIS > Item OBDMID A2H A3H A4H A5H Test value and Test limit (GST display) Self-diagnostic test item No.1 Cylinder Misfire No.2 Cylinder Misfire No.3 Cylinder Misfire No.4 Cylinder Misfire MISFIRE A6H A7H A8H A9H No.5 Cylinder Misfire No.6 Cylinder Misfire No.7 Cylinder Misfire No.8 Cylinder Misfire DTC A Description TID Unit and Scaling ID P0301 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0301 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0302 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0302 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0303 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0303 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0304 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0304 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0305 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0305 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0306 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0306 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0307 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0307 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0308 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0308 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1267 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS [FOR MEXICO] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS Symptom Table INFOID:0000000004494414 SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) AM HA 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION AL SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION AK HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT AJ ENGINE STALL AH AB AC AD AE Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 Incorrect idle speed adjustment Ignition AG HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) Air AF AA Warranty symptom code Fuel HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE SYMPTOM 4 3 4 2 Reference page EC-1220 4 EC-1279 2 EC-1217 4 EC-979 1 EC-1229 EC-936 1 1 2 3 3 Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-937 Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1223 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-1020 Main power supply and ground circuit 2 EC-1040 EC-1047 2 Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 EC-1055 EC-1061 3 3 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 Knock sensor circuit 2 Revision: 2008 August 2 2 EC-1187 EC-1190 EC-1198 1 EC-1268 EC-1068 EC-1072 EC-1075 EC-1078 EC-1202 EC-1058 EC-1110 EC-1157 EC-1159 EC-1194 Throttle position sensor circuit Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 2 EC-1179 EC-1185 Electric throttle control actuator 3 EC-1118 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS [FOR MEXICO] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > SYMPTOM HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) A AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-1120 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-1124 Warranty symptom code Vehicle speed signal circuit ECM 2 2 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 2 3 3 PNP switch circuit Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 Electrical load signal circuit Air conditioner circuit 3 3 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 2 3 3 3 4 3 3 Reference page C D E 3 EC-1136 3 EC-1142 EC-1144 3 EC-1037 3 EC-1149 4 EC-1230 3 2 EC F G H I EC-1215 3 3 3 2 HAC-20 BRC-15 BRC-93 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. J K SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1269 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS [FOR MEXICO] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > Fuel Fuel tank Fuel piping ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Warranty symptom code HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) SYMPTOM AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA FL-29 5 Vapor lock 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-43 — 5 Valve deposit Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane) Air Reference page — 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 — Air duct Air cleaner EM-27 Air leakage from air duct (Mass air flow sensor — electric throttle control actuator) Electric throttle control actuator 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-29 Air leakage from intake manifold/ Collector/Gasket Cranking Battery Generator circuit Engine 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PG-92 CHG-5 Starter circuit 3 Signal plate 6 EM-88 PNP switch 4 TM-53 Cylinder head Cylinder head gasket 5 STR-5 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 3 EM-79 Cylinder block 4 Piston Piston ring Connecting rod 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-88 Bearing Crankshaft Valve mechanism Timing chain EM-69 Camshaft EM-48 Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 Intake valve 5 EM-69 5 3 Exhaust valve Revision: 2008 August 5 EC-1270 EM-79 2009 Rogue ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS [FOR MEXICO] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > SYMPTOM Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ Gasket HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Warranty symptom code A AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Lubrication Cooling Reference page D E 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-32 EX-5 EM-34 EM-37 LU-11 LU-8 LU-2 LU-9 Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-5 Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-15 Thermostat 5 CO-23 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 Cooling fan Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated coolant NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS) 5 1 I J K CO-9 SEC-15 SEC-155 1 H CO-2 CO-21 5 G CO-25 Water pump Water gallery C F Three way catalyst Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler EC L 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1271 2009 Rogue NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION [FOR MEXICO] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION Description INFOID:0000000004494415 FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED) If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and engine speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. NOTE: This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-947, "System Description". Revision: 2008 August EC-1272 2009 Rogue PRECAUTIONS [FOR MEXICO] < PRECAUTION > PRECAUTION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" EC INFOID:0000000004536403 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIRBAG” and “SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the “SRS AIRBAG”. • Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000004536349 When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc. C D E F G H I J K PIIB3706J Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service L INFOID:0000000004543125 WARNING: Comply with the following warnings to prevent any serious accident. • Disconnect the battery cable (negative terminal) or the power supply fuse before installing, removing, or touching the xenon headlamp (bulb included). The xenon headlamp contains high-voltage generated parts. • Never work with wet hands. • Check the xenon headlamp ON-OFF status after assembling it to the vehicle. Never turn the xenon headlamp ON in other conditions. Connect the power supply to the vehicle-side connector. (Turning it ON outside the lamp case may cause fire or visual impairments.) • Never touch the bulb glass immediately after turning it OFF. It is extremely hot. CAUTION: Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction. • Install the xenon bulb securely. (Insufficient bulb socket installation may melt the bulb, the connector, the housing, etc. by high-voltage leakage or corona discharge.) • Never perform HID circuit inspection with a tester. • Never touch the xenon bulb glass with hands. Never put oil and grease on it. • Dispose of the used xenon bulb after packing it in thick vinyl without breaking it. • Never wipe out dirt and contamination with organic solvent (thinner, gasoline, etc.). Revision: 2008 August EC-1273 2009 Rogue M N O P PRECAUTIONS [FOR MEXICO] < PRECAUTION > On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000004494419 The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: • Always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to illuminate. • Always connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) • Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-82, "Description". • Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit. • Always connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc. • Always erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. General Precautions INFOID:0000000004494420 • Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. • Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is running. • Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned OFF. • Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect negative battery cable. SEF289H • Never disassemble ECM. • If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the ECM value. The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts because of a slight variation. • If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related diagnostic information will be cleared within 24 hours. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values • When connecting ECM harness connector (1), fasten (B) it securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure. 2. ECM A. Loosen PBIA9222J PBIB2947E Revision: 2008 August EC-1274 2009 Rogue PRECAUTIONS [FOR MEXICO] < PRECAUTION > • When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM, never damage pin terminals (berds or breaks). Check that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors. • Securely connect ECM harness connectors. A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs. • Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc. • Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. • Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference Value inspection and check that ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-1232, "Reference Value". • Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. • Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. • Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator. • Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents. • Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), crankshaft position sensor (POS). A EC C PBIB0090E D E F G MEF040D H • After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE if the repair is completed. The Component Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed. I J K SEF217U L M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1275 2009 Rogue PRECAUTIONS < PRECAUTION > • When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow the two tester probes to contact. Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor. • Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. • Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque. [FOR MEXICO] SEF348N • Never depress accelerator pedal when starting. • Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily. • Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown. SEF709Y • When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, always observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location. - Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units. - Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the harness of electronic controls. Never let them run parallel for a long distance. - Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave ratio can be kept smaller. - Always ground the radio to vehicle body. Revision: 2008 August EC-1276 SEF708Y 2009 Rogue PREPARATION [FOR MEXICO] < PREPARATION > PREPARATION A PREPARATION Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000004494421 NOTE: The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name EC C Description D Checks fuel pressure (J-44321) Fuel pressure gauge kit E F LEC642 Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000004494422 Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Description Leak detector i.e.: (J-41416) G H Locates the EVAP leak I J S-NT703 Applies positive pressure through EVAP service port EVAP service port adapter i.e.: (J-41413-OBD) K L M S-NT704 Fuel filler cap adapter i.e.: (MLR-8382) Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure N O S-NT815 Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature sensor S-NT705 Revision: 2008 August EC-1277 2009 Rogue P PREPARATION [FOR MEXICO] < PREPARATION > Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Description Reconditions the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with antiseize lubricant shown below. a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor Oxygen sensor thread cleaner i.e.: (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12) AEM488 Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads. i.e.: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) S-NT779 Revision: 2008 August EC-1278 2009 Rogue FUEL PRESSURE [FOR MEXICO] < ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE A FUEL PRESSURE Inspection INFOID:0000000004494423 EC FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE C With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. D E With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system. F G FUEL PRESSURE CHECK CAUTION: Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. NOTE: • Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure cannot be completely released because S35 models do not have fuel return system. • Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit [SST (J-44321)] to check fuel pressure. 1. Release fuel pressure to zero. 2. Install fuel pressure gauge adapter [SST (J-44321-6)] (B) with fuel pressure gauge (A). • Fuel feed hose (1) 3. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage. 4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. 5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge. H I J K L At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) 6. If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. If OK, Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. If NG, Repair or replace. M JMBIA0930ZZ N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1279 2009 Rogue EVAP CANISTER [FOR MEXICO] < ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > EVAP CANISTER Inspection INFOID:0000000004494424 Check EVAP canister as follows: 1. Block port (B). 2. Blow air into port (A) and check that it flows freely out of port (C). 3. Release blocked port (B). 4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and check that vacuum pressure exists at the ports (A) and (C). 5. Block port (A) and (B). 6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage. JMBIA0961ZZ Revision: 2008 August EC-1280 2009 Rogue SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [FOR MEXICO] < SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Idle Speed INFOID:0000000004672614 Transmission CVT Condition Specification C 700 ± 50 rpm No load* (in P or N position) EC *: Under the following conditions • A/C switch: OFF D • Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) • Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000004672615 Transmission CVT Condition Specification E F 15 ± 5° BTDC No load* (in P or N position) *: Under the following conditions G • A/C switch: OFF • Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) • Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position H Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000004672616 Condition Specification (Using CONSULT-III or GST) At idle 10 – 35 % At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35 % Mass Air Flow Sensor I J INFOID:0000000004672617 K Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V) Output voltage at idle 0.8 – 1.2V* L 1.0 – 4.0 g·m/sec at idle* 4.0 – 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm* Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST) *: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load. M N O P Revision: 2008 August EC-1281 2009 Rogue
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.5 Linearized : Yes Modify Date : 2008:09:09 15:17:29-03:00 Create Date : 2008:08:05 20:02:15Z Page Count : 1281 Page Mode : UseOutlines About : uuid:9dc96526-a7ab-4d7f-a708-76baa2460902 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 6.0.1 (Windows) Mod Date : 2008:09:09 15:17:29-03:00 Creation Date : 2008:08:05 20:02:15Z Author : KE000272 Creator Tool : FrameMaker 7.1 Metadata Date : 2008:09:09 15:17:29-03:00 Document ID : uuid:3c70378c-54ef-409a-97a6-f1d8117248a4 Format : application/pdf Title : Config.book(EC.fm) Creator : KE000272EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools